Перевод: со всех языков на английский

с английского на все языки

the names mentioned

  • 1 the

    [ðə], [ðɪ] adjective
    1) (The form [ðə] is used before words beginning with a consonant eg [i u]the house[i /u] [ðəhaus] or consonant sound eg [i u]the union[i /u] [ðəˈjuːnjən]; the form [ðɪ] is used before words beginning with a vowel eg [i u]the apple[i /u] [ðɪ ˈapl] or vowel sound eg [i u]the honour[i /u] [ðɪ ˈɔnə])
    أداة التَّعريف: تُسْتَعْمَل للإشارَةِ الى إسمٍ ذُكِر سابِقا
    2) used to refer to a person, thing etc mentioned previously, described in a following phrase, or already known:

    Where is the book I put on the table?

    Who was the man you were talking to?

    Switch the light off!

    3) used with a singular noun or an adjective to refer to all members of a group etc or to a general type of object, group of objects etc:

    The horse is running fast.

    He plays the piano/violin very well.

    تُسـتَعْمَل مع الإسم المُفْرَد أو الصِّفَه لِتُشير إلى النَّوع بصورةٍ عامَّه
    4) used to refer to unique objects etc, especially in titles and names:

    the Atlantic (Ocean).

    تُسْتَعْمَل مع الأشياء الفَريدَه في العَناوين والألقاب
    5) used after a preposition with words referring to a unit of quantity, time etc:

    In this job we are paid by the hour.

    تُسْتَعْمَل بعدَ حَرْفِ جَر مع كَلِمات تُشير إلى الكَمِيَّه أو الزَّمَن
    6) used with superlative adjectives and adverbs to denote a person, thing etc which is or shows more of something than any other:

    We like him (the) best of all.

    تُسْتَعْمَل في المقارَنَه مع درجَة أفْعَل التَّفْضيل
    7) ( often with all) used with comparative adjectives to show that a person, thing etc is better, worse etc:

    He has had a week's holiday and looks (all) the better for it.

    تُستعمل مع درجة المقارنة بين إثنين

    Arabic-English dictionary > the

  • 2 nennen

    to name; to cite; to call
    * * *
    nẹn|nen ['nɛnən] pret na\#nnte ['nantə] ptp gena\#nnt [gə'nant]
    1. vt
    1) (= bezeichnen) to call; (= einen bestimmten Namen geben) to name, to call

    jdn nach jdm nennen — to name sb after (Brit) or for (US) sb

    Friedrich II., genannt "der Große" — Frederick II, known as Frederick the Great

    See:
    → eigen, Name, so
    2) (= angeben, aufzählen) to name; Beispiel, Grund, Details to give
    3) (= erwähnen) to mention

    das ( weiter oben) Genannte — the above

    das genannte Schloss — the above-mentioned castle, the castle referred to

    2. vr
    to call oneself; (= heißen) to be called, to call oneself

    er nennt sich nur so — that's just what he calls himself

    und so was nennt sich Liebe/modern (inf) — and they call that love/modern

    und so was ( wie er) nennt sich modern/Dichter (inf) — and he calls himself modern/a poet

    * * *
    1) (to nickname: He was dubbed Shorty because of his size.) dub
    2) (to give a name to: They named the child Thomas.) name
    * * *
    nen·nen
    < nannte, genannt>
    [ˈnɛnən]
    I. vt
    ▪ jdn/etw \nennen to name [or call] sb/sth
    ▪ genannt known as
    2. (anreden) to call
    Freunde dürfen mich Johnny \nennen friends may call me Johnny
    ▪ etw \nennen to call sth
    wie nennt man das? what do you call that? [or is that called?
    ▪ [jdm] jdn/etw \nennen to name sb/sth [to sb]
    ich nenne Ihnen einige Namen I'll give you a few names
    können Sie mir einen guten Anwalt \nennen? can you give me the name of a good lawyer?
    ▪ genannt referred to
    das genannte Restaurant... the restaurant mentioned...
    5.
    ▶ das nenne ich... I call that...
    das nenne ich aber mal ein leckeres Mittagessen! [now] that's what I call a delicious lunch!
    II. vr (heißen)
    ▪ sich akk \nennen to call oneself
    ▶ und so was nennt sich...! (fam) and they call that a...!
    du bist gemein! und so was nennt sich Freundin! you're mean! and you call yourself a friend!
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) call

    jemanden nach jemandem nennen — call or name somebody after somebody

    jemanden beim Vornamen nennen — call somebody by his/her first or Christian name

    das nenne ich Mut/eine Überraschung — that's what I call courage/well, that 'is a surprise

    2) (mitteilen) give <name, date of birth, address, reason, price, etc.>
    3) (anführen) give, cite < example>; (erwähnen) mention < person, name>
    2.
    unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb <person, thing> be called

    er nennt sich Maler — usw. (behauptet Maler usw. zu sein) he calls himself a painter etc.

    und so was nennt sich nun ein Freund — (ugs.) and he/she has the nerve to call himself/herself a friend

    * * *
    nennen; nennt, nannte, hat genannt
    A. v/t name; (benennen) auch call, designate form; spottend: dub;
    jemanden nach jemandem nennen name ( oder call) sb after sb;
    mit seinem Namen nennen call sb by his ( oder her) name;
    Maria I., genannt „die Katholische“ Mary I, (otherwise) known as Mary the Catholic;
    das nenne ich eine Überraschung! well, that really is a surprise!;
    das nenne ich ein gelungenes Buch that’s what I call a well-written book;
    das nennst du einen guten Wein? is that what you call a good wine?
    2. (erwähnen) mention; (anführen) quote; (preisgeben) reveal, give away;
    kannst du mir den höchsten Berg der Welt nennen? can you name ( oder what’s) the highest mountain in the world?;
    können Sie mir ein gutes Hotel/eine gute Werkstatt nennen? can you give me the name of a good hotel/garage?
    3. (benennen) name;
    morgen will das Parteipräsidium den Spitzenkandidaten nennen the party executive committee wants to name the top candidate tomorrow;
    pro Verein können zwei Teilnehmer genannt werden each club can name two participants
    B. v/r be called;
    wie nennt sich …? what’s … called?;
    und das oder umg
    so was nennt sich Lehrer! and he calls himself a teacher;
    und das nennt sich Kultur! and that’s supposed to be culture, and that goes by the name of culture, and they call it culture; → Eigen, genannt, Name 1
    * * *
    1.
    unregelmäßiges transitives Verb
    1) call

    jemanden nach jemandem nennen — call or name somebody after somebody

    jemanden beim Vornamen nennen — call somebody by his/her first or Christian name

    das nenne ich Mut/eine Überraschung — that's what I call courage/well, that 'is a surprise

    2) (mitteilen) give <name, date of birth, address, reason, price, etc.>
    3) (anführen) give, cite < example>; (erwähnen) mention <person, name>
    2.
    unregelmäßiges reflexives Verb <person, thing> be called

    er nennt sich Maler — usw. (behauptet Maler usw. zu sein) he calls himself a painter etc.

    und so was nennt sich nun ein Freund — (ugs.) and he/she has the nerve to call himself/herself a friend

    * * *
    v.
    (§ p.,pp.: nannte, genannt)
    = to name v.

    Deutsch-Englisch Wörterbuch > nennen

  • 3 ἄναυρος

    Grammatical information: m.
    Meaning: `torrent' (Mosch.); also river name in Thessaly (Hes. Sc. 477 etc.) and Acarnania.
    Origin: PG [a word of Pre-Greek origin]
    Etymology: Kretschmer Glotta 10, 51ff. interpreted the word as "waterless", from the bed dried up in summer; cf. ἄναυρος in EM: ὁ ἐξ ὑετῶν συνιστάμενος ποταμός (s. on χαράδρα). Analysed as ἀν- privativum and a word for `water', which is not attested, but also supposed in ἄγλαυρος (s. v.; further in θησαυρός and Κένταυρος, Kretschmer l. c.). Cf. further the source Αὔρα (Nonnos), the Thrac. river Αὔρας (on which also Brandenstein Archiv Orientální 17, 73f). and Italic (Illyrian?) river names like Metaurus, Pisaurus (Krahe IF 48, 216 A. 5), Isaurus (Lucanus; Pisani Beitr. z. Namenforschung 2, 65ff.). - The second element is compared with Skt. vā́r(i) and in Germ. e.g. ONo. aurr m. if `whet, water' ; Pok. 80f; but Toch. A wär, B wari continues * udr-. - Krahe connects river names like Avara, Avantia (supposed to be cognate with Skt. avatá-, Latv. avuõts etc), Beitr. z. Namenforschung 4, 49 and 115). - No doubt a non-Greek, quite probably non-IE word. If the connection with Krahe's river names is correct, it is certainly non-IE. The assumption of negative ἀν- is quite improbable (it is due to the desire to make everything as Greek and Indo-European as possible, even when everything points in another direction). - Fur. 230 compares (with the names mentioned) Μέταβος = Μεταπόντιον and the river Μεσσάπιος in Crete (with Pre-Greek labial\/F); interesting is then the river name ῎Ανᾱπος in Acarnania and Sicily. Of course, the fact that these forms have no -r-, makes the comparison very doubtful.
    Page in Frisk: 1,103-104

    Greek-English etymological dictionary (Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά ετυμολογική λεξικό) > ἄναυρος

  • 4 ὁ

    ὁ, ἡ, τό pl. οἱ, αἱ, τά article, derived fr. a demonstrative pronoun, ‘the’. Since the treatment of the inclusion and omission of the art. belongs to the field of grammar, the lexicon can limit itself to exhibiting the main features of its usage. It is difficult to set hard and fast rules for the employment of the art., since the writer’s style had special freedom of play here—Kühner-G. I p. 589ff; B-D-F §249–76; Mlt. 80–84; Rob. 754–96; W-S. §17ff; Rdm.2 112–18; Abel §28–32; HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 642ff; FVölker, Syntax d. griech. Papyri I, Der Artikel, Progr. d. Realgymn. Münster 1903; FEakin, AJP 37, 1916, 333ff; CMiller, ibid. 341ff; EColwell, JBL 52, ’33, 12–21 (for a critique s. Mlt-H.-Turner III 183f); ASvensson, D. Gebr. des bestimmten Art. in d. nachklass. Epik ’37; RFink, The Syntax of the Greek Article ’53; JRoberts, Exegetical Helps, The Greek Noun with and without the Article: Restoration Qtly 14, ’71, 28–44; HTeeple, The Greek Article with Personal Names in the Synoptic Gospels: NTS 19, ’73, 302–17; Mussies 186–97.
    ① this one, that one, the art. funct. as demonstrative pronoun
    ⓐ in accordance w. epic usage (Hes., Works 450: ἡ=this [voice]) in the quot. fr. Arat., Phaenom. 5 τοῦ γὰρ καὶ γένος ἐσμέν for we are also his (lit. this One’s) offspring Ac 17:28.
    ⓑ ὁ μὲν … ὁ δέ the one … the other (Polyaenus 6, 2, 1 ὁ μὲν … ὁ δὲ … ὁ δε; PSI 512, 21 [253 B.C.]); pl. οἱ μὲν … οἱ δέ (PSI 341, 9 [256 B.C.]; TestJob 29:1) some … others w. ref. to a noun preceding: ἐσχίσθη τὸ πλῆθος … οἱ μὲν ἦσαν σὺν τοῖς Ἰουδαίοις, οἱ δὲ σὺν τοῖς ἀποστόλοις Ac 14:4; 17:32; 28:24; 1 Cor 7:7; Gal 4:23; Phil 1:16f. Also without such a relationship expressed τοὺς μὲν ἀποστόλους, τοὺς δὲ προφήτας, τοὺς δὲ εὐαγγελιστάς Eph 4:11. οἱ μὲν … ὁ δέ Hb 7:5f, 20f. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι (δέ) J 7:12. οἱ μὲν … ἄλλοι δὲ … ἕτεροι δέ Mt 16:14. τινὲς … οἱ δέ Ac 17:18 (cp. Pla., Leg. 1, 627a; 2, 658 B.; Aelian, VH 2, 34; Palaeph. 6, 5).—Mt 26:67; 28:17 οἱ δέ introduces a second class; just before this, instead of the first class, the whole group is mentioned (cp. X., Hell. 1, 2, 14, Cyr. 3, 2, 12; KMcKay, JSNT 24, ’85, 71f)= but some (as Arrian, Anab. 5, 2, 7; 5, 14, 4; Lucian, Tim. 4 p. 107; Hesych. Miles. [VI A.D.]: 390 Fgm. 1, 35 end Jac.).
    ⓒ To indicate the progress of the narrative, ὁ δέ, οἱ δέ but he, but they (lit. this one, they) is also used without ὁ μέν preceding (likew. Il. 1, 43; Pla., X.; also Clearchus, Fgm. 76b τὸν δὲ εἰπεῖν=but this man said; pap examples in Mayser II/1, 1926, 57f) e.g. Mt 2:9, 14; 4:4; 9:31; Mk 14:31 (cp. Just., A II, 2, 3). ὁ μὲν οὖν Ac 23:18; 28:5. οἱ μὲν οὖν 1:6; 5:41; 15:3, 30.—JO’Rourke, Paul’s Use of the Art. as a Pronoun, CBQ 34, ’72, 59–65.
    ② the, funct. to define or limit an entity, event, or state
    ⓐ w. nouns
    α. w. appellatives, or common nouns, where, as in Pla., Thu., Demosth. et al., the art. has double significance, specific or individualizing, and generic.
    א. In its individualizing use it focuses attention on a single thing or single concept, as already known or otherwise more definitely limited: things and pers. that are unique in kind: ὁ ἥλιος, ἡ σελήνη, ὁ οὐρανός, ἡ γῆ, ἡ θάλασσα, ὁ κόσμος, ἡ κτίσις, ὁ θεός (BWeiss [s. on θεός, beg.]), ὁ διάβολος, ὁ λόγος (J 1:1, 14), τὸ φῶς, ἡ σκοτία, ἡ ζωή, ὁ θάνατος etc. (but somet. the art. is omitted, esp. when nouns are used w. preps.; B-D-F §253, 1–4; Rob. 791f; Mlt-Turner 171). ἐν συναγωγῇ καὶ ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ J 18:20.—Virtues, vices, etc. (contrary to Engl. usage): ἡ ἀγάπη, ἡ ἀλήθεια, ἡ ἁμαρτία, ἡ δικαιοσύνη, ἡ σοφία et al.—The individualizing art. stands before a common noun that was previously mentioned (without the art.): τοὺς πέντε ἄρτους Lk 9:16 (after πέντε ἄρτοι vs. 13). τὸ βιβλίον 4:17b (after βιβλίον, vs. 17a), τοὺς μάγους Mt 2:7 (after μάγοι, vs. 1). J 4:43 (40); 12:6 (5); 20:1 (19:41); Ac 9:17 (11); Js 2:3 (2); Rv 15:6 (1).—The individ. art. also stands before a common noun which, in a given situation, is given special attention as the only or obvious one of its kind (Hipponax [VI B.C.] 13, 2 West=D.3 16 ὁ παῖς the [attending] slave; Diod S 18, 29, 2 ὁ ἀδελφός=his brother; Artem. 4, 71 p. 245, 19 ἡ γυνή=your wife; ApcEsdr 6:12 p. 31, 17 μετὰ Μωσῆ … ἐν τῷ ὄρει [Sinai]; Demetr. (?): 722 fgm 7 Jac. [in Eus., PE 9, 19, 4] ἐπὶ τὸ ὄρος [Moriah]) τῷ ὑπηρέτῃ to the attendant (who took care of the synagogue) Lk 4:20. εἰς τὸν νιπτῆρα into the basin (that was there for the purpose) J 13:5. ἰδοὺ ὁ ἄνθρωπο here is this (wretched) man 19:5. ἐκ τῆς παιδίσκης or ἐλευθέρας by the (well-known) slave woman or the free woman (Hagar and Sarah) Gal 4:22f. τὸν σῖτον Ac 27:38. ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9 (s. ἐπιστολή) τὸ ὄρος the mountain (nearby) Mt 5:1; 8:1; 14:23; Mk 3:13; 6:46; Lk 6:12; 9:28 al.; ἡ πεισμονή this (kind of) persuasion Gal 5:8. ἡ μαρτυρία the (required) witness or testimony J 5:36.—The art. takes on the idea of κατʼ ἐξοχήν ‘par excellence’ (Porphyr., Abst. 24, 7 ὁ Αἰγύπτιος) ὁ ἐρχόμενος the one who is (was) to come or the coming one par excellence=The Messiah Mt 11:3; Lk 7:19. ὁ προφήτης J 1:21, 25; 7:40. ὁ διδάσκαλος τ. Ἰσραήλ 3:10 (Ps.-Clem., Hom. 5, 18 of Socrates: ὁ τῆς Ἑλλάδος διδάσκαλος); cp. MPol 12:2. With things (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Μάρπησσα: οἱ λίθοι=the famous stones [of the Parian Marble]) ἡ κρίσις the (last) judgment Mt 12:41. ἡ ἡμέρα the day of decision 1 Cor 3:13; (cp. Mi 4:6 Mt); Hb 10:25. ἡ σωτηρία (our) salvation at the consummation of the age Ro 13:11.
    ב. In its generic use it singles out an individual who is typical of a class, rather than the class itself: ὁ ἀγαθὸς ἄνθρωπος Mt 12:35. κοινοῖ τὸν ἄνθρωπον 15:11. ὥσπερ ὁ ἐθνικός 18:17. ὁ ἐργάτης Lk 10:7. ἐγίνωσκεν τί ἦν ἐν τῷ ἀνθρώπῳ J 2:25. τὰ σημεῖα τοῦ ἀποστόλου 2 Cor 12:12. ὁ κληρονόμος Gal 4:1. So also in parables and allegories: ὁ οἰκοδεσπότης Mt 24:43. Cp. J 10:11b, 12. The generic art. in Gk. is often rendered in Engl. by the indef. art. or omitted entirely.
    β. The use of the art. w. personal names is varied; as a general rule the presence of the art. w. a personal name indicates that the pers. is known; without the art. focus is on the name as such (s. Dssm., BPhW 22, 1902, 1467f; BWeiss, D. Gebr. des Art. b. d. Eigennamen [im NT]: StKr 86, 1913, 349–89). Nevertheless, there is an unmistakable drift in the direction of Mod. Gk. usage, in which every proper name has the art. (B-D-F §260; Rob. 759–61; Mlt-Turner 165f). The ms. tradition varies considerably. In the gospels the art. is usu. found w. Ἰησοῦς; yet it is commonly absent when Ἰ. is accompanied by an appositive that has the art. Ἰ. ὁ Γαλιλαῖος Mt 26:69; Ἰ. ὁ Ναζωραῖος vs. 71; Ἰ. ὁ λεγόμενος Χριστός 27:17, 22. Sim. Μαριὰμ ἡ μήτηρ τοῦ Ἰ. Ac 1:14. The art. somet. stands before oblique cases of indecl. proper names, apparently to indicate their case (B-D-F §260, 2; Rob. 760). But here, too, there is no hard and fast rule.—HTeeple, NTS 19, ’73, 302–17 (synopt.).
    γ. The art. is customarily found w. the names of countries (B-D-F §261, 4; W-S. § 18, 5 d; Rob. 759f); less freq. w. names of cities (B-D-F §261, 1; 2; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 170–72). W. Ἰερουσαλήμ, Ἱεροσόλυμα it is usu. absent (s. Ἱεροσόλυμα); it is only when this name has modifiers that it must have the art. ἡ νῦν Ἰ. Gal 4:25; ἡ ἄνω Ἰ. vs. 26; ἡ καινὴ Ἰ. Rv 3:12. But even in this case it lacks the art. when the modifier follows: Hb 12:22.—Names of rivers have the art. ὁ Ἰορδάνης, ὁ Εὐφράτης, ὁ Τίβερις Hv 1, 1, 2 (B-D-F §261, 8; Rob. 760; Mlt-Turner 172). Likew. names of seas ὁ Ἀδρίας Ac 27:27.
    δ. The art. comes before nouns that are accompanied by the gen. of a pronoun (μοῦ, σοῦ, ἡμῶν, ὑμῶν, αὐτοῦ, ἑαυτοῦ, αὐτῶν) Mt 1:21, 25; 5:45; 6:10–12; 12:49; Mk 9:17; Lk 6:27; 10:7; 16:6; Ro 4:19; 6:6 and very oft. (only rarely is it absent: Mt 19:28; Lk 1:72; 2:32; 2 Cor 8:23; Js 5:20 al.).
    ε. When accompanied by the possessive pronouns ἐμός, σός, ἡμέτερος, ὑμέτερος the noun always has the art., and the pron. stands mostly betw. art. and noun: Mt 18:20; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:26; Ac 26:5; Ro 3:7 and oft. But only rarely so in John: J 4:42; 5:47; 7:16. He prefers to repeat the article w. the possessive following the noun ἡ κρίσις ἡ ἐμή J 5:30; cp. 7:6; 17:17; 1J 1:3 al.
    ζ. Adjectives (or participles), when they modify nouns that have the art., also come either betw. the art. and noun: ἡ ἀγαθὴ μερίς Lk 10:42; τὸ ἅγιον πνεῦμα 12:10; Ac 1:8; ἡ δικαία κρίσις J 7:24 and oft., or after the noun w. the art. repeated τὸ πνεῦμα τὸ ἅγιον Mk 3:29; J 14:26; Ac 1:16; Hb 3:7; 9:8; 10:15. ἡ ζωὴ ἡ αἰώνιος 1J 1:2; 2:25. τὴν πύλην τὴν σιδηρᾶν Ac 12:10. Only rarely does an adj. without the art. stand before a noun that has an art. (s. B-D-F §270, 1; Rob. 777; Mlt-Turner 185f): ἀκατακαλύπτῳ τῇ κεφαλῇ 1 Cor 11:5. εἶπεν μεγάλῃ τῇ φωνῇ Ac 14:10 v.l.; cp. 26:24. κοιναῖς ταῖς χερσίν Mk 7:5 D.—Double modifier τὸ πῦρ τὸ αἰώνιον τὸ ἡτοιμασμένον τῷ διαβόλῳ Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον τὸ χρυσοῦν τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; 9:13. ἡ πόρνη ἡ μεγάλη ἡ καθημένη 17:1.—Mk 5:36 τὸν λόγον λαλούμενον is prob. a wrong rdg. (B has τὸν λαλ., D τοῦτον τὸν λ. without λαλούμενον).—On the art. w. ὅλος, πᾶς, πολύς s. the words in question.
    η. As in the case of the poss. pron. (ε) and adj. (ζ), so it is w. other expressions that can modify a noun: ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις Ro 9:11. ἡ παρʼ ἐμοῦ διαθήκη 11:27. ὁ λόγος ὁ τοῦ σταυροῦ 1 Cor 1:18. ἡ ἐντολὴ ἡ εἰς ζωήν Ro 7:10. ἡ πίστις ὑμῶν ἡ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 1 Th 1:8. ἡ διακονία ἡ εἰς τοὺς ἁγίους 2 Cor 8:4.
    θ. The art. precedes the noun when a demonstrative pron. (ὅδε, οὗτος, ἐκεῖνος) belonging with it comes before or after; e.g.: οὗτος ὁ ἄνθρωπος Lk 14:30; J 9:24. οὗτος ὁ λαός Mk 7:6. οὗτος ὁ υἱός μου Lk 15:24. οὗτος ὁ τελώνης 18:11 and oft. ὁ ἄνθρωπος οὗτος Mk 14:71; Lk 2:25; 23:4, 14, 47. ὁ λαὸς οὗτος Mt 15:8. ὁ υἱός σου οὗτος Lk 15:30 and oft.—ἐκείνη ἡ ἡμέρα Mt 7:22; 22:46. ἐκ. ἡ ὥρα 10:19; 18:1; 26:55. ἐκ. ὁ καιρός 11:25; 12:1; 14:1. ἐκ. ὁ πλάνος 27:63 and oft. ἡ οἰκία ἐκείνη Mt 7:25, 27. ἡ ὥρα ἐκ. 8:13; 9:22; ἡ γῆ ἐκ. 9:26, 31; ἡ ἡμέρα ἐκ. 13:1. ὁ ἀγρὸς ἐκ. vs. 44 and oft.—ὁ αὐτός s. αὐτός 3b.
    ι. An art. before a nom. noun makes it a vocative (as early as Hom.; s. KBrugman4-AThumb, Griech. Gramm. 1913, 431; Schwyzer II 63f; B-D-F §147; Rob. 769. On the LXX Johannessohn, Kasus 14f.—ParJer 1:1 Ἰερεμία ὁ ἐκλεκτός μου; 7:2 χαῖρε Βαρούχι ὁ οἰκονόμος τῆς πίστεως) ναί, ὁ πατήρ Mt 11:26. τὸ κοράσιον, ἔγειρε Mk 5:41. Cp. Mt 7:23; 27:29 v.l.; Lk 8:54; 11:39; 18:11, 13 (Goodsp, Probs. 85–87); J 19:3 and oft.
    ⓑ Adjectives become substantives by the addition of the art.
    α. ὁ πονηρός Eph 6:16. οἱ σοφοί 1 Cor 1:27. οἱ ἅγιοι, οἱ πλούσιοι, οἱ πολλοί al. Likew. the neut. τὸ κρυπτόν Mt 6:4. τὸ ἅγιον 7:6. τὸ μέσον Mk 3:3. τὸ θνητόν 2 Cor 5:4. τὰ ἀδύνατα Lk 18:27. τὸ ἔλαττον Hb 7:7. Also w. gen. foll. τὰ ἀγαθά σου Lk 16:25. τὸ μωρόν, τὸ ἀσθενὲς τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 1:25; cp. vs. 27f. τὸ γνωστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 1:19. τὰ ἀόρατα τοῦ θεοῦ vs. 20. τὸ ἀδύνατον τοῦ νόμου 8:3. τὰ κρυπτὰ τῆς αἰσχύνης 2 Cor 4:2.
    β. Adj. attributes whose noun is customarily omitted come to have substantive force and therefore receive the art. (B-D-F §241; Rob. 652–54) ἡ περίχωρος Mt 3:5; ἡ ξηρά 23:15 (i.e. γῆ). ἡ ἀριστερά, ἡ δεξιά (sc. χείρ) 6:3. ἡ ἐπιοῦσα (sc. ἡμέρα) Ac 16:11. ἡ ἔρημος (sc. χώρα) Mt 11:7.
    γ. The neut. of the adj. w. the art. can take on the mng. of an abstract noun (Thu. 1, 36, 1 τὸ δεδιός=fear; Herodian 1, 6, 9; 1, 11, 5 τὸ σεμνὸν τῆς παρθένου; M. Ant. 1, 1; Just., D. 27, 2 διὰ τὸ σκληροκάρδιον ὑμῶν καὶ ἀχάριστον εἰς αὐτόν) τὸ χρηστὸν τοῦ θεοῦ God’s kindness Ro 2:4. τὸ δυνατόν power 9:22. τὸ σύμφορον benefit 1 Cor 7:35. τὸ γνήσιον genuineness 2 Cor 8:8. τὸ ἐπιεικές Phil 4:5 al.
    δ. The art. w. numerals indicates, as in Il. 5, 271f; X. et al. (HKallenberg, RhM 69, 1914, 662ff), that a part of a number already known is being mentioned (Diod S 18, 10, 2 τρεῖς μὲν φυλὰς … τὰς δὲ ἑπτά=‘but the seven others’; Plut., Cleom. 804 [8, 4] οἱ τέσσαρες=‘the other four’; Polyaenus 6, 5 οἱ τρεῖς=‘the remaining three’; Diog. L. 1, 82 Βίας προκεκριμένος τῶν ἑπτά=Bias was preferred before the others of the seven [wise men]. B-D-F §265): οἱ ἐννέα the other nine Lk 17:17. Cp. 15:4; Mt 18:12f. οἱ δέκα the other ten (disciples) 20:24; Mk 10:41; lepers Lk 17:17. οἱ πέντε … ὁ εἷς … ὁ ἄλλος five of them … one … the last one Rv 17:10.
    ⓒ The ptc. w. the art. receives
    α. the mng. of a subst. ὁ πειράζων the tempter Mt 4:3; 1 Th 3:5. ὁ βαπτίζων Mk 6:14. ὁ σπείρων Mt 13:3; Lk 8:5. ὁ ὀλεθρεύων Hb 11:28. τὸ ὀφειλόμενον Mt 18:30, 34. τὸ αὐλούμενον 1 Cor 14:7. τὸ λαλούμενον vs. 9 (Just., D. 32, 3 τὸ ζητούμενον). τὰ γινόμενα Lk 9:7. τὰ ἐρχόμενα J 16:13. τὰ ἐξουθενημένα 1 Cor 1:28. τὰ ὑπάρχοντα (s. ὑπάρχω 1). In Engl. usage many of these neuters are transl. by a relative clause, as in β below. B-D-F §413; Rob. 1108f.
    β. the mng. of a relative clause (Ar. 4, 2 al. οἱ νομίζοντες) ὁ δεχόμενος ὑμᾶς whoever receives you Mt 10:40. τῷ τύπτοντί σε Lk 6:29. ὁ ἐμὲ μισῶν J 15:23. οὐδὲ γὰρ ὄνομά ἐστιν ἕτερον τὸ δεδομένον (ὸ̔ δέδοται) Ac 4:12. τινές εἰσιν οἱ ταράσσοντες ὑμᾶς Gal 1:7. Cp. Lk 7:32; 18:9; J 12:12; Col 2:8; 1 Pt 1:7; 2J 7; Jd 4 al. So esp. after πᾶς: πᾶς ὁ ὀργιζόμενος everyone who becomes angry Mt 5:22. πᾶς ὁ κρίνων Ro 2:1 al. After μακάριος Mt 5:4, 6, 10. After οὐαὶ ὑμῖν Lk 6:25.
    ⓓ The inf. w. neut. art. (B-D-F §398ff; Rob. 1062–68) is used in a number of ways.
    α. It stands for a noun (B-D-F §399; Rob. 1062–66) τὸ (ἀνίπτοις χερσὶν) φαγεῖν Mt 15:20. τὸ (ἐκ νεκρῶν) ἀναστῆναι Mk 9:10. τὸ ἀγαπᾶν 12:33; cp. Ro 13:8. τὸ ποιῆσαι, τὸ ἐπιτελέσαι 2 Cor 8:11. τὸ καθίσαι Mt 20:23. τὸ θέλειν Ro 7:18; 2 Cor 8:10.—Freq. used w. preps. ἀντὶ τοῦ, διὰ τό, διὰ τοῦ, ἐκ τοῦ, ἐν τῷ, ἕνεκεν τοῦ, ἕως τοῦ, μετὰ τό, πρὸ τοῦ, πρὸς τό etc.; s. the preps. in question (B-D-F §402–4; Rob. 1068–75).
    β. The gen. of the inf. w. the art., without a prep., is esp. frequent (B-D-F §400; Mlt. 216–18; Rob. 1066–68; DEvans, ClQ 15, 1921, 26ff). The use of this inf. is esp. common in Lk and Paul, less freq. in Mt and Mk, quite rare in other writers. The gen. stands
    א. dependent on words that govern the gen.: ἄξιον 1 Cor 16:4 (s. ἄξιος 1c). ἐξαπορηθῆναι τοῦ ζῆν 2 Cor 1:8. ἔλαχε τοῦ θυμιᾶσαι Lk 1:9 (cp. 1 Km 14:47 v.l. Σαοὺλ ἔλαχεν τοῦ βασιλεύειν).
    ב. dependent on a noun (B-D-F §400, 1; Rob. 1066f) ὁ χρόνος τοῦ τεκεῖν Lk 1:57. ἐπλήσθησαν αἱ ἡμέραι τοῦ τεκεῖν αὐτήν 2:6. ἐξουσία τοῦ πατεῖν 10:19. εὐκαιρία τοῦ παραδοῦναι 22:6. ἐλπὶς τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10. ἐπιποθία τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:23. χρείαν ἔχειν τοῦ διδάσκειν Hb 5:12. καιρὸς τοῦ ἄρξασθαι 1 Pt 4:17. τ. ἐνέργειαν τοῦ δύνασθαι the power that enables him Phil 3:21. ἡ προθυμία τοῦ θέλειν zeal in desiring 2 Cor 8:11.
    ג. Somet. the connection w. the noun is very loose, and the transition to the consecutive sense (=result) is unmistakable (B-D-F §400, 2; Rob. 1066f): ἐπλήσθησαν ἡμέραι ὀκτὼ τοῦ περιτεμεῖν αὐτόν Lk 2:21. ὀφειλέται … τοῦ κατὰ σάρκα ζῆν Ro 8:12. εἰς ἀκαθαρσίαν τοῦ ἀτιμάζεσθαι 1:24. ὀφθαλμοὺς τοῦ μὴ βλέπειν 11:8. τὴν ἔκβασιν τοῦ δύνασθαι ὑπενεγκεῖν 1 Cor 10:13.
    ד. Verbs of hindering, ceasing take the inf. w. τοῦ μή (s. Schwyzer II 372 for earlier Gk; PGen 16, 23 [207 A.D.] κωλύοντες τοῦ μὴ σπείρειν; LXX; ParJer 2:5 φύλαξαι τοῦ μὴ σχίσαι τὰ ἱμάτιά σου): καταπαύειν Ac 14:18. κατέχειν Lk 4:42. κρατεῖσθαι 24:16. κωλύειν Ac 10:47. παύειν 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:14). ὑποστέλλεσθαι Ac 20:20, 27. Without μή: ἐγκόπτεσθαι τοῦ ἐλθεῖν Ro 15:22.
    ה. The gen. of the inf. comes after verbs of deciding, exhorting, commanding, etc. (1 Ch 19:19; ParJer 7:37 διδάσκων αὐτοὺ τοῦ ἀπέχεσθαι) ἐγένετο γνώμης Ac 20:3. ἐντέλλεσθαι Lk 4:10 (Ps 90:11). ἐπιστέλλειν Ac 15:20. κατανεύειν Lk 5:7. κρίνειν Ac 27:1. παρακαλεῖν 21:12. προσεύχεσθαι Js 5:17. τὸ πρόσωπον στηρίζειν Lk 9:51. συντίθεσθαι Ac 23:20.
    ו. The inf. w. τοῦ and τοῦ μή plainly has final (=purpose) sense (ParJer 5:2 ἐκάθισεν … τοῦ ἀναπαῆναι ὀλίγον; Soph., Lex. I 45f; B-D-F §400, 5 w. exx. fr. non-bibl. lit. and pap; Rob. 1067): ἐξῆλθεν ὁ σπείρων τοῦ σπείρειν a sower went out to sow Mt 13:3. ζητεῖν τοῦ ἀπολέσαι = ἵνα ἀπολέσῃ 2:13. τοῦ δοῦναι γνῶσιν Lk 1:77. τοῦ κατευθῦναι τοὺς πόδας vs. 79. τοῦ σινιάσαι 22:31. τοῦ μηκέτι δουλεύειν Ro 6:6. τοῦ ποιῆσαι αὐτά Gal 3:10. τοῦ γνῶναι αὐτόν Phil 3:10. Cp. Mt 3:13; 11:1; 24:45; Lk 2:24, 27; 8:5; 24:29; Ac 3:2; 20:30; 26:18; Hb 10:7 (Ps 39:9); 11:5; GJs 2:3f; 24:1.—The apparently solecistic τοῦ πολεμῆσαι Ro 12:7 bears a Semitic tinge, cp. Hos 9:13 et al. (Mussies 96).—The combination can also express
    ז. consecutive mng. (result): οὐδὲ μετεμελήθητε τοῦ πιστεῦσαι αὐτῷ you did not change your minds and believe him Mt 21:32. τοῦ μὴ εἶναι αὐτὴν μοιχαλίδα Ro 7:3. τοῦ ποιεῖν τὰ βρέφη ἔκθετα Ac 7:19. Cp. 3:12; 10:25.
    ⓔ The art. is used w. prepositional expressions (Artem. 4, 33 p. 224, 7 ὁ ἐν Περγάμῳ; 4, 36 ὁ ἐν Μαγνησίᾳ; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010 recto, 8–12] οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεδίοις … οἱ ἐν τοῖς ὄρεσι καὶ μετεώροις; Tat. 31, 2 οἱ μὲν περὶ Κράτητα … οἱ δὲ περὶ Ἐρατοσθένη) τῆς ἐκκλησίας τῆς ἐν Κεγχρεαῖς Ro 16:1. ταῖς ἐκκλησίαις ταῖς ἐν τῇ Ἀσίᾳ Rv 1:4. τῷ ἀγγέλῳ τῆς ἐν (w. place name) ἐκκλησίας 2:1, 8, 12, 18; 3:1, 7, 14 (on these pass. RBorger, TRu 52, ’87, 42–45). τοῖς ἐν τῇ οἰκίᾳ to those in the house Mt 5:15. πάτερ ἡμῶν ὁ ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς 6:9. οἱ ἀπὸ τῆς Ἰταλίας Hb 13:24. οἱ ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ Ro 8:1. οἱ ἐξ ἐριθείας 2:8. οἱ ἐκ νόμου 4:14; cp. vs. 16. οἱ ἐκ τῆς Καίσαρος οἰκίας Phil 4:22. οἱ ἐξ εὐωνύμων Mt 25:41. τὸ θυσιαστήριον … τὸ ἐνώπιον τοῦ θρόνου Rv 8:3; cp. 9:13. On 1:4 s. ref in B-D-F §136, 1 to restoration by Nestle. οἱ παρʼ αὐτοῦ Mk 3:21. οἱ μετʼ αὐτοῦ Mt 12:3. οἱ περὶ αὐτόν Mk 4:10; Lk 22:49 al.—Neut. τὰ ἀπὸ τοῦ πλοίου pieces of wreckage fr. the ship Ac 27:44 (difft. FZorell, BZ 9, 1911, 159f). τὰ περί τινος Lk 24:19, 27; Ac 24:10; Phil 1:27 (Tat. 32, 2 τὰ περὶ θεοῦ). τὰ περί τινα 2:23. τὰ κατʼ ἐμέ my circumstances Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. τὰ κατὰ τὸν νόμον what (was to be done) according to the law Lk 2:39. τὸ ἐξ ὑμῶν Ro 12:18. τὰ πρὸς τὸν θεόν 15:17; Hb 2:17; 5:1 (X., Resp. Lac. 13, 11 ἱερεῖ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς θεούς, στρατηγῷ δὲ τὰ πρὸς τοὺς ἀνθρώπους). τὰ παρʼ αὐτῶν Lk 10:7. τὸ ἐν ἐμοί the (child) in me GJs 12:2 al.
    ⓕ w. an adv. or adverbial expr. (1 Macc 8:3) τὸ ἔμπροσθεν Lk 19:4. τὸ ἔξωθεν Mt 23:25. τὸ πέραν Mt 8:18, 28. τὰ ἄνω J 8:23; Col 3:1f. τὰ κάτω J 8:23. τὰ ὀπίσω Mk 13:16. τὰ ὧδε matters here Col 4:9. ὁ πλησίον the neighbor Mt 5:43. οἱ καθεξῆς Ac 3:24. τὸ κατὰ σάρκα Ro 9:5. τὸ ἐκ μέρους 1 Cor 13:10.—Esp. w. indications of time τό, τὰ νῦν s. νῦν 2b. τὸ πάλιν 2 Cor 13:2. τὸ λοιπόν 1 Cor 7:29; Phil 3:1. τὸ πρῶτον J 10:40; 12:16; 19:39. τὸ πρότερον 6:62; Gal 4:13. τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν daily Lk 11:3.—τὸ πλεῖστον at the most 1 Cor 14:27.
    ⓖ The art. w. the gen. foll. denotes a relation of kinship, ownership, or dependence: Ἰάκωβος ὁ τοῦ Ζεβεδαίου Mt 10:2 (Thu. 4, 104 Θουκυδίδης ὁ Ὀλόρου [sc. υἱός]; Plut., Timol. 3, 2; Appian, Syr. 26 §123 Σέλευκος ὁ Ἀντιόχου; Jos., Bell. 5, 5; 11). Μαρία ἡ Ἰακώβου Lk 24:10. ἡ τοῦ Οὐρίου the wife of Uriah Mt 1:6. οἱ Χλόης Chloë’s people 1 Cor 1:11. οἱ Ἀριστοβούλου, οἱ Ναρκίσσου Ro 16:10f. οἱ αὐτοῦ Ac 16:33. οἱ τοῦ Χριστοῦ 1 Cor 15:23; Gal 5:24. Καισάρεια ἡ Φιλίππου Caesarea Philippi i.e. the city of Philip Mk 8:27.—τό, τά τινος someone’s things, affairs, circumstances (Thu. 4, 83 τὰ τοῦ Ἀρριβαίου; Parthenius 1, 6; Appian, Syr. 16 §67 τὰ Ῥωμαίων) τὰ τοῦ θεοῦ, τῶν ἀνθρώπων Mt 16:23; 22:21; Mk 8:33; cp. 1 Cor 2:11. τὰ τῆς σαρκός, τοῦ πνεύματος Ro 8:5; cp. 14:19; 1 Cor 7:33f; 13:11. τὰ ὑμῶν 2 Cor 12:14. τὰ τῆς ἀσθενείας μου 11:30. τὰ τοῦ νόμου what the law requires Ro 2:14. τὸ τῆς συκῆς what has been done to the fig tree Mt 21:21; cp. 8:33. τὰ ἑαυτῆς its own advantage 1 Cor 13:5; cp. Phil 2:4, 21. τὸ τῆς παροιμίας what the proverb says 2 Pt 2:22 (Pla., Theaet. 183e τὸ τοῦ Ὁμήρου; Menand., Dyscolus 633 τὸ τοῦ λόγου). ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house (so Field, Notes 50–56; Goodsp. Probs. 81–83; difft., ‘interests’, PTemple, CBQ 1, ’39, 342–52.—In contrast to the other synoptists, Luke does not elsewhere show Jesus ‘at home’.) Lk 2:49 (Lysias 12, 12 εἰς τὰ τοῦ ἀδελφοῦ; Theocr. 2, 76 τὰ Λύκωνος; pap in Mayser II [1926] p. 8; POxy 523, 3 [II A.D.] an invitation to a dinner ἐν τοῖς Κλαυδίου Σαραπίωνος; PTebt 316 II, 23 [99 A.D.] ἐν τοῖς Ποτάμωνος; Esth 7:9; Job 18:19; Jos., Ant. 16, 302. Of the temple of a god Jos., C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός). Mt 20:15 is classified here by WHatch, ATR 26, ’44, 250–53; s. also ἐμός b.
    ⓗ The neut. of the art. stands
    α. before whole sentences or clauses (Epict. 4, 1, 45 τὸ Καίσαρος μὴ εἶναι φίλον; Prov. Aesopi 100 P. τὸ Οὐκ οἶδα; Jos., Ant. 10, 205; Just., D. 33, 2 τὸ γὰρ … [Ps 109:4]) τὸ Οὐ φονεύσεις, οὐ μοιχεύσεις κτλ. (quot. fr. the Decalogue) Mt 19:18; Ro 13:9. τὸ Καὶ μετὰ ἀνόμων ἐλογίσθη (quot. fr. Is 53:12) Lk 22:37. Cp. Gal 5:14. τὸ Εἰ δύνῃ as far as your words ‘If you can’ are concerned Mk 9:23. Likew. before indirect questions (Vett. Val. 291, 14 τὸ πῶς τέτακται; Ael. Aristid. 45, 15 K. τὸ ὅστις ἐστίν; ParJer 6:15 τὸ πῶς ἀποστείλης; GrBar 8:6 τὸ πῶς ἐταπεινώθη; Jos., Ant. 20, 28 ἐπὶ πείρᾳ τοῦ τί φρονοῖεν; Pel.-Leg. p. 20, 32 τὸ τί γένηται; Mel., Fgm. 8, 2 [Goodsp. p. 311] τὸ δὲ πῶς λούονται) τὸ τί ἂν θέλοι καλεῖσθαι αὐτό Lk 1:62. τὸ τίς ἂν εἴη μείζων αὐτῶν 9:46. τὸ πῶς δεῖ ὑμᾶς περιπατεῖν 1 Th 4:1. Cp. Lk 19:48; 22:2, 4, 23f; Ac 4:21; 22:30; Ro 8:26; Hs 8, 1, 4.
    β. before single words which are taken fr. what precedes and hence are quoted, as it were (Epict. 1, 29, 16 τὸ Σωκράτης; 3, 23, 24; Hierocles 13 p. 448 ἐν τῷ μηδείς) τὸ ‘ἀνέβη’ Eph 4:9. τὸ ‘ἔτι ἅπαξ’ Hb 12:27. τὸ ‘Ἁγάρ’ Gal 4:25.
    ⓘ Other notable uses of the art. are
    α. the elliptic use, which leaves a part of a sentence accompanied by the art. to be completed fr. the context: ὁ τὰ δύο the man with the two (talents), i.e. ὁ τὰ δύο τάλαντα λαβών Mt 25:17; cp. vs. 22. τῷ τὸν φόρον Ro 13:7. ὁ τὸ πολύ, ὀλίγον the man who had much, little 2 Cor 8:15 after Ex 16:18 (cp. Lucian, Bis Accus. 9 ὁ τὴν σύριγγα [sc. ἔχων]; Arrian, Anab. 7, 8, 3 τὴν ἐπὶ θανάτῳ [sc. ὁδόν]).
    β. Σαῦλος, ὁ καὶ Παῦλος Ac 13:9; s. καί 2h.
    γ. the fem. art. is found in a quite singular usage ἡ οὐαί (ἡ θλῖψις or ἡ πληγή) Rv 9:12; 11:14. Sim. ὁ Ἀμήν 3:14 (here the masc. art. is evidently chosen because of the alternate name for Jesus).
    ⓙ One art. can refer to several nouns connected by καί
    α. when various words, sing. or pl., are brought close together by a common art.: τοὺς ἀρχιερεῖς καὶ γραμματεῖς Mt 2:4; cp. 16:21; Mk 15:1. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις κ. ψαλμοῖς Lk 24:44. τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ καὶ Σαμαρείᾳ Ac 1:8; cp. 8:1; Lk 5:17 al.—Even nouns of different gender can be united in this way (Aristoph., Eccl. 750; Ps.-Pla., Axioch. 12 p. 37a οἱ δύο θεοί, of Apollo and Artemis; Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. c. 292; PTebt 14, 10 [114 B.C.]; En 18:14; EpArist 109) κατὰ τὰ ἐντάλματα καὶ διδασκαλίας Col 2:22. Cp. Lk 1:6. εἰς τὰς ὁδοὺς καὶ φραγμούς 14:23.
    β. when one and the same person has more than one attribute applied to him: πρὸς τὸν πατέρα μου καὶ πατέρα ὑμῶν J 20:17. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Ro 15:6; 2 Cor 1:3; 11:31; Eph 1:3; 1 Pt 1:3. ὁ θεὸς καὶ πατὴρ (ἡμῶν) Eph 5:20; Phil 4:20; 1 Th 1:3; 3:11, 13. Of Christ: τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν καὶ σωτῆρος 2 Pt 1:11; cp. 2:20; 3:18. τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ καὶ σωτῆρος ἡμῶν Tit 2:13 (PGrenf II, 15 I, 6 [139 B.C.] of the deified King Ptolemy τοῦ μεγάλου θεοῦ εὐεργέτου καὶ σωτῆρος [ἐπιφανοῦς] εὐχαρίστου).
    γ. On the other hand, the art. is repeated when two different persons are named: ὁ φυτεύων καὶ ὁ ποτίζων 1 Cor 3:8. ὁ βασιλεὺς καὶ ὁ ἡγεμών Ac 26:30.
    ⓚ In a fixed expression, when a noun in the gen. is dependent on another noun, the art. customarily appears twice or not at all: τὸ πνεῦμα τοῦ θεοῦ 1 Cor 3:16; πνεῦμα θεοῦ Ro 8:9. ὁ λόγος τοῦ θεοῦ 2 Cor 2:17; λόγος θεοῦ 1 Th 2:13. ἡ ἡμέρα τοῦ κυρίου 2 Th 2:2; ἡμ. κ. 1 Th 5:2. ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ ἀνθρώπου Mt 8:20; υἱ. ἀ. Hb 2:6. ἡ ἀνάστασις τῶν νεκρῶν Mt 22:31; ἀ. ν. Ac 23:6. ἡ κοιλία τῆς μητρός J 3:4; κ. μ. Mt 19:12.—APerry, JBL 68, ’49, 329–34; MBlack, An Aramaic Approach3, ’67, 93–95.—DELG. M-M.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὁ

  • 5 ὄνομα

    ὄνομα, ατος, τό (Hom.+).
    ① proper name of an entity, name
    ⓐ gener. τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματα ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2; cp. Rv 21:14. τῶν παρθένων τὰ ὀν. Hs 9, 15, 1. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρός Lk 1:59. ὄν. μοι, sc. ἐστίν, my name is (Od. 9, 366) Mk 5:9b. τί ὄν. σοι; what is your name? vs. 9a; w. copula Lk 8:30.—The expressions ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν., οὗ τὸ ὄν., καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (αὐτῆς), ὄν. αὐτῷ (parenthetic) are almost always without the copula (B-D-F §128, 3; Rob. 395): ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν. (Sb 7573, 13 [116 A.D.]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac.; Just., A I, 53, 8 ᾧ ὄν. Λώτ) Lk 1:26, 27a; 2:25; 8:41; 24:13, 18 v.l.; Ac 13:6.—οὗ τὸ ὄν. (without a verb as BGU 344, 1) Mk 14:32. Cp. ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς Phil 4:3 (ὧν τὰ ὀν. is a formula [Dssm., LO 95=LAE 121]. S. esp. BGU 432 II, 3 ὧν τὰ ὀν. τῷ βιβλιδίῳ δεδήλωται).—καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτῆς Lk 1:5b. καὶ τὸ ὄν. τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ vs. 27b.—ὄν. αὐτῷ (Demosth. 32, 11 Ἀριστοφῶν ὄνομʼ αὐτῷ; Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4; Aelian, NA 8, 2 γυνὴ … Ἡρακληὶς ὄν. αὐτῇ; LXX) J 1:6; 3:1. ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ ἵππου), ὄν. αὐτῷ (ὁ) θάνατος Rv 6:8; cp. 9:11a.—W. the copula ἦν δὲ ὄν. τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος J 18:10 (POxy 465, 12 ὁ δὲ κραταιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄν. αὐτῷ ἐστιν Νεβύ, μηνύει; Jos., Ant. 19, 332). ἄγγελος …, οὗ τὸ ὄν. ἐστιν Θεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4.—The dat. is quite freq. ὀνόματι named, by name (X., Hell. 1, 6, 29 Σάμιος ὀνόματι Ἱππεύς; Tob 6:11 BA; 4 Macc 5:4; Just., D. 85, 6; 115, 3; B-D-F §160; 197; Rob. 487) ἄνθρωπον ὀν. Σίμωνα Mt 27:32; cp. Mk 5:22; Lk 1:5a; 5:27; 10:38; 16:20; 23:50; 24:18; Ac 5:1, 34; 8:9; 9:10–12, 33, 36; 10:1; 11:28; 12:13; 16:1, 14; 17:34; 18:2, 7, 24; 19:24; 20:9; 21:10; 27:1; 28:7; MPol 4. Also the acc. τοὔνομα (on the crasis s. B-D-F §18; Mlt-H. 63; FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Mus. zu Kairo [1911] 2, 6 γυνὴ Ταμοῦνις τοὔνομα; Diod S 2, 45, 4 πόλιν τοὔνομα Θ.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68; Jos., Ant. 7, 344, Vi. 382) named, by name (the acc. as X. et al., also 2 Macc 12:13; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac. υἱὸν ὄ. Δάν.—B-D-F §160; Rob. 487) Mt 27:57. (Cp. ὄν. gener. as ‘mode of expression’ εἰ καὶ διάφορα ὀνόματα ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … οἰκείαν … δέχεται τὴν νόησιν although there are various ways of expressing it, it nevertheless has a definite sense Did., Gen. 86, 22 [of various metaphors and images for the soul].)
    ⓑ used w. verbs
    α. as their obj.: ὄν. ἔχειν Did., Gen. 29, 6 bear the name or as name, be named ὄν. ἔχει Ἀπολλύων Rv 9:11b (in this case the name Ἀ. stands independently in the nom.; B-D-F §143; Rob. 458). καλεῖν τὸ ὄν. τινος w. the name foll. in the acc. (after the Hb.; B-D-F §157, 2; Rob. 459) καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν you are to name him Jesus Mt 1:21; Lk 1:31.—Mt 1:25. καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην Lk 1:13. καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). διδόναι GJs 6:2. Pass. w. the name in the nom. (cp. GrBar 6:10 Φοῖνιξ καλεῖται τὸ ὄν. μου) ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 19:13. Also τὸ ὄν. τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ ῎ Αψινθος Rv 8:11.—ἐπιθεῖναι ὄν. τινι w. acc. of the name Mk 3:16f; cp. 12:8f; κληρονομεῖν ὄν. receive a name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2. κληροῦσθαι τὸ αὐτὸ ὄν. obtain the same name (s. κληρόω 2) MPol 6:2.—τὰ ὀν. ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Lk 10:20.—Rv 13:8; 17:8. ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄν. αὐτῶν 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14); Rv 3:5a (perh. to be placed in 4 below); s. ἐξαλείφω.
    β. in another way (εἰ δέ τις ὀνόματι καλέσει but if anyone is so named Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 2): ὸ̔ς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ who is so named Lk 1:61. ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος a man whose name was Zacchaeus 19:2. καλεῖν τι (i.e. παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί τινος name someone after someone 1:59. Cp. IMg 10:1. This leads to
    ⓒ used w. prepositions: ἐξ ὀνόματος (Ctesias, Ind. p. 105 M.: Diod S 13, 15, 1; 37, 15, 2; Appian, Mithrid. 59, §243, Bell. Civ. 3, 21 §77; 4, 73 §310; PGM 4, 2973; Jos., Ant. 2, 275) by name, individually, one by one (so that no one is lost in the crowd) ἐξ ὀν. πάντας ζήτει IPol 4:2. ἀσπάζομαι πάντας ἐξ ὀνόματος 8:2. πάντες ἐξ ὀν. συνέρχεσθε (parallel to κατʼ ἄνδρα) IEph 20:2.—κατʼ ὄν. by name, individually (Diod S 16, 44, 2; Gen 25:13; EpArist 247; Jos., Bell. 7, 14) J 10:3 (New Docs 3, 77f; animals called individually by name: Ps.-Aristot., Mirabil. 118.—HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 74). Esp. in greetings (BGU 27, 18 [II A.D.] ἀσπάζομαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοῦντάς σε κατʼ ὄν.; POxy 1070, 46; pap in Dssm., LO 160/1, ln. 14f [LAE 193, ln. 15, note 21]; New Docs 3, 77f) 3J 15; ISm 13:2b. ῥάβδους ἐπιγεγραμμένας ἑκάστης φυλῆς κατʼ ὄν. staffs, each one inscribed with the name of a tribe 1 Cl 43:2b.
    ⓓ used in combination with God and Jesus. On the significance of the Divine Name in history of religions s. FGiesebrecht, Die atl. Schätzung des Gottesnamens 1901; Bousset, Rel.3 309ff; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie 1903, 110ff; FConybeare, JQR 8, 1896; 9, 1897, esp. 9, 581ff; JBoehmer, Das bibl. ‘im Namen’ 1898, BFCT V 6, 1901, 49ff, Studierstube 2, 1904, 324ff; 388ff; 452ff; 516ff; 580ff; BJacob, Im Namen Gottes 1903;WHeitmüller, ‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903; WBrandt, TT 25, 1891, 565ff; 26, 1892, 193ff; 38, 1904, 355ff; RHirzel, Der Name: ASG 36, 2, 1918; Schürer III4 409–11; HObbink, De magische betekenis van den naam inzonderheid in het oude Egypte 1925; OGrether, Name u. Wort Gottes im AT ’34; HHuffman, Name: 1148–52.—The belief in the efficacy of the name is extremely old; its origin goes back to the most ancient times and the most primitive forms of intellectual and religious life. It has exhibited an extraordinary vitality. The period of our lit. also sees—within as well as without the new community of believers—in the name someth. real, a piece of the very nature of the personality whom it designates, expressing the person’s qualities and powers. Accordingly, names, esp. holy names, are revered and used in customary practices and ritual (σέβεσθαι θεῶν ὀνόματα Theoph. Ant., 1, 9 [p. 76, 7]), including magic. In Israelite tradition the greatest reverence was paid to the holy name of God and to its numerous paraphrases or substitutes; the names of angels and patriarchs occupied a secondary place. The syncretistic practices of the period revered the names of gods, daemons, and heroes, or even magic words that made no sense at all, but had a mysterious sound. The Judeo-Christians revere and use the name of God and, of course, the name of Jesus. On magic in Jewish circles, s. Schürer III 342–79; for the NT period in general s. MSmith, Clement of Alexandria and a Secret Gospel of Mark ’73, 195–230.—The names of God and Jesus
    α. in combination w. attributes: διαφορώτερον ὄν. a more excellent name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2 (διάφορος 2). ἅγιον τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Lk 1:49 (cp. Ps 110:9; Lev 18:21; 22:2; PGM 3, 570; 627; 4, 1005; 3071; 5, 77; 13, 561 μέγα κ. ἅγιον). τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 64; τὸ μέγα καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hv 4, 1, 3; 4, 2, 4 (on ἔνδοξον ὄν., cp. EPeterson, Εἷ θεός 1926, 282.—ὄν. μέγα κ. ἅγ. κ. ἔνδ.: PGM 13, 183f; 504f). τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hs 9, 18, 5; τὸ πανάγιον καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. 1 Cl 58:1a; τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ ἐνδόξου ὄν. Hv 3, 3, 5; τὸ πανάρετον ὄν. 1 Cl 45:7; τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι 60:4; τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. 58:1b. τὸ ὄν. μου θαυμαστὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι D 14:3 (cp. Mal 1:14). The words ὄν. θεοπρεπέστατον IMg 1:2 are difficult to interpret (s. Hdb. ad loc.; θεοπρεπής b).
    β. in combination w. verbs: ἁγιάζειν τὸ ὄν. Mt 6:9 (AFridrichsen, Helligt vorde dit naun: DTT 8, 1917, 1–16). Lk 11:2; D 8:2 (ἁγιάζω 3). βλασφημεῖν (q.v. bγ) τὸ ὄν. Rv 13:6; 16:9; pass. βλασφημεῖται τὸ ὄν. (Is 52:5) Ro 2:24; 2 Cl 13:1f, 4; ITr 8:2. βλασφημίας ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου bring blasphemy upon the name of the Lord 1 Cl 47:7. πφοσέθηκαν κατὰ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου βλασφημίαν Hs 6, 2, 3; βεβηλοῦν τὸ ὄν. 8, 6, 2 (s. βεβηλόω). ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄν. τ. ἀδελφοῖς μου Hb 2:12 (cp. Ps 21:23). ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄν. μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Ro 9:17 (Ex 9:16). δοξάζειν τὸ ὄν. (σου, τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦ θεοῦ etc.) Rv 15:4; 1 Cl 43:6; IPhld 10:1; Hv 2, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3; 4, 1, 3; Hs 9, 18, 5 (s. δοξάζω 1; cp. GJs 7:2; 12:1[w. ref. to name of Mary]). ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 2 Th 1:12. ἐλπίζειν τῷ ὀν. Mt 12:21 (vv.ll. ἐν or ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.; the pass. on which it is based, Is 42:4, has ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.). ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου (as PsSol 6:1) or αὐτοῦ, σου etc. (w. ref. to God or Christ) call on the name of the Lord Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 9:14, 21; 22:16; Ro 10:13 (Jo 3:5); 1 Cor 1:2. ψυχὴ ἐπικεκλημένη τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ a person who calls upon his exalted and holy name 1 Cl 64.—Pass. πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄν. μου ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12). τὸ καλὸν ὄν. τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (on καλὸν ὄν. cp. Sb 343, 9 and the Pompeian graffito in Dssm., LO 237 [LAE 276]). πάντες οἱ ἐπικαλούμενοι τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ all those who are called by (the Lord’s) name Hs 9, 14, 3; cp. οἱ κεκλημένοι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου those who are called by the name of the Lord 8, 1, 1. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐπʼ αὐτούς be ashamed of the name that is named over them 8, 6, 4. ὁμολογεῖν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ praise his name Hb 13:15 (cp. PsSol 15:2 ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματι σου). ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 2 Ti 2:19 (Is 26:13). ψάλλειν τῷ ὀν. σου Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). οὐ μὴ λάβῃς ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 19:5 (Ex 20:7; Dt 5:11).—Although in the preceding examples the name is oft. practically inseparable fr. the being that bears it, this is perh. even more true of the foll. cases, in which the name appears almost as the representation of the Godhead, as a tangible manifestation of the divine nature (Quint. Smyrn. 9, 465 Polidarius, when healing, calls on οὔνομα πατρὸς ἑοῖο ‘the name of his father’ [Asclepius]; τοσοῦτον … δύναται τὸ ὄ. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 11; Dt 18:7; 3 Km 8:16; Ps 68:37; Zech 13:2 ἐξολεθρεύσω τὰ ὀν. τῶν εἰδώλων; Zeph 1:4; PsSol 7:6; Just., D. 121, 3 ὑποτάσσεσθαι αὐτοῦ ὀν.): the ‘name’ of God is ἀρχέγονον πάσης κτίσεως 1 Cl 59:3. Sim. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον βαστάζει Hs 9, 14, 5. λατρεύειν τῷ παναρέτῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ worship the most excellent name (of the Most High) 1 Cl 45:7. ὑπακούειν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ be obedient to his most holy and glorious name 58:1a. ὑπήκοον γενέσθαι τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀν. 60:4. κηρύσσειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. ἐπιγινώσκειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 16, 7. φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. σου Rv 11:18. φανεροῦν τινι τὸ ὄν. σου J 17:6. γνωρίζειν τινὶ τὸ ὄν. σου vs. 26. πιστεύειν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ believe in the name of (God’s) son 1J 3:23. Also πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. (s. γב below and s. πιστεύω 2aβ).—Of the name borne by followers of Jesus Christ (cp. Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 13]): κρατεῖς τὸ ὄν. μου you cling to my name Rv 2:13. The same mng. also holds for the expressions: λαμβάνειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 12, 4; 8; 9, 13, 2a; 7. τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄν. μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν to bear my name before (the) Gentiles Ac 9:15. τὸ ὄν. ἡδέως βαστάζειν bear the name gladly Hs 8, 10, 3; cp. 9, 28, 5b. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φορεῖν 9, 13, 3; 9, 14, 5f; 9, 15, 2; cp. 9, 13, 2b. Christians receive this name at their baptism: πρὶν φορέσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ νεκρός ἐστιν before a person bears the name of God’s Son (which is given the candidate at baptism), he is dead 9, 16, 3. Of dissemblers and false teachers ὄν. μὲν ἔχουσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πίστεως κενοί εἰσιν they have the (Christian) name, but are devoid of faith 9, 19, 2. Of Christians in appearance only ἐν ὑποκρίσει φέροντες τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου who bear the Lord’s name in pretense Pol 6:3. δόλῳ πονηρῷ τὸ ὄν. περιφέρειν carry the name about in wicked deceit (evidently of wandering preachers) IEph 7:1. τὸ ὄν. ἐπαισχύνονται τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν they are ashamed of their Lord’s name Hs 9, 21, 3. More fully: ἐπαισχύνονται τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ φορεῖν 9, 14, 6.
    γ. used w. prepositions
    א. w. διά and the gen. διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου πιστεύειν PtK 3 p. 15 ln. 12; σωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐνδόξου ὀν. be saved through the great and glorious name Hv 4, 2, 4. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ (τοῦ θεοῦ) Hs 9, 12, 5. ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ Ac 10:43 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4 al.). σημεῖα … γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀν. … Ἰησοῦ by the power of the name 4:30. Differently παρακαλεῖν τινα διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου appeal to someone by the name (= while calling on the name) of the Lord 1 Cor 1:10.—W. διά and the acc. μισούμενοι … διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου hated on account of my name (i.e., because you bear it) Mt 10:22; 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17 (Just., A I, 4, 2 al.). ποιεῖν τι εἴς τινα διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου J 15:21. ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ your sins are forgiven on account of (Jesus’) name 1J 2:12. βαστάζειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου bear (hardship) for my name’s sake Rv 2:3 (s. βαστάζω 2bβ). πάσχειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. (also w. a gen. like αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1b; Hs 9, 28, 3.
    ב. w. εἰς: somet. evidently as rendering of rabb. לְשֵׁם with regard to, in thinking of δέχεσθαί τινα εἰς ὄν. Ἰ. Χρ. receive someone in deference to Jesus Christ IRo 9:3. δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄν. two or three gathered and thinking of me, i.e., so that I am the reason for their assembling Mt 18:20; but here the other mng. (s. ג below) has had some influence: ‘while naming’ or ‘calling on my name’. τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (i.e. θεοῦ) Hb 6:10 is either the love that you have shown with regard to him, i.e. for his sake, or we have here the frequently attested formula of Hellenistic legal and commercial language (s. Mayser II/2 p. 415; Dssm. B 143ff, NB 25, LO 97f [BS 146f; 197; LAE 121]; Heitmüller, op. cit. 100ff; FPreisigke, Girowesen im griech. Ägypt. 1910, 149ff. On the LXX s. Heitmüller 110f; JPsichari, Essai sur le Grec de la Septante 1908, 202f): εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος to the name=to the account (over which the name stands). Then the deeds of love, although shown to humans, are dedicated to God.—The concept of dedication is also highly significant, in all probability, for the understanding of the expr. βαπτίζειν εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος. Through baptism εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τ. those who are baptized become the possession of and come under the dedicated protection of the one whose name they bear. An additional factor, to a degree, may be the sense of εἰς τὸ ὄν.=‘with mention of the name’ (cp. Herodian 2, 2, 10; 2, 13, 2 ὀμνύναι εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος; Cyranides p. 57, 1 εἰς ὄν. τινος; 60, 18=εἰς τὸ ὄν. τ.; 62, 13. Another ex. in Heitmüller 107): Mt 28:19; Ac 8:16; 19:5; D 7:1, (3); 9:5; Hv 3, 7, 3; cp. 1 Cor 1:13, 15. S. βαπτίζω 2c and Silva New, Beginn. I/5, ’33, 121–40.—πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος believe in the name of someone i.e. have confidence that the person’s name (rather in the sense of a title, cp. Phil 2:9) is rightfully borne and encodes what the person really is J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18; 1J 5:13.
    ג. with ἐν: ἐν ὀνόματι of God or Jesus means in the great majority of cases with mention of the name, while naming or calling on the name (PsSol 11:8; JosAs 9:1; Just., D. 35, 2 al.; no corresponding use has been found in gener. Gk. lit.; but cp. ἐν ὀν. τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ὑψίστου θεοῦ Hippol., Ref. 9, 15, 6.—Heitmüller p. 13ff, esp. 44; 49). In many pass. it seems to be a formula. ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Mk 9:38; 16:17; Lk 9:49. τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. σου the demons are subject to us at the mention of your name 10:17. ποιεῖν τι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ac 4:7; cp. Col 3:17. Perh. J 10:25 (but s. below). ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ … οὗτος παρέστηκεν ὑγιής Ac 4:10. ὄν. … ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς vs. 12. παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. 16:18; cp. 2 Th 3:6; IPol 5:1. σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 14:10 D. Peter, in performing a healing, says ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. περιπάτει 3:6 (s. Heitmüller 60). The elders are to anoint the sick w. oil ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου while calling on the name of the Lord Js 5:14.—Of prophets λαλεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. κυρίου 5:10. παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ speak out boldly in proclaiming the name of Jesus Ac 9:27f. βαπτίζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. be baptized or have oneself baptized while naming the name of Jesus Christ Ac 2:38 v.l.; 10:48. At a baptism ἐν ὀν. χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 32. αἰτεῖν τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (=Ἰησοῦ) ask the Father, using my name J 15:16; cp. 14:13, 14; 16:24, 26. W. the latter pass. belongs vs. 23 (ὁ πατὴρ) δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (the Father) will give you, when you mention my name. τὸ πνεῦμα ὸ̔ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου the Spirit, whom the Father will send when my name is used 14:26. To thank God ἐν ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. while naming the name of Jesus Christ Eph 5:20. ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ that when the name of Jesus is mentioned every knee should bow Phil 2:10. χαίρετε, υἱοί, ἐν ὀν. κυρίου greetings, my sons, as we call on the Lord’s name 1:1. ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου whoever comes, naming the Lord’s name (in order thereby to give evidence of being a Christian) D 12:1. ἀσπάζεσθαι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. greet, while naming the name of J. Chr. w. acc. of pers. or thing greeted IRo ins; ISm 12:2. Receive a congregation ἐν ὀν. θεοῦ IEph 1:3. συναχθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. meet and call on the name of the Lord Jesus=as a Christian congregation 1 Cor 5:4. μόνον ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. only (it is to be) while calling on the name of J. Chr. ISm 4:2.—Not far removed fr. these are the places where we render ἐν τῷ ὀν. with through or by the name (s. ἐν 4c); the effect brought about by the name is caused by its utterance ἀπελούσασθε, ἡγιάσθητε, ἐδικαιώθητε ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. 1 Cor 6:11. ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ (=Ἰησοῦ) J 20:31. τηρεῖν τινα ἐν τῷ ὀν. (θεοῦ) 17:11f.—ἐν τῷ ὀν. at the command (of), commissioned by ἔργα ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός J 10:25 (but s. above). ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός 5:43a; in contrast ἔρχ. ἐν τῷ ὀν. τῷ ἰδίῳ vs. 43b. εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου 12:13 (Ps 117:26). The Ps-passage prob. has the same sense (despite Heitmüller 53f) in Mt 21:9; 23:39; Mk 11:9; Lk 13:35; 19:38.—OMerlier, Ὄνομα et ἐν ὀνόματι dans le quatr. Év.: RevÉtGr 47, ’34, 180–204; RBratcher, BT 14, ’63, 72–80.
    ד. w. ἕνεκα (and the other forms of this word; s. ἕνεκα 1): of persecutions for one’s Christian faith ἀπάγεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. μου Lk 21:12. πάσχειν or ὑποφέρειν εἵνεκα τοῦ ὀνόματος Hv 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1; Hs 9, 28, 5. ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. (τοῦ) κυρίου v 3, 5, 2; Hs 9, 28, 6. ἀφιέναι οἰκίας … ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀν. for my name’s sake Mt 19:29. ἔκτισας τὰ πάντα ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. σου you created all things for your name’s sake, i.e. that God’s name might be praised for the benefits which the works of creation bring to humankind D 10:3.
    ה. w. ἐπί and the dat.: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τινος when someone’s name is mentioned or called upon, or mentioning someone’s name (LXX; En 10:2; Just., D. 39, 6; Ath. 23, 1; s. Heitmüller 19ff; 43ff; s. also 47ff; 52ff; 87ff) in the NT only of the name of Jesus, and only in the synoptics and Ac. ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου they will come using my name Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν 24:47. λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ to speak using this name Ac 4:17; 5:40. διδάσκειν 4:18; 5:28. ποιεῖν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου Mk 9:39. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. σου ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ὀν. τὰς θεραπείας ἐπετέλουν GJs 20:2 (codd.). Of the (spiritual) temple of God: οἰκοδομηθήσεται ναὸς θεοῦ ἐνδόξως ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. κυρίου the temple of God will be gloriously built with the use of the Lord’s name 16:6f, 8 (quot. of uncertain orig.). βαπτίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. Ac 2:38. Baptism is also referred to in καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ receive a name when the name of God’s son is named Hs 9, 17, 4. The words δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου can also be classed here receive (a child) when my name is confessed, when I am called upon Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (s. Heitmüller 64); but s. also 3 below.—ἐπί w. acc.: πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. have confidence in (the Lord’s) most sacred and majestic name 1 Cl 58:1b; ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν. hope in the name (of the Lord) 16:8b.
    ו. w. περί and the gen.: εὐαγγελίζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. bring the good news about the name of J. Chr. Ac 8:12.—(W. acc.: ἔχομεν δέος τὸ ὄ. τοῦ θεοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 48, 34).
    ז. w. πρός and acc.: πρὸς τὸ ὄν. Ἰησοῦ … πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι do many things in opposing the name of Jesus Ac 26:9.
    ח. w. ὑπέρ and gen.: ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. (Ἰησοῦ) ἀτιμασθῆναι Ac 5:41. πάσχειν 9:16; Hs 9, 28, 2. Cp. Ac 15:26; 21:13. The activity of the apostles takes place ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ to the honor of (Jesus’) name Ro 1:5. Cp. 3J 7. Of thankful praying at the Lord’s Supper εὐχαριστοῦμεν σοι … ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου ὀν. σου, οὗ κατεσκήνωσας ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν we thank you … for your holy name, which you caused to dwell in our hearts D 10:2.
    δ. ὄν. w. ref. to God or Christ not infreq. stands quite alone, simply the Name: Ac 5:41; Phil 2:9 (cp. Diod S 3, 61, 6); 3J 7; 2 Cl 13:1, 4; IEph 3:1; 7:1; IPhld 10:1; Hv 3, 2, 1; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 13, 2; 9, 28, 3; 5.
    ② a person (Phalaris, Ep. 128; POxy 1188, 8 [13 A.D.]; BGU 113, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 22; other exx. in Dssm., NB 24f [BS 196f]; LXX) τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄν. my dear friend: Alce ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3; Crocus IRo 10:1. Pl. (PThéad 41, 10; PSI 27, 22; Num 1:18 al.) people Ac 1:15; Rv 3:4. ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων 11:13 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 72 K.=26 p. 523 D.: ὀνόματα δέκα ἀνδρῶν). This is prob. the place for περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου about teaching and persons and (the) law Ac 18:15.
    ③ the classification under which one belongs, noted by a name or category, title, category (cp. Cass. Dio 38, 44; 42, 24 καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε=he hoped to effect much more by taking advantage of his praetorial apparel and title; ins: Sb 7541, 5 [II A.D.] Νύμφη ὄνομʼ ἐστί σοι; POxy 37 I, 17 [49 A.D.] βούλεται ὀνόματι ἐλευθέρου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀπενέγκασθαι=she claims to have carried off the infant on the basis of its being free-born; Jos., Ant. 12, 154 φερνῆς ὀνόματι; 11, 40; Just., A II, 6, 4 καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ σωτῆρος ὄνομα. Other exx. in Heitmüller 50); the possibility of understanding ὄν. as category made it easier for Greeks to take over rabb. לְשֵׁם (s. 1dγב above) in the sense with regard to a particular characteristic, then simply with regard to, for the sake of ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄν. προφήτου whoever receives a prophet within the category ‘prophet’, i.e. because he is a prophet, as a prophet Mt 10:41a; cp. vss. 41b, 42.—ὸ̔ς ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι, ὄτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε whoever gives you a drink under the category that you belong to Christ, i.e. in your capacity as a follower of Christ Mk 9:41. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀν. Χριστοῦ if you are reviled for the sake of Christ 1 Pt 4:14. δοξαζέτω τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ let the person praise God in this capacity (=ὡς Χριστιανός) vs. 16. δέδεμαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. I am imprisoned for the sake of the Name IEph 3:1.—δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου for my (name’s) sake Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cp. Heitmüller 113. But s. 1dγה above).
    ④ recognition accorded a person on the basis of performance, (well-known) name, reputation, fame (Hom. et al.; 1 Ch 14:17; 1 Macc 8:12) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ his fame was widespread Mk 6:14. ὄν. ἔχειν (Pla., Apol. 38c, Ep. 2, 312c) w. ὅτι foll. have the reputation of Rv 3:1 perh. also 3:5 (s. 1bα; JFuller, JETS 26, ’83, 297–306).
    ⑤ name in terms of office held, office (POxy 58, 6) στασιαζουσῶν τ. φυλῶν, ὁποία αὐτῶν εἴη τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι κεκοσμημένη when the tribes were quarreling as to which one of them was to be adorned with that glorious office 1 Cl 43:2. τὸ ὄν. τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς the office of supervision 44:1.—B. 1263f. OEANE IV 91–96 on Mesopotamian practices. Schmidt, Syn. I 113–24. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὄνομα

  • 6 mencionar

    v.
    to mention.
    Ella nombra razones She names reasons.
    * * *
    1 to mention, cite
    * * *
    verb
    * * *

    sin mencionar... — not to mention..., let alone...

    * * *
    verbo transitivo to mention

    el tema mencionado anteriormente — the aforementioned o abovementioned matter (frml)

    * * *
    = give, make + mention of, mention, name, note, quote, record, refer to, reference, touch on/upon, broach, bring + Nombre + up, speak to, make + reference to.
    Ex. An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.
    Ex. The LC cataloging made no mention of the fact that this book had been severely censored.
    Ex. Some of these codes have been mentioned in chapter 4.
    Ex. The author statement may, for example, name all of a string of authors, or just the first named.
    Ex. In the future, a number of further developments can be fairly confidently predicted in addition to the expansion of those noted above.
    Ex. Guidelines can be expected to discuss standard forms of quoting chemical nomenclature and mathematical expressions.
    Ex. Editors and compilers of editions of works are recorded together with the edition statement in the edition area = En en área de edición se incluyen los editores y compiladores de las ediciones de trabajos junto con la mención de edición.
    Ex. A bibliographic data base comprises a set of records which refer to documents (such as books, films, periodical articles or reports).
    Ex. Only a single copy of the name, subject heading, etc., would be maintained in the system and referenced by every bibliographic record using that heading.
    Ex. A cataloguing code also touches on the subject of bibliographic description.
    Ex. Some of the consequences of this conclusion are broached in this article.
    Ex. The reason I didn't bring this up in my paper is that I've learned from bitter experience that it's well to be radical about one thing at a time.
    Ex. Numerous articles in the library literature speak to this phenomenon but most deal with the experience of larger libraries.
    Ex. Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of asexual reproduction by making reference to different types of asexual reproduction in plants and animals.
    ----
    * ahora que lo menciono = speaking of which.
    * mencionar de nuevo = restate [re-state].
    * mencionar de nuevo innecesariamente = belabour [belabor, -USA].
    * mencionar de pasada = make + passing mention.
    * mencionarse = appear.
    * mencionarse en conversación = come up + discussion.
    * mencionar una cuestión = bring up + matter, bring up + point.
    * mencionar una idea = bring up + idea.
    * mencionar un problema = bring + problem up.
    * mencionar un punto = touch on + a point.
    * mencionar un tema = broach + subject, broach + topic, touch on + a point.
    * no poder dejar de mencionar = cannot but notice.
    * no poder evitar mencionar = cannot but notice.
    * por mencionar sólo algunos = to mention but a few of, to mention only a few.
    * por mencionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention but a few of, to mention only a few.
    * por mencionar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por mencionar uno pocos = just to name a few.
    * por mencionar unos pocos = just to name a few.
    * por no mencionar = not to mention.
    * (que se menciona) a continuación = below.
    * sin mencionar = not to mention, not to say, not to speak of.
    * * *
    verbo transitivo to mention

    el tema mencionado anteriormente — the aforementioned o abovementioned matter (frml)

    * * *
    = give, make + mention of, mention, name, note, quote, record, refer to, reference, touch on/upon, broach, bring + Nombre + up, speak to, make + reference to.

    Ex: An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.

    Ex: The LC cataloging made no mention of the fact that this book had been severely censored.
    Ex: Some of these codes have been mentioned in chapter 4.
    Ex: The author statement may, for example, name all of a string of authors, or just the first named.
    Ex: In the future, a number of further developments can be fairly confidently predicted in addition to the expansion of those noted above.
    Ex: Guidelines can be expected to discuss standard forms of quoting chemical nomenclature and mathematical expressions.
    Ex: Editors and compilers of editions of works are recorded together with the edition statement in the edition area = En en área de edición se incluyen los editores y compiladores de las ediciones de trabajos junto con la mención de edición.
    Ex: A bibliographic data base comprises a set of records which refer to documents (such as books, films, periodical articles or reports).
    Ex: Only a single copy of the name, subject heading, etc., would be maintained in the system and referenced by every bibliographic record using that heading.
    Ex: A cataloguing code also touches on the subject of bibliographic description.
    Ex: Some of the consequences of this conclusion are broached in this article.
    Ex: The reason I didn't bring this up in my paper is that I've learned from bitter experience that it's well to be radical about one thing at a time.
    Ex: Numerous articles in the library literature speak to this phenomenon but most deal with the experience of larger libraries.
    Ex: Discuss the advantages and disadvantages of asexual reproduction by making reference to different types of asexual reproduction in plants and animals.
    * ahora que lo menciono = speaking of which.
    * mencionar de nuevo = restate [re-state].
    * mencionar de nuevo innecesariamente = belabour [belabor, -USA].
    * mencionar de pasada = make + passing mention.
    * mencionarse = appear.
    * mencionarse en conversación = come up + discussion.
    * mencionar una cuestión = bring up + matter, bring up + point.
    * mencionar una idea = bring up + idea.
    * mencionar un problema = bring + problem up.
    * mencionar un punto = touch on + a point.
    * mencionar un tema = broach + subject, broach + topic, touch on + a point.
    * no poder dejar de mencionar = cannot but notice.
    * no poder evitar mencionar = cannot but notice.
    * por mencionar sólo algunos = to mention but a few of, to mention only a few.
    * por mencionar sólo unos cuantos = to mention but a few of, to mention only a few.
    * por mencionar sólo unos pocos = to name but a few.
    * por mencionar uno pocos = just to name a few.
    * por mencionar unos pocos = just to name a few.
    * por no mencionar = not to mention.
    * (que se menciona) a continuación = below.
    * sin mencionar = not to mention, not to say, not to speak of.

    * * *
    mencionar [A1 ]
    vt
    to mention
    con referencia al tema mencionado anteriormente with reference to the aforementioned o abovementioned matter ( frml)
    no quiero oír mencionar ese nombre I don't want to hear that name mentioned
    * * *

     

    mencionar ( conjugate mencionar) verbo transitivo
    to mention;

    mencionar verbo transitivo to mention ➣ Ver nota en mention

    ' mencionar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    citar
    - comentar
    - nombrar
    - aludir
    - omitir
    - señor
    - señorita
    English:
    mention
    - name-dropping
    - rake up
    - touch
    - touch on
    - you-know-who
    - broach
    - name
    - wrong
    * * *
    to mention;
    en el mencionado estudio se afirma que… in the above-mentioned study it is stated that…
    * * *
    v/t mention
    * * *
    : to mention, to refer to
    * * *
    mencionar vb to mention

    Spanish-English dictionary > mencionar

  • 7 sopra

    onto
    * * *
    1. prep on
    ( riguardo a) about, on
    sopra il tavolo on the table
    l'uno sopra l'altro one on top of the other
    i bambini sopra cinque anni children over five
    5 gradi sopra lo zero 5 degrees above zero
    al di sopra di qualcosa over something
    2. adv on top
    ( al piano superiore) upstairs
    dormirci sopra sleep on it
    vedi sopra see above
    la parte di sopra the top or upper part
    * * *
    sopra avv.
    1 ( in luogo o posizione più elevata) up; on; above; ( in superficie) on top: la penna è lì sopra, the pen is on there; posa i libri qua sopra, put the books (on) here; appendilo più sopra, hang it higher up; un gelato con sopra le ciliegine, an ice-cream with cherries on top; nella valigia ti ho messo sotto le magliette sopra le camicie, I've put your vests at the bottom of the case and your shirts on top; sopra c'era neve fresca, sotto era tutto ghiaccio, there was fresh snow on top, but underneath it was all ice; il fumo veniva da sopra, smoke was coming from above // (al) di sopra → disopra
    2 ( al piano superiore) upstairs; above: le camere da letto sono (di) sopra, the bedrooms are upstairs (o above); ci dev'essere qualcuno di sopra, there must be somebody upstairs (o above); sotto ci sono gli uffici, sopra le abitazioni, downstairs there are offices, upstairs (there are) the living quarters
    3 (precedentemente, in un testo o simili) above: vedi sopra, see above; come sopra, as above; in aggiunta a quanto sopra, in addition to the above; gli esempi sopra citati, the above-mentioned examples
    ◆ agg.invar. ( superiore) above: il piano (di) sopra, the floor above; leggi la riga sopra, read the line above
    ◆ s.m. ( la parte superiore) top: il (di) sopra è in plastica, the top is made of plastic.
    * * *
    ['sopra]
    1. prep
    1) (gen) over

    guadagna sopra i 2000 euro al mese — he earns over 2,000 euros a month

    pesa sopra il chilo — it weighs over o more than a kilo

    sopra l'equatore — north of o above the equator

    ha un appartamento sopra il negozio — he has a flat Brit o apartment Am over the shop

    3) (a contatto con) on, (moto) on(to), (in cima a) on (top of)
    4) (intorno a, riguardo a) about, on
    2. avv
    1) (su) up, (in superficie) on top

    metti tutto lì o là sopra — put everything up there

    sopra è un po' rovinato — (libro, borsa) it's a bit damaged on top

    2)
    3) (prima) above

    per i motivi sopra illustrati — for the above-mentioned reasons, for the reasons shown above

    vedi/come sopra — see/as above

    4)
    3. sm

    il di sopra — the top, the upper part

    * * *
    ['sopra] 1.

    la tazza è sopra il o al tavolo the cup is on the table; il gelato è caduto sopra la sedia the ice cream fell on(to) the chair; passare le dita sopra qcs. to run one's fingers over sth.; scrivici sopra l'indirizzo write the address on it; mettilo sopra al mucchio put it on top of the pile; essere uno sopra l'altro — to be in a pile

    2) (senza contatto o per indicare rivestimento, protezione) over

    il quadro sopra il o al letto the picture over the bed; portare un maglione sopra la camicia to wear a sweater over one's shirt; tirarsi le lenzuola sopra la testa — to pull the sheets over one's head

    3) (più in alto di, più in su di) above; (a nord di) north of, above
    4) (oltre) above, over

    ragazze sopra i sedici anni — girls over sixteen o above the age of sixteen

    5) (più di, che) over, above, more than

    amare qcn. sopra ogni altra cosa — to love sb. above all else

    6) (per indicare superiorità, dominio) over
    7) (intorno, rispetto a) on, about
    8) al di sopra di above, beyond, over

    al di sopra della media — above (the) average, above standard

    2.

    non prendere questo libro, prendi quello sopra — don't take that book, take the one on top (of it)

    in camicia avrai freddo, mettiti sopra una maglia — you'll be cold in a shirt, put a sweater on

    qua sopra, là sopra — on o up here, on o up there

    3.
    aggettivo invariabile (superiore) above
    4.
    sostantivo maschile invariabile (parte superiore) top (side)
    * * *
    sopra
    /'sopra/
     1 (in posizione superiore) (con contatto) on, upon; (con movimento) on, onto; (in cima a) on top of; la tazza è sopra il o al tavolo the cup is on the table; il gelato è caduto sopra la sedia the ice cream fell on(to) the chair; passare le dita sopra qcs. to run one's fingers over sth.; scrivici sopra l'indirizzo write the address on it; mettilo sopra al mucchio put it on top of the pile; essere uno sopra l'altro to be in a pile
     2 (senza contatto o per indicare rivestimento, protezione) over; il cielo sopra Londra the sky over London; il quadro sopra il o al letto the picture over the bed; portare un maglione sopra la camicia to wear a sweater over one's shirt; tirarsi le lenzuola sopra la testa to pull the sheets over one's head
     3 (più in alto di, più in su di) above; (a nord di) north of, above; sopra il ginocchio above the knee; abita sopra di me he lives in the flat above me; proprio sopra le nostre teste straight above our heads; sei gradi sopra lo zero six degrees above zero; sopra il livello del mare above sea level; Como è sopra Milano Como is north of Milan
     4 (oltre) above, over; ragazze sopra i sedici anni girls over sixteen o above the age of sixteen; il prezzo è sopra i 500 euro the price is over o above 500 euros
     5 (più di, che) over, above, more than; amare qcn. sopra ogni altra cosa to love sb. above all else
     6 (per indicare superiorità, dominio) over
     7 (intorno, rispetto a) on, about
     8 al di sopra di above, beyond, over; al di sopra degli alberi above the trees; i bambini al di sopra dei sei anni children (of) over six; al di sopra della media above (the) average, above standard; è al di sopra delle mie capacità it is beyond my ability; essere al di sopra di ogni sospetto to be above o beyond suspicion
     1 (in posizione più elevata) on, up; (senza contatto) above; (in cima) on top; due metri sopra two metres above; va sotto o sopra? does it go under or over? non prendere questo libro, prendi quello sopra don't take that book, take the one on top (of it); non metterci le dita sopra don't put your fingers on it; in camicia avrai freddo, mettiti sopra una maglia you'll be cold in a shirt, put a sweater on; da sopra from above; qua sopra, là sopra on o up here, on o up there
     2 (sulla superficie esterna) on top; un dolce con la cioccolata sopra a cake with chocolate on top
     3 (al piano superiore) upstairs; sopra ci sono tre camere there are three rooms upstairs; il rumore viene da sopra the noise is coming from upstairs
     4 (precedentemente) above; vedi sopra see above; come sopra ditto; come detto sopra as stated above; i nomi di cui sopra the above names
      (superiore) above; la parte sopra the upper part; la riga sopra the line above
    IV m.inv.
      (parte superiore) top (side).

    Dizionario Italiano-Inglese > sopra

  • 8 infame

    adj.
    1 vile, base.
    2 infamous, wicked.
    pres.subj.
    3rd person singular (él/ella/ello) Present Subjunctive of Spanish verb: infamar.
    * * *
    1 (vil) despicable, vile
    2 (muy malo) awful, terrible
    * * *
    1.
    ADJ (=odioso) [persona] odious; [tarea] thankless
    2.
    SMF vile person, villain
    * * *
    I
    a) (vil, cruel) < persona> loathsome, despicable; <acción/comportamiento> unspeakable, disgraceful
    b) (fam) ( uso hiperbólico) horrible, terrible
    II
    masculino y femenino loathsome o despicable person
    * * *
    = slanderous, infamous, despicable, unholy, notorious, dastardly, beyond evil, loathsome.
    Ex. That's slanderous; they're not the names of the people.
    Ex. The Matsukawa Materials Room at Fukushima University, Japan, contains items relating to the Matsukawa Incident, an infamous miscarriage of justice in Aug 1949.
    Ex. Gestation, menstruation, & pregnancy were often considered shameful and despicable.
    Ex. The unholy and more holy sources of community information are mentioned from pimps and prostitutes to the preacher and the policeman.
    Ex. Iraqi secret police believed that the notorious Palestinian assassin Abu Nidal was working for the Americans as well as Egypt and Kuwait.
    Ex. A dastardly livery driver raped a 30-year-old woman passenger on Jan. 31, cops said.
    Ex. What his brother did was beyond evil, they should've finished him off with the death sentence.
    Ex. It is loathsome and grotesquely hypocritical that pro-lifers oppose abortion, but are unconcerned about the mistreatment of animals used in the food industry.
    ----
    * coalición infame = unholy alliance.
    * * *
    I
    a) (vil, cruel) < persona> loathsome, despicable; <acción/comportamiento> unspeakable, disgraceful
    b) (fam) ( uso hiperbólico) horrible, terrible
    II
    masculino y femenino loathsome o despicable person
    * * *
    = slanderous, infamous, despicable, unholy, notorious, dastardly, beyond evil, loathsome.

    Ex: That's slanderous; they're not the names of the people.

    Ex: The Matsukawa Materials Room at Fukushima University, Japan, contains items relating to the Matsukawa Incident, an infamous miscarriage of justice in Aug 1949.
    Ex: Gestation, menstruation, & pregnancy were often considered shameful and despicable.
    Ex: The unholy and more holy sources of community information are mentioned from pimps and prostitutes to the preacher and the policeman.
    Ex: Iraqi secret police believed that the notorious Palestinian assassin Abu Nidal was working for the Americans as well as Egypt and Kuwait.
    Ex: A dastardly livery driver raped a 30-year-old woman passenger on Jan. 31, cops said.
    Ex: What his brother did was beyond evil, they should've finished him off with the death sentence.
    Ex: It is loathsome and grotesquely hypocritical that pro-lifers oppose abortion, but are unconcerned about the mistreatment of animals used in the food industry.
    * coalición infame = unholy alliance.

    * * *
    1 (vil, cruel) ‹persona› loathsome, despicable; ‹acción/comportamiento› monstrous, unspeakable, disgraceful
    2 ( fam) (uso hiperbólico) horrible, terrible
    hizo un tiempo infame we had foul o terrible o vile o horrible weather ( colloq)
    loathsome o despicable person
    * * *

    Del verbo infamar: ( conjugate infamar)

    infamé es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) pretérito indicativo

    infame es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    infamar    
    infame
    infame
    I adjetivo
    1 (pésimo, horrible) dreadful, awful
    una obra de teatro infame, a dreadful play
    2 (persona) infamous, vile
    II mf vile person
    ' infame' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    indigna
    - indigno
    English:
    base
    - infamous
    - vile
    - wicked
    * * *
    infame adj
    1. [persona] vile, base
    2. Fam [libro, película] dire, dreadful;
    vivían en una casa infame they lived in a dreadful house
    * * *
    adj vile, loathsome; ( terrible) dreadful, awful
    * * *
    infame adj
    1) : infamous
    2) : loathsome, vile
    tiempo infame: terrible weather

    Spanish-English dictionary > infame

  • 9 DAGR

    (gen. dags, dat. degi; pl. dagar), m.
    1) day;
    at kveldi skal dag leyfa, at eventide shall the day be praised;
    dagr kemr upp í austri, sezt í vestri, the day rises in the east, sets in the west;
    öndverðr dagr, the early day, forenoon;
    miðr dagr, midday;
    hallandi dagr, declining day;
    at kveldi dags, síð dags, late in the day;
    sannr sem dagr, true as day;
    í dag, today;
    á (or um) daginn, during the day;
    sama dags, the same day;
    annan dag, the next day;
    annars dag, another day;
    hindra dags, the day after, tomorrow;
    dag frá degi, hvern dag frá öðrum, from day to day;
    dag eptir dag, day after day;
    nótt ok dag, night and day;
    dögunum optar, more times than there are days, over and over again;
    á deyjanda degi, on one’s death-day;
    2) pl., days, times;
    ef aðrir dagar (better days) koma;
    góðir dagar, happy days;
    3) esp. pl., lifetime;
    á dögum e-s, um daga e-s, in the days of, during or in the reign of;
    eptir minn dag, when I am dead (gaf honum alla sína eign eptir sinn dag);
    mátti hann eigi lengr gefa en um sína dagi, than for his lifetime;
    ráða (taka) e-n af dögum, to put to death.
    * * *
    m., irreg. dat. degi, pl. dagar: [the kindred word dœgr with a vowel change from ó (dóg) indicates a lost root verb analogous to ala, ól, cp. dalr and dælir; this word is common to all Teutonic dialects; Goth. dags; A. S. dag; Engl. day; Swed.-Dan. dag; Germ. tag; the Lat. dies seems to be identical, although no interchange has taken place]
    I. a day; in different senses:
    1. the natural day:—sayings referring to the day, at kveldi skal dag leyfa, at eventide shall the day be praised, Hm. 80 ; allir dagar eiga kveld um síðir; mörg eru dags augu, vide auga; enginn dagr til enda tryggr, no day can be trusted till its end; allr dagr til stefnu, Grág. i. 395, 443, is a law phrase,—for summoning was lawful only if performed during the day; this phrase is also used metaph. = ‘plenty of time’ or the like: popular phrases as to the daylight are many—dagr rennr, or rennr upp, and kemr upp, the day rises, Bm. 1; dagr í austri, day in the east, where the daylight first appears; dagsbrún, ‘day’s brow,’ is the first streak of daylight, the metaphor taken from the human face; lysir af degi, it brightens from the day, i. e. daylight is appearing; dagr ljómar, the day gleams; fyrir dag, before day; móti degi, undir dag, about daybreak; komið at degi, id., Fms. viii. 398; dagr á lopti, day in the sky; árla, snemma dags, early in the morning, Pass. 15. 17; dagr um allt lopt, etc.; albjartr dagr, hábjartr d., full day, broad daylight; hæstr dagr, high day; önd-verðr d., the early day = forenoon, Am. 50; miðr dagr, midday, Grág. i. 413, 446, Sks. 217, 219; áliðinn dagr, late in the day, Fas. i. 313; hallandi dagr, declining day; at kveldi dags, síð dags, late in the day, Fms. i. 69. In the evening the day is said to set, hence dag-sett, dag-setr, and dagr setzt; in tales, ghosts and spirits come out with nightfall, but dare not face the day; singing merry songs after nightfall is not safe, það kallast ekki Kristnum leyft að kveða þegar dagsett er, a ditty; Syrpuvers er mestr galdr er í fólginn, ok eigi er lofat at kveða eptir dagsetr, Fas. iii. 206, Ísl. Þjóðs. ii. 7, 8: the daylight is symbolical of what is true or clear as day, hence the word dagsanna, or satt sem dagr, q. v.
    2. of different days; í dag, to-day, Grág. i. 16, 18, Nj. 36, Ld. 76, Fms. vi. 151; í gær-dag, yesterday; í fyrra dag, the day before yesterday, Háv. 50; í hinni-fyrra dag, the third day; annars dags, Vígl. 23, Pass. 50. I; hindra dags, the hinder day, the day after to-morrow, Hm. 109; dag eptir dag, day after day, Hkr. ii. 313; dag frá degi, from day to day, Fms. ii. 230; hvern dag frá öðrum, id., Fms. viii. 182; annan dag frá öðrum. id., Eg. 277; um daginn, during the day; á dögunum. the other day; nótt ok dag, night and day; liðlangan dag, the ‘life-long’ day; dögunum optar, more times than there are days, i. e. over and over again, Fms. x. 433; á deyjanda degi, on one’s day of death, Grág. i. 402.
    β. regu-dagr, a rainy day: sólskins-dagr, a sunny day; sumar-dagr, a summer day; vetrar-dagr, a winter day; hátíðis-dagr, a feast day; fegins-dagr, a day of joy; dóms-dagr, the day of doom, judgment day, Gl. 82, Fms. viii. 98; hamingju-dagr, heilla-dagr, a day of happiness; gleði-dagr, id.; brúðkaups-dagr, bridal-day; burðar-dagr, a birthday.
    3. in pl. days in the sense of times; aðrir dagar, Fms. i. 216; ek ætlaða ekki at þessir dagar mundu verða, sem nú eru orðnir, Nj. 171; góðir dagar, happy days, Fms. xi. 286, 270; sjá aldrei glaðan dag (sing.), never to see glad days.
    β. á e-s dögum, um e-s daga eptir e-s daga, esp. of the lifetime or reign of kings, Fms.; but in Icel. also used of the lögsögumaðr, Jb. repeatedly; vera á dögum, to be alive; eptir minn dag, ‘after my day,’ i. e. when I am dead.
    γ. calendar days, e. g. Hvíta-dagar, the White days, i. e. Whitsuntide; Hunda-dagar, the Dog days; Banda-dagr, Vincula Petri; Höfuð-dagr, Decap. Johannis; Geisla-dagr, Epiphany; Imbru-dagar, Ember days; Gang-dagar, ‘Ganging days,’ Rogation days; Dýri-dagr, Corpus Christi; etc.
    4. of the week-days; the old names being Sunnu-d. or Drottins-d., Mána-d., Týs-d., Öðins-d., Þórs-d., Frjá-d., Laugar-d. or Þvátt-d. It is hard to understand how the Icel. should be the one Teut. people that have disused the old names of the week-days; but so it was, vide Jóns S. ch. 24; fyrir bauð hann at eigna daga vitrum mönnum heiðnum, svá sem at kalla Týrsdag Óðinsdag, eðr Þórsdag, ok svá um alla vikudaga, etc., Bs. i. 237, cp. 165. Thus bishop John (died A. D. 1121) caused them to name the days as the church does (Feria sccunda, etc.); viz. Þriði-d. or Þriðju-d., Third-day = Tuesday, Rb. 44, K. Þ. K. 100, Ísl. ii. 345; Fimti-d., Fifth-day—Thursday, Rb. 42, Grág. i. 146, 464, 372, ii. 248, Nj. 274; Föstu-d., Fast-day = Friday; Miðviku-d., Midweek-day = Wednesday, was borrowed from the Germ. Mittwoch; throughout the 12th and 13th centuries, however, the old and new names were used indiscriminately. The question arises whether even the old names were not imported from abroad (England); certainly the Icel. of heathen times did not reckon by weeks; even the word week (vika) is probably of eccl. Latin origin (vices, recurrences). It is curious that the Scandinavian form of Friday, old Icel. Frjádagr, mod. Swed.-Dan. Fredag, is A. S. in form; ‘Frjá-,’ ‘Fre-,’ can hardly be explained but from A. S. Freâ-, and would be an irregular transition from the Norse form Frey. The transition of ja into mod. Swed.-Dan. e is quite regular, whereas Icel. ey (in Frey) would require the mod. Swed.-Dan. ö or u sound. Names of weekdays are only mentioned in Icel. poems of the 11th century (Arnór, Sighvat); but at the time of bishop John the reckoning by weeks was probably not fully established, and the names of the days were still new to the people. 5. the day is in Icel. divided according to the position of the sun above the horizon; these fixed traditional marks are called dags-mörk, day-marks, and are substitutes for the hours of modern times, viz. ris-mál or miðr-morgun, dag-mál, há-degi, mið-degi or mið-mundi, nón, miðr-aptan, nátt-mál, vide these words. The middle point of two day-marks is called jafn-nærri-báðum, in modern pronunciation jöfnu-báðu, equally-near-both, the day-marks following in the genitive; thus in Icel. a man asks, hvað er fram orðið, what is the time? and the reply is, jöfnubáðu miðsmorguns og dagmála, half-way between mid-morning and day-meal, or stund til (to) dagmála; hallandi dagmál, or stund af ( past) dagmálum; jöfnu-báðu hádegis og dagmúla, about ten or half-past ten o’clock, etc. Those day-marks are traditional in every farm, and many of them no doubt date from the earliest settling of the country. Respecting the division of the day, vide Pál Vídal. s. v. Allr dagr til stefnu, Finnus Johann., Horologium Island., Eyktamörk Íslenzk (published at the end of the Rb.), and a recent essay of Finn Magnusson.
    II. denoting a term, but only in compounds, dagi, a, m., where the weak form is used, cp. ein-dagi, mál-dagi, bar-dagi, skil-dagi.
    III. jis a pr. name, Dagr, (freq.); in this sense the dat. is Dag, not Degi, cp. Óðinn léði Dag (dat.) geirs síns, Sæm. 114.
    COMPDS: dagatal, dagsbrun, dagshelgi, dagsljós, dagsmark, dagsmegin, dagsmunr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > DAGR

  • 10 Á

    * * *
    a negative suffix to verbs, not;
    era útmakligt, at it is not unmeet that.
    * * *
    1.
    á, prep., often used elliptically, or even adverbially, [Goth. ana; Engl. on; Germ. an. In the Scandinavian idioms the liquid n is absorbed. In English the same has been supposed to happen in adverbial phrases, e. g. ‘along, away, abroad, afoot, again, agate, ahead, aloft, alone, askew, aside, astray, awry,’ etc. It is indeed true that the Ormulum in its northern dialect freq. uses o, even in common phrases, such as ‘o boke, o land, o life, o slæpe, o strande, o write, o naht, o loft,’ etc., v. the glossary; and we may compare on foot and afoot, on sleep (Engl. Vers. of Bible) and asleep; A. S. a-butan and on-butan (about); agen and ongean (again, against); on bæc, aback; on life, alive; on middan, amid. But it is more than likely that in the expressions quoted above, as well as in numberless others, as well in old as in modern English, the English a- as well as the o- of the Ormulum and the modern Scottish and north of England o- are in reality remains of this very á pronounced au or ow, which was brought by the Scandinavian settlers into the north of England. In the struggle for supremacy between the English dialects after the Conquest, the Scandinavian form á or a won the day in many cases to the exclusion of the Anglo-Saxon on. Some of these adverbs have representatives only in the Scandinavian tongues, not in Anglo-Saxon; see below, with dat. B. II, C. VII; with acc. C. I. and VI. The prep. á denotes the surface or outside; í and ór the inside; at, til, and frá, nearness measured to or from an object: á thus answers to the Gr. επί; the Lat. in includes á and i together.]
    With dat. and acc.: in the first case with the notion of remaining on a place, answering to Lat. in with abl.; in the last with the notion of motion to the place, = Lat. in with acc.
    WITH DAT.
    A. Loc.
    I. generally on, upon; á gólfi, on the floor, Nj. 2; á hendi, on the hand (of a ring), 48, 225; á palli, 50; á steini, 108; á vegg, 115; á sjá ok á landi, on sea and land. In some instances the distinction between d and i is loose and wavering, but in most cases common sense and usage decide; thus ‘á bók’ merely denotes the letters, the penmanship, ‘í’ the contents of a book; mod. usage, however, prefers ‘í,’ lesa í bók, but stafr á bók. Old writers on the other hand; á bókum Enskum, in English books, Landn. 24, but í Aldafars bók, 23 (in the book De Mensurâ Temporum, by Bede), cp. Grág. i. 76, where á is a false reading instead of at; á bréfi, the contents of a letter: of clothing or arms, mítr á höfði, sverð á hlið, mitre on head, sword on side, Fms. i. 266, viii. 404; hafa lykil á sér, on one’s person, 655 xxvii. 22; möttull á tyglum, a mantle hanging on (i. e. fastened by) laces, Fms. vii. 201: á þingi means to be present at a meeting; í þingi, to abide within a jurisdiction; á himni, á jörðu, on (Engl. in) heaven and earth, e. g. in the Lord’s Prayer, but í helviti, in hell; á Gimli, Edda (of a heavenly abode); á báti, á skipi denote crew and cargo, ‘í’ the timber or materials of which a ship is built, Eg. 385; vera í stafni á skipi, 177: á skógi, to be abroad in a wood (of a hunter, robber, deer); but to be situated (a house), at work (to fell timber), í skógi, 573, Fs. 5, Fms. iii. 122, viii. 31, xi. 1, Glúm. 330, Landn. 173; á mörkinni, Fms. i. 8, but í mörk, of a farm; á firðinum means lying in a firth, of ships or islands (on the surface of the water), þær eyjar liggja á Breiðafirði, Ld. 36; but í firði, living in a district named Firth; á landi, Nj. 98, Fms. xi. 386.
    II. á is commonly used in connection with the pr. names or countries terminating in ‘land,’ Engl. in, á Englandi, Írlandi, Skotlandi, Bretlandi, Saxlandi, Vindlandi, Vínlandi, Grænalandi, Íslandi, Hálogalandi, Rogalandi, Jótlandi, Frakklandi, Hjaltlandi, Jamtalandi, Hvítramannalandi, Norðrlöndum, etc., vide Landn. and the index to Fms. xii. In old writers í is here very rare, in modern authors more frequent; taste and the context in many instances decide. An Icelander would now say, speaking of the queen or king, ‘á Englandi,’ ruling over, but to live ‘í Englandi,’ or ‘á Englandi;’ the rule in the last case not being quite fixed.
    2. in connection with other names of countries: á Mæri, Vörs, Ögðum, Fjölum, all districts of Norway, v. Landn.; á Mýrum (in Icel.), á Finnmörk, Landn., á Fjóni (a Danish island); but í Danmörk, Svíþjóð (á Svíþjóðu is poët., Gs. 13).
    3. before Icel. farms denoting open and elevated slopes and spaces (not too high, because then ‘at’ must be used), such as ‘staðr, völlr, ból, hjalli, bakki, heimr, eyri,’ etc.; á Veggjum, Landn. 69; á Hólmlátri, id.: those ending in ‘-staðr,’ á Geirmundarstöðum, Þórisstöðum, Jarðlangsstöðum…, Landn.: ‘-völlr,’ á Möðruvöllum: á Fitjum (the farm) í Storð (the island), í Fenhring (the island) á Aski (the farm), Landn., Eg.: ‘-nes’ sometimes takes á, sometimes í (in mod. usage always ‘í’), á Nesi, Eb. 14, or í Krossnesi, 30; in the last case the notion of island, νησος, prevails: so also, ‘fjörðr,’ as, þeir börðust á Vigrafirði (of a fight o n the ice), Landn. 101, but orusta í Hafrsfirði, 122: with ‘-bær,’ á is used in the sense of a farm or estate, hón sa á e-m bæ mikit hús ok fagrt, Edda 22; ‘í bæ’ means within doors, of the buildings: with ‘Bær’ as pr. name Landn. uses ‘í,’ 71, 160, 257, 309, 332.
    4. denoting on or just above; of the sun, when the time is fixed by regarding the sun in connection with points in the horizon, a standing phrase in Icel.; sól á gjáhamri, when the sun is on the crag of the Rift, Grág. i. 26, cp. Glúm. 387; so, brú á á, a bridge on a river, Fms. viii. 179, Hrafn. 20; taka hús á e-m, to surprise one, to take the house over his head, Fms. i. 11.
    III. á is sometimes used in old writers where we should now expect an acc., esp. in the phrase, leggja sverði (or the like) á e-m, or á e-m miðjum, to stab, Eg. 216, Gísl. 106, Band. 14; þá stakk Starkaðr sprotanum á konungi, then Starkad stabbed the king with the wand, Fas. iii. 34; bíta á kampi (vör), to bite the lips, as a token of pain or emotion, Nj. 209, 68; taka á e-u, to touch a thing, lay hold of it, v. taka; fá á e-u, id. (poët.); leggja hendr á (better at) síðum, in wrestling, Fms. x. 331; koma á úvart á e-m, to come on one unawares, ix. 407 (rare).
    B. TEMP. of a particular point or period of time, at, on, in:
    I. gener. denoting during, in the course of; á nótt, degi, nætrþeli …, Bs. i. 139; or spec. adding a pron. or an adject., á næsta sumri, the next summer; á því ári, þingi, misseri, hausti, vári, sumri …, during, in that year …, Bs. i. 679, etc.; á þrem sumrum, in the course of three summers, Grág. i. 218; á þrem várum, Fms. ii. 114; á hálfs mánaðar fresti, within half a month’s delay, Nj. 99; á tvítugs, sextugs … aldri, á barns, gamals aldri, etc., at the age of …, v. aldr: á dögum e-s, in the days of, in his reign or time, Landn. 24, Hrafn. 3, Fms. ix. 229.
    II. used of a fixed recurrent period or season; á várum, sumrum, haustum, vetrum, á kveldum, every spring, summer …, in the evenings, Eg. 711, Fms. i. 23, 25, vi. 394, Landn. 292: with the numeral adverbs, cp. Lat. ter in anno, um sinn á mánuði, ári, once a month, once a year, where the Engl. a is not the article but the preposition, Grág. i. 89.
    III. of duration; á degi, during a whole day, Fms. v. 48; á sjau nóttum, Bárð. 166; á því meli, during that time, in the meantime, Grág. i. 259.
    IV. connected with the seasons (á vetri, sumri, vári, hausti), ‘á’ denotes the next preceding season, the last winter, summer, autumn, Eb. 40, 238, Ld. 206: in such instances ‘á’ denotes the past, ‘at’ the future, ‘í’ the present; thus í vetri in old writers means this winter; á vetri, last winter; at vetri, next winter, Eb. 68 (in a verse), etc.
    C. In various other relations, more or less metaphorically, on, upon, in, to, with, towards, against:
    I. denoting object, in respect of, against, almost periphrastically; dvelja á náðum e-s, under one’s protection, Fms. i. 74; hafa metnað á e-u, to be proud of, to take pride in a thing, 127.
    2. denoting a personal relation, in; bæta e-t á e-m, to make amends, i. e. to one personally; misgöra e-t á e-m, to inflict wrong on one; hafa elsku (hatr) á e-m, to bear love ( hatred) to one, Fms. ix. 242; hefna sín á e-m, to take revenge on one’s person, on anyone; rjúfa sætt á e-m, to break truce on the person of any one, to offend against his person, Nj. 103; hafa sár á sér, 101; sjá á e-m, to read on or in one’s face; sér hann á hverjum manni hvárt til þín er vel eðr illa, 106; var þat brátt auðséð á hennar högum, at …, it could soon be seen in all her doings, that …, Ld. 22.
    3. also generally to shew signs of a thing; sýna fáleika á sér, to shew marks of displeasure, Nj. 14, Fs. 14; taka vel, illa, lítt, á e-u, to take a thing well, ill, or indifferently, id.; finna á sér, to feel in oneself; fann lítt á honum, hvárt …, it could hardly be seen in his face, whether …, Eb. 42; líkindi eru á, it is likely, Ld. 172; göra kost á e-u, to give a choice, chance of it, 178; eiga vald á e-u, to have power over …, Nj. 10.
    II. denoting encumbrance, duty, liability; er fimtardómsmál á þeim, to be subject to …, Nj. 231; the phrase, hafa e-t á hendi, or vera á hendi e-m, on one’s hands, of work or duty to be done; eindagi á fé, term, pay day, Grág. i. 140; ómagi (skylda, afvinna) á fé, of a burden or encumbrance, D. I. and Grág. in several passages.
    III. with a personal pronoun, sér, mér, honum …, denoting personal appearance, temper, character, look, or the like; vera þungr, léttr … á sér, to be heavy or light, either bodily or mentally; þungr á sér, corpulent, Sturl. i. 112; kátr ok léttr á sér, of a gay and light temper, Fms. x. 152; þat bragð hafði hann á sér, he looked as if, … the expression of his face was as though …, Ld., cp. the mod. phrase, hafa á sér svip, bragð, æði, sið, of one’s manner or personal appearance, to bear oneself as, or the like; skjótr (seinn) á fæti, speedy ( slow) of foot, Nj. 258.
    IV. as a periphrasis of the possessive pronoun connected with the limbs or parts of the body. In common Icel. such phrases as my hands, eyes, head … are hardly ever used, but höfuð, eyru, hár, nef, munnr, hendr, fætr … á mér; so ‘í’ is used of the internal parts, e. g. hjarta, bein … í mér; the eyes are regarded as inside the body, augun í honum: also without the possessive pronoun, or as a periphrasis for a genitive, brjóstið á e-m, one’s breast, Nj. 95, Edda 15; súrnar í augum, it smarts in my eyes, my eyes smart, Nj. 202; kviðinn á sér, its belly, 655 xxx. 5, Fms. vi. 350; hendr á henni, her hands, Gísl. (in a verse); í vörunum á honum, on his lips, Band. 14; ristin á honum, his step, Fms. viii. 141; harðr í tungu, sharp of tongue, Hallfred (Fs. 114); kalt (heitt) á fingrum, höndum, fótum …, cold ( warm) in the fingers, hands, feet …, i. e. with cold fingers, etc.; cp. also the phrase, verða vísa (orð) á munni, of extemporising verses or speeches, freq. in the Sagas; fastr á fótum, fast by the leg, of a bondsman, Nj. 27: of the whole body, díla fundu þeir á honum, 209. The pers. pron. is used only in solemn style (poetry, hymns, the Bible), and perhaps only when influenced by foreign languages, e. g. mitt hjarta hví svo hryggist þú, as a translation of ‘warumb betrübst du dich mein Herz?’ the famous hymn by Hans Sachs; instead of the popular hjartað í mér, Sl. 43, 44: hjartað mitt is only used as a term of endearment, as by a husband to his wife, parents to their child, or the like, in a metaphorical sense; the heart proper is ‘í mér,’ not ‘mitt.’
    2. of other things, and as a periphrasis of a genitive, of a part belonging to the whole, e. g. dyrr á husi = húsdyrr, at the house-doors; turn á kirkju = kirkju turn; stafn, skutr, segl, árar … á skipi, the stem, stern, sail … of a ship, Fms. ix. 135; blöð á lauk, á tré …, leaves of a leek, of a tree …, Fas. i. 469; egg á sverði = sverðs egg; stafr á bók; kjölr á bók, and in endless other instances.
    V. denoting instrumentality, by, on, or a-, by means of; afla fjár á hólmgöngum, to make money a-duelling, by means of duels, Eg. 498; á verkum sínum, to subsist on one’s own work, Njarð. 366: as a law term, sekjast á e-ju, to be convicted upon …, Grág. i. 123; sekst maðr þar á sínu eigini ( a man is guilty in re sua), ef hann tekr af þeim manni er heimild ( possessio) hefir til, ii. 191; falla á verkum sínum, to be killed flagranti delicto, v. above; fella e-n á bragði, by a sleight in wrestling; komast undan á flótta, to escape by flight, Eg. 11; á hlaupi, by one’s feet, by speed, Hkr. ii. 168; lifa á e-u, to feed on; bergja á e-u, to taste of a thing; svala sér á e-u, to quench the thirst on.
    VI. with subst. numerals; á þriðja tigi manna, up to thirty, i. e. from about twenty to thirty, Ld. 194; á öðru hundraði skipa, from one to two hundred sail strong, Fms. x. 126; á níunda tigi, between eighty and ninety years of age, Eg. 764, v. above: used as prep., á hendi, on one’s hand, i. e. bound to do it, v. hönd.
    VII. in more or less adverbial phrases it may often be translated in Engl. by a participle and a- prefixed; á lopti, aloft; á floti, afloat; á lífi, alive; á verðgangi, a-begging; á brautu, away; á baki, a-back, behind, past; á milli, a-tween; á laun, alone, secretly; á launungu, id.; á móti, against; á enda, at an end, gone; á huldu, hidden; fara á hæli, to go a-heel, i. e. backwards, Fms. vii. 70;—but in many cases these phrases are transl. by the Engl. partic. with a, which is then perh. a mere prefix, not a prep., á flugi, a-flying in the air, Nj. 79; vera á gangi, a-going; á ferli, to be about; á leiki, a-playing, Fms. i. 78; á sundi, a-swimming, ii. 27; á verði, a-watching, x. 201; á hrakningi, a-wandering; á reiki, a-wavering; á skjálfi, a-shivering; á-hleri, a-listening; á tali, a-talking, Ísl. ii. 200; á hlaupi, a-running, Hkr. ii. 268; á verki, a-working; á veiðum, a-hunting; á fiski, a-fishing; á beit, grazing: and as a law term it even means in flagranti, N. G. L. i. 348.
    VIII. used absolutely without a case in reference to the air or the weather, where ‘á’ is almost redundant; þoka var á mikil, a thick fog came on, Nj. 267; niðamyrkr var á, pitch darkness came on, Eg. 210; allhvast á norðan, a very strong breeze from the north, Fms. ix. 20; þá var á norðrænt, a north wind came on, 42, Ld. 56; hvaðan sem á er, from whatever point the wind is; var á hríð veðrs, a snow storm came on, Nj. 282; görði á regn, rain came on, Fms. vi. 394, xi. 35, Ld. 156.
    WITH ACC.
    A. Loc.
    I. denoting simple direction towards, esp. connected with verbs of motion, going, or the like; hann gékk á bergsnös, Eg. 389; á hamar, Fas. ii. 517.
    2. in phrases denoting direction; liggja á útborða, lying on the outside of the ship, Eg. 354; á annat borð skipinu, Fms. vii. 260; á bæði borð, on both sides of the ship, Nj. 124, Ld. 56; á tvær hliðar, on both sides, Fms. v. 73. Ísl. ii. 159; á hlið, sidewards; út á hlið, Nj. 262, Edda 44; á aðra hönd henni, Nj. 50, Ld. 46; höggva á tvær hendr, to hew or strike right and left, Ísl. ii. 368, Fas. i. 384, Fms. viii. 363, x. 383.
    3. upp á, upon; hann tók augu Þjaza ok kastaði upp á himin, Edda 47: with verbs denoting to look, see, horfa, sjá, líta, etc.; hann rak skygnur á land, he cast glances towards the land, Ld. 154.
    II. denoting direction with or without the idea of arriving:
    1. with verbs denoting to aim at; of a blow or thrust, stefna á fótinn, Nj. 84; spjótið stefnir á hann miðjan, 205: of the wind, gékk veðrit á vestr, the wind veered to west, Fms. ix. 28; sigla á haf, to stand out to sea, Hkr. i. 146, Fms. i. 39: with ‘út’ added, Eg. 390, Fms. x. 349.
    2. conveying the notion of arriving, or the intervening space being traversed; spjótið kom á miðjan skjöldinn, Eg. 379, Nj. 96, 97; langt upp á land, far up inland, Hkr. i. 146: to reach, taka ofan á belti, of the long locks of a woman, to reach down to the belt, Nj. 2; ofan á bringu, 48; á þa ofan, 91.
    III. without reference to the space traversed, connected with verbs denoting to go, turn, come, ride, sail, throw, or the like, motion of every kind; hann kastar honum á völlinn, he flings him down, Nj. 91; hlaupa á skip sitt, to leap on board his ship, 43; á hest, to mount quickly, Edda 75; á lend hestinum, Nj. 91; hann gengr á sáðland sitt, he walks on to his fields, 82: on, upon, komast á fætr, to get upon one’s legs, 92; ganga á land, to go a-shore, Fms. i. 40; ganga á þing, vii. 242, Grág. (often); á skóg, á merkr ok skóga, into a wood, Fb. i. 134, 257, Fms. xi. 118, Eg. 577, Nj. 130; fara á Finnmörk, to go travelling in Finmark, Fms. i. 8; koma, fara á bæ, to arrive at the farm-house; koma á veginn, Eg. 578; stíga á bát, skip, to go on board, 158; hann gékk upp á borg, he went up to the burg (castle), 717; en er þeir komu á loptriðið, 236; hrinda skipum á vatn, to float the ships down into the water, Fms. i. 58; reka austr á haf, to drift eastwards on the sea, x. 145; ríða ofan á, to ride down or over, Nj. 82.
    IV. in some cases the acc. is used where the dat. would be used, esp. with verbs denoting to see or hear, in such phrases as, þeir sá boða mikinn inn á fjörðinn, they saw great breakers away up in the bight of the firth, the acc. being due perhaps to a motion or direction of the eye or ear towards the object, Nj. 124; sá þeir fólkit á land, they saw the people in the direction of land, Fas. ii. 517: in phrases denoting to be placed, to sit, to be seated, the seat or bench is freq. in the acc. where the dat. would now be used; konungr var þar á land upp, the king was then up the country, the spectator or narrator is conceived as looking from the shore or sea-side, Nj. 46; sitja á miðjan bekk, to be seated on the middle bench, 50; skyldi konungs sæti vera á þann bekk … annat öndvegi var á hinn úæðra pall; hann setti konungs hásæti á miðjan þverpall, Fms. vi. 439, 440, cp. Fagrsk. l. c., Sturl. iii. 182; eru víða fjallbygðir upp á mörkina, in the mark or forest, Eg. 58; var þar mörk mikil á land upp, 229; mannsafnaðr er á land upp (viewed from the sea), Ld. 76; stóll var settr á mótið, Fas. i. 58; beiða fars á skip, to beg a passage, Grág. i. 90.
    V. denoting parts of the body; bíta e-n á barka, to bite one in the throat, Ísl. ii. 447; skera á háls, to cut the throat of any one, Nj. 156; brjóta e-n á háls, to break any one’s neck; brjóta e-n á bak, to break any one’s back, Fms. vii. 119; kalinn á kné, frozen to the knees with cold, Hm. 3.
    VI. denoting round; láta reipi á háls hesti, round his horse’s neck, 623. 33; leggja söðul á hest, Nj. 83; and ellipt., leggja á, to saddle; breiða feld á hofuð sér, to wrap a cloak over his head, 164; reyta á sik mosa, to gather moss to cover oneself with, 267; spenna hring á hönd, á fingr, Eg. 300.
    VII. denoting a burden; stela mat á tvá hesta, hey á fimtán hesta, i. e. a two, a fifteen horse load, Nj. 74: metaph., kjósa feigð á menn, to choose death upon them, i. e. doom them to death, Edda 22.
    B. TEMP.
    I. of a period of time, at, to; á morgun, to-morrow (í morgun now means the past morning, the morning of to-day), Ísl. ii. 333.
    II. if connected with the word day, ‘á’ is now used before a fixed or marked day, a day of the week, a feast day, or the like; á Laugardag, á Sunnudag …, on Saturday, Sunday, the Old Engl. a-Sunday, a-Monday, etc.; á Jóladaginn, Páskadaginn, on Yule and Easter-day; but in old writers more often used ellipt. Sunnudaginn, Jóladaginn …, by dropping the prep. ‘á,’ Fms. viii. 397, Grág. i. 18.
    III. connected with ‘dagr’ with the definite article suffixed, ‘á’ denotes a fixed, recurring period or season, in; á daginn, during the day-time, every day in turn, Grett. 91 A.
    IV. connected with ‘evening, morning, the seasons,’ with the article; á kveldit, every evening, Ld. 14; á sumarit, every summer, Vd. 128, where the new Ed. Fs. 51 reads sumrum; á haust, every autumn, Eg. 741 (perh. a misprint instead of á haustin or á haustum); á vetrinn, in the winter time, 710; á várit, every spring, Gþl. 347; the sing., however, is very rare in such cases, the old as well as mod. usage prefers the plur.; á nætrnar, by night, Nj. 210; á várin, Eg. 710; á sumrin, haustin, á morgnana, in the morning (á morgin, sing., means to-morrow); á kveldin, in the evening, only ‘dagr’ is used in sing., v. above (á daginn, not á dagana); but elliptically and by dropping the article, Icelanders say, kveld og morgna, nótt og dag, vetr sumar vor og haust, in the same sense as those above mentioned.
    V. denoting duration, the article is dropped in the negative phrase, aldri á sinn dag, never during one’s life; aldri á mína daga, never in my life, Bjarn. 8, where a possess. pron. is put between noun and prep., but this phrase is very rare. Such phrases as, á þann dag, that day, and á þenna dag, Stj. 12, 655 xxx. 2. 20, are unclassical.
    VI. á dag without article can only be used in a distributive sense, e. g. tvisvar á dag, twice a-day; this use is at present freq. in Icel., yet instances from old writers are not on record.
    VII. denoting a movement onward in time, such as, liðið á nótt, dag, kveld, morgun, sumar, vetr, vár, haust (or nóttina, daginn …), jól, páska, föstu, or the like, far on in the night, day …, Edda 33; er á leið vetrinn, when the winter was well on, as the winter wore on, Nj. 126; cp. áliðinn: also in the phrase, hniginn á inn efra aldr, well stricken in years, Ld. 68.
    C. Metaph. and in various relations:
    I. somewhat metaphorically, denoting an act only (not the place); fara á fund, á vit e-s, to call for one, Eg. 140; koma á ræðu við e-n, to come to a parley with, to speak, 173; ganga á tal, Nj. 103; skora á hólm, to challenge to a duel on an island; koma á grið, to enter into a service, to be domiciled, Grág. i. 151; fara á veiðar, to go a-hunting, Fms. i. 8.
    β. generally denoting on, upon, in, to; bjóða vöxtu á féit, to offer interest on the money, Grág. i. 198; ganga á berhögg, to come to blows, v. berhögg; fá á e-n, to make an impression upon one, Nj. 79; ganga á vápn e-s, to throw oneself on an enemy’s weapon, meet him face to face, Rd. 310; ganga á lagið, to press on up the spear-shaft after it has passed through one so as to get near one’s foe, i. e. to avail oneself of the last chance; bera fé á e-n, to bribe, Nj. 62; bera öl á e-n, to make drunk, Fas. i. 13; snúinn á e-t, inclined to, Fms. x. 142; sammælast á e-t, to agree upon, Nj. 86; sættast, verða sáttr á e-t, in the same sense, to come to an agreement, settlement, or atonement, 78, Edda 15, Eb. 288, Ld. 50, Fms. i. 279; ganga á mála, to serve for pay as a soldier, Nj. 121; ganga á vald e-s, to put oneself in his power, 267; ganga á sætt, to break an agreement; vega á veittar trygðir, to break truce, Grág. ii. 169.
    II. denoting in regard to, in respect to:
    1. of colour, complexion, the hue of the hair, or the like; hvítr, jarpr, dökkr … á hár, having white, brown, or dark … hair, Ísl. ii. 190, Nj. 39; svartr á brún ok brá, dark of brow and eyebrow; dökkr á hörund, id., etc.
    2. denoting skill, dexterity; hagr á tré, a good carpenter; hagr á járn, málm, smíðar …, an expert worker in iron, metals …, Eg. 4; fimr á boga, good at the bow: also used of mastership in science or arts, meistari á hörpuslátt, a master in striking the harp, Fas. iii. 220; fræðimaðr á kvæði, knowing many poems by heart, Fms. vi. 391; fræðimaðr á landnámssögur ok forna fræði, a learned scholar in histories and antiquities (of Are Frode), Ísl. ii. 189; mikill á íþrótt, skilful in an art, Edda (pref.) 148; but dat. in the phrase, kunna (vel) á skíðum, to be a cunning skater, Fms. i. 9, vii. 120.
    3. denoting dimensions; á hæð, lengd, breidd, dýpt …, in the heighth, length, breadth, depth …, Eg. 277; á hvern veg, on each side, Edda 41 (square miles); á annan veg, on the one side, Grág. i. 89.
    β. the phrase, á sik, in regard to oneself, vel (illa) á sik kominn, of a fine ( ugly) appearance, Ld. 100, Fas. iii. 74.
    III. denoting instrumentality; bjargast á sínar hendr, to live on the work of one’s own hands, (á sínar spýtur is a mod. phrase in the same sense); (vega) á skálir, pundara, to weigh in scales, Grág. ii. 370; at hann hefði tvá pundara, ok hefði á hinn meira keypt en á hinn minna selt, of a man using two scales, a big one for buying and a little one for selling, Sturl. i. 91; á sinn kostnað, at one’s own expense; nefna e-n á nafn, by name, Grág. i. 17, etc. The Icel. also say, spinna á rokk, snældu, to spin on or with a rock or distaff; mala á kvern, to grind in a ‘querne,’ where Edda 73 uses dat.; esp. of musical instruments, syngja, leika á hljóðfæri, hörpu, gígju …; in the old usage, leika hörpu …, Stj. 458.
    IV. denoting the manner or way of doing:
    1. á þessa lund, in this wise, Grág. ii. 22; á marga vega, á alla, ymsa vega, in many, all, respects, Fms. i. 114; á sitt hóf, in its turn, respectively, Ld. 136, where the context shews that the expression answers to the Lat. mutatis mutandis; á Þýðersku, after German fashion, Sks. 288.
    2. esp. of language; mæla, rita á e-a tungu, to speak, write in a tongue; á Írsku, in Irish, Ld. 76; Norrænu, in Norse, Eb. 330, Vm. 35; a Danska tungu, in Danish, i. e. Scandinavian, Norse, or Icelandic, Grág. i. 18; á Vára tungu, i. e. in Icelandic, 181; rita á Norræna tungu, to write in Norse, Hkr. (pref.), Bs. i. 59:—at present, dat. is sometimes used.
    3. in some phrases the acc. is used instead of the dat.; hann sýndi á sik mikit gaman, Fms. x. 329; hann lét ekki á sik finna, he shewed no sign of motion, Nj. 111; skaltú önga fáleika á þik gera (Cod. Kalf.), 14.
    V. used in a distributive sense; skal mörk kaupa gæzlu á kú, eðr oxa fim vetra gamlan, a mark for every cow, Grág. i. 147; alin á hvert hross, 442; á mann, per man (now freq.): cp. also á dag above, lit. B.
    VI. connected with nouns,
    1. prepositional; á hendr (with dat.), against; á hæla, at heel, close behind; á bak, at back, i. e. past, after; á vit (with gen.), towards.
    2. adverbially; á braut, away, abroad; á víxl, in turns; á mis, amiss; á víð ok dreif, a-wide and a-drift, i. e. dispersedly.
    3. used almost redundantly before the following prep.; á eptir, after, behind; á undan, in front of; á meðal, á milli, among; á mót, against; á við, about, alike; á frá (cp. Swed. ifrån), from (rare); á fyrir = fyrir, Haustl. 1; á hjá, beside (rare); á fram, a-head, forwards; á samt, together; ávalt = of allt, always: following a prep., upp á, upon; niðr á, down upon; ofan á, eptir á, post eventum, (temp.) á eptir is loc., id., etc.
    VII. connected with many transitive verbs, answering to the Lat. ad- or in-, in composition, in many cases periphrastically for an objective case. The prep. generally follows after the verb, instead of being prefixed to it as in Lat., and answers to the Engl. on, to; heita kalla, hrópa á, to call on; heyra, hlusta, hlyða á, to hearken to, listen to; hyggja, hugsa á, to think on; minna á, to remind; sjá, líta, horfa, stara, mæna, glápa, koma auga … á, to look on; girnast á, to wish for; trúa á, to believe on; skora á, to call on any one to come out, challenge; kæra á, to accuse; heilsa á, to greet; herja, ganga, ríða, hlaupa, ráða … á, to fall on, attack, cp. ágangr, áreið, áhlaup; ljúga á, to tell lies of, to slander; telja á, to carp at; ausa, tala, hella, kasta, verpa … á, to pour, throw on; ríða, bera, dreifa á, to sprinkle on; vanta, skorta á, to fall short of; ala á, to plead, beg; leggja á, to throw a spell on, lay a saddle on; hætta á, to venture on; gizka á, to guess at; kveða á, to fix on, etc.: in a reciprocal sense, haldast á, of mutual strife; sendast á, to exchange presents; skrifast á, to correspond (mod.); kallast á, to shout mutually; standast á, to coincide, so as to be just opposite one another, etc.
    2.
    f. [Lat. aqua; Goth. ahva; Hel. aha; A. S. eâ; O. H. G. aha, owa; cp. Germ. ach and aue; Fr. eau, eaux; Engl. Ax-, Ex-, etc., in names of places; Swed.-Dan. å; the Scandinavians absorb the hu, so that only a single vowel or diphthong remains of the whole word]:—a river. The old form in nom. dat. acc. sing. is , v. the introduction to A, page 1, Bs. i. 333 sq., where ́n, ́ (acc.), and ́na; so also Greg. 677; the old fragm. of Grág. ii. 222, 223, new Ed. In the Kb. of the Edda the old form occurs twice, viz. page 75, ́na (acc.), (but two lines below, ána), í ́nni (dat.) The old form also repeatedly occurs in the Kb. and Sb. of the Grág., e. g. ii. 266, 267: gen. sing. ár; nom. pl. ár, gen. á contracted, dat. ám, obsolete form ́m; Edda 43, Eg. 80, 99, 133, 185: proverbs, at ósi skal á stemma, answering to the Lat. principiis obsta, Edda 60; hér kemr á til sæfar, here the river runs into the sea, metaph. = this is the very end, seems to have been a favourite ending of old poems; it is recorded in the Húsdrápa and the Norðsetadrápa, v. Edda 96, Skálda 198; cp. the common saying, oil vötn renna til sævar, ‘all waters run into the sea.’ Rivers with glacier water are in Icel. called Hvítá, White river, or Jökulsá: Hitá, Hot river, from a hot spring, opp. to Kaldá, v. Landn.: others take a name from the fish in them, as Laxá, Lax or Salmon river (freq.); Örriða á, etc.: a tributary river is þverá, etc.: ár in the Njála often means the great rivers Ölfusá and Þjórsá in the south of Iceland. Áin helga, a river in Sweden, Hkr. ii: á is also suffixed to the names of foreign rivers, Tempsá = Thames; Dóná, Danube (Germ. Don-au), (mod.), etc. Vide Edda (Gl.) 116, 117, containing the names of over a hundred North-English and Scottish rivers.
    COMPDS: áráll, árbakki, árbrot, ardjúp, árfarvegr, árfors, árgljúfr, árhlutr, ármegin, árminni, ármót, áróss, árreki, árstraumr, árströnd, árvað, árvegr, árvöxtr.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > Á

  • 11 ऋषि


    ṛíshi
    m. (2. ṛish Comm. on Uṇ. IV, 119 ;

    ṛishatijñānenasaṉsāra-pāram T. ;
    perhaps fr. an obsolete ṛish for dṛiṡ, « to seeﾠ ?» cf. ṛishi-kṛit),
    a singer of sacred hymns, an inspired poet orﾠ sage, any person who alone orﾠ with others invokes the deities in rhythmical speech orﾠ song of a sacred character
    (e.g.. the ancient hymn-singers Kutsa, Atri., Rebha, Agastya, Kuṡika, Vasishṭha, Vy-aṡva) RV. AV. VS. etc.. ;
    the Ṛishis were regarded by later generations as patriarchal sages orﾠ saints, occupying the same position in India history as the heroes andﾠ patriarchs of other countries, andﾠ constitute a peculiar class of beings in the early mythical system,
    as distinct from gods, men, Asuras, etc. AV. X, 10, 26 ṠBr. AitBr. KātySr. Mn. etc.. ;
    they are the authors orﾠ rather seers of the Vedic hymns
    i.e. according to orthodox Hindū ideas they are the inspired personages to whom these hymns were revealed,
    andﾠ such an expression as « the Ṛishi says» is equivalent to « so it stands in the sacred text» ;
    seven Ṛishis, saptaṛishayaḥ, orﾠ saptaṛishayaḥ orﾠ saptarshayaḥ, are often mentioned in the Brāhmaṇas andﾠ later works as typical representatives of the character andﾠ spirit of the pre-historic orﾠ mythical period;
    in ṠBr. XIV, 5, 2, 6 their names are given as follows, Gotama, Bharadvāja, Viṡvā-mitra, Jamadagni, Vasishṭha, Kaṡyapa, andﾠ Atri;
    in MBh. XII, Marīci, Atri., Aṇgiras, Pulaha, Kratu, Pulastya, Vasishṭha are given as the names of the Ṛishis of the first Manvantara, andﾠ they are alsoﾠ called Prajāpatis orﾠ patriarchs;
    the names of the Ṛishis of the subsequent Manv-antaras are enumerated in Hariv. 417 ff. ;
    afterwards three other names are added, viz. Pracetas orﾠ Daksha, Bhṛigu, andﾠ Nārada, these ten being created by Manu Svāyambhuva for the production of all other beings including gods andﾠ men ĀṡvṠr. MBh. VP. etc.. ;
    in astron. the seven Ṛishis form the constellation of « the Great Bear» RV. X, 82, 2 AV. VI, 40, 1 ṠBr. ĀṡvGṛ. MBh. etc.. ;
    (metaphorically the seven Ṛishis may stand for the seven senses orﾠ the seven vital airs of the body VS. XXXIV ṠBr. XIV KātyṠr.);
    a saint orﾠ sanctified sage in general, an ascetic, anchorite (this is a later sense;
    sometimes three orders of these are enumerated,
    viz. Devarshis, Brahmarshis, andﾠ Rājarshis;
    sometimes seven, four others being added,
    viz. Maharshis, Paramarshis, Ṡrutarshis, andﾠ Kāṇdarshis)
    Mn. IV, 94; XI, 236 Ṡak. Ragh. etc.. ;
    the seventh of the eight degrees of Brāhmans Hcat. ;
    a hymn orﾠ Mantra composed by a Ṛishi;
    the Veda Comm. on MBh. and Pat. ;
    a symbolical expression for the number seven;
    the moon;
    an imaginary circle;
    a ray of light L. ;
    the fish Cyprinus Rishi L. ;
    <cf. Hib. arsan, « a sage, a man old in wisdom» ;
    arrach, « old, ancient, aged» >,
    - ऋषिकल्प
    - ऋषिकुल्या
    - ऋषिकृत्
    - ऋषिगण
    - ऋषिगिरि
    - ऋषिगुप्त
    - ऋषिचान्द्रायण
    - ऋषिचोदन
    - ऋषिच्छन्दस्
    - ऋषिजाङ्गलिकी
    - ऋषितर्पण
    - ऋषितीर्थ
    - ऋषित्व
    - ऋषिदेव
    - ऋषिदेश
    - ऋषिद्रोण
    - ऋषिद्विष्
    - ऋषिपञ्चमी
    - ऋषिपतन
    - ऋषिपुत्र
    - ऋषिपुत्रक
    - ऋषिप्रशिष्ट
    - ऋषिप्रोक्ता
    - ऋषिबन्धु
    - ऋषिब्राह्मण
    - ऋषिमण्डल
    - ऋषिमनस्
    - ऋषिमुख
    - ऋषियज्ञ
    - ऋषिलोक
    - ऋषिवत्
    - ऋषिशृङ्ग
    - ऋषिश्राद्ध
    - ऋषिषह्
    - ऋषिषाण
    - ऋषिष्टुत
    - ऋषिसंहिता
    - ऋषिसत्तम
    - ऋषिसाह्वय
    - ऋषिस्तोम
    - ऋषिस्वर
    - ऋषिस्वाध्याय
    - ऋषीवत्
    - ऋषीवह

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > ऋषि

  • 12 decir

    v.
    1 to say.
    decir que sí/no to say yes/no
    dice que no viene she says (that) she is not coming
    ¿cómo se dice “estación” en inglés? how do you say “estación” in English?
    dicen que va a ser un verano muy seco they say it's going to be a very dry summer
    Ella dijo la razón She said the reason.
    Ella dijo incongruencias She said=uttered inconsistencies.
    Esa historia dice algo cierto That story says something that is true.
    2 to tell.
    ¿quién te lo ha dicho? who told you that?
    ¿qué quieres que te diga? what do you want me to say?, what can I say?
    decir a alguien que haga algo to tell somebody to do something
    decir la verdad to tell the truth
    Decirle la verdad a Ricardo To tell the truth to Richard= To tell Richard the truth.
    Le dije I told him.
    3 to recite, to read.
    4 to tell, to show.
    eso lo dice todo that says it all
    decir mucho (en favor) de to say a lot for
    5 to call.
    le dicen la carretera de la muerte they call it the road of death
    6 to say to.
    Ella había dicho hacer eso She had said to do that.
    7 to say about.
    Ese estudio dice mil años That study says about one thousand years.
    * * *
    Present Indicative
    digo, dices, dice, decimos, decís, dicen.
    Past Indicative
    Future Indicative
    Conditional
    Present Subjunctive
    Imperfect Subjunctive
    Future Subjunctive
    Imperative
    di (tú), diga (él/Vd.), digamos (nos.), decid (vos.), digan (ellos/Vds.).
    Past Participle
    dicho,-a.
    * * *
    verb
    2) tell
    •
    * * *
    DECIR ¿"Say" o "tell"? Decir se puede traducir por say o por tell. Por regla general, say simplemente {dice} y tell {informa} u {ordena hacer algo}. ► Decir generalmente se traduce por say en estilo directo. Normalmente no lleva un complemento de persona pero si se menciona a quién se está dirigiendo el hablante, el complemento de persona tiene que ir precedido por la preposición to: "Ya son las tres", dije "It's already three o'clock," I said "¡Qué tiempo más malo!" Eso fue lo único que me dijo "What awful weather!" That's all he said to me ► En estilo indirecto, decir se puede traducir por say cuando simplemente se cuenta lo que alguien ha dicho. Si say lleva complemento de persona, este se coloca después del complemento directo: Dijo que se tenía que marchar He said he had to leave Me dijo algo que no entendí He said something to me that I didn't understand ► Decir se traduce por tell cuando se {informa} o se {ordena hacer algo}. Suele llevar un objeto de persona sin la preposición to: Me dijo que tenía una entrevista de trabajo He told me he had a job interview ¡Te he dicho que no lo toques! I told you not to touch it! ► Hay algunos usos idiomáticos en los que decir se traduce por tell aunque no lleva complemento de persona. Por ejemplo: to tell the truth (decir la verdad) y to tell a lie (decir una mentira). Otros verbos ► Si decir va acompañado de un calificativo en español, a menudo se puede traducir al inglés por otros verbos que no sean say o tell: "Lo he perdido todo", dijo entre sollozos "I've lost everything," she sobbed Dijo con voz ronca algo sobre necesitar un médico He croaked something about needing a doctor Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada Para otras expresiones con el participio, ver dicho.
    1. VERBO TRANSITIVO
    1) (=afirmar) to say

    ya sabe decir varias palabras — she can already say several words, she already knows several words

    - tengo prisa -dijo — "I'm in a hurry," she said

    viene y dice: -estás despedido — * he goes, "you're fired" *

    olvídalo, no he dicho nada — forget I said anything

    ¿decía usted? — you were saying?

    • [como] dicen los madrileños — as they say in Madrid

    como iba diciendo... — as I was saying...

    ¿cómo ha dicho usted? — pardon?, what did you say?

    • decir para {o} entre [sí] — to say to o.s.

    decir que to say (that)

    dicen que... — they say (that)..., people say (that)...

    el cartel dice claramente que... — the sign says clearly {o} clearly states that...

    decir que sí/no — to say yes/no

    -¿viene? -dice que sí — "is she coming?" - "she says she is {o} she says so"

    la miré y me dijo que sí/no con la cabeza — I looked at her and she nodded/shook her head

    adiós 2.

    ¿quién te lo dijo? — who told you?

    se lo dije bien claro, pero no me hizo caso — I told her quite clearly, but she didn't take any notice of me

    tengo algo que decirte — there's something I want to tell you, I've got something to tell you

    hoy nos dicen las notas — they're telling {o} giving us our results today

    decir a algn que ({+ indic}) to tell sb (that)

    ¿no te digo que no puedo ir? — I've already told you I can't go

    decir a algn que ({+ subjun}) (=ordenar) to tell sb to ({+ infin}); (=pedir) to ask sb to ({+ infin})
    3) (=contar) [+ mentiras, verdad, secreto] to tell
    verdad 1)
    4) (=llamar) to call

    ¿cómo le dicen a esto en Perú? — what do they call this in Peru?

    se llama Francisco, pero le dicen Paco — his name is Francisco, but he's known as Paco

    le dicen "el torero" — he's known as "el torero"

    en México se le dice "recámara" al dormitorio — in Mexico they say "recámara" instead of "dormitorio"

    • me dijo de [todo] — he called me all the names under the sun

    5) (=opinar) to say

    podemos ir a Portugal, ¿tú qué dices? — we could go to Portugal, what do you say?

    ¿tu familia qué dice de la boda? — what does your family say about the wedding?

    6) [rectificando]

    había 8, digo 9 — there were 8, I mean 9

    ¡qué digo! — what am I saying?

    7) [texto] to say

    • como dice el [refrán]... — as the saying goes...

    8) [+ misa] to say
    9) [locuciones en indicativo]

    digo... — Méx well, er...

    mis súbditos se presentarán ante mí ¡he dicho! — my subjects shall appear before me: I have spoken!

    • y dice [bien] — and he is quite right

    • [como quien] dice — (=de alguna manera) so to speak; (=aproximadamente) in a way, more or less

    aunque no es el director es, como quien dice, el que manda en la empresa — although he isn't the manager, he's the person in charge, so to speak, of the company

    está, como quien dice, aquí al lado — it's just round the corner, as they say

    como quien no dice nada — quite casually, as though it wasn't important

    • [lo mismo] digo — likewise

    - gracias por todo -lo mismo digo — "thank you for everything" - "likewise!" {o} "thanks to you too!"

    • pero dice [mal] — but he is wrong

    • pues si esto te parece mucha gente, no te digo [nada] en verano — if you think this is a lot of people, you should see it in summer

    • no lo digo [por] ti — I'm not referring to you, I'm not getting at you

    • sí, [porque tú] lo digas — yes, sir, aye, aye, captain! iró

    • ¿[qué me] dices? — [sorpresa] you don't say!, well I never!; [incredulidad] come off it!

    • [si tú] lo dices — if you say so

    • eso digo [yo] — that's (just) what I say

    deberías buscar trabajo, vamos, digo yo — you ought to look for a job, that's what I say, if you ask me, you ought to look for a job

    ¡si te lo digo yo! — of course it's true!

    ¡lo digo yo y basta! — you will do it because I say so!

    • ¡[y que] lo digas! — you can say that again!

    10) [locuciones en infinitivo]

    • [dar] que decir (a la gente) — to make people talk, set tongues wagging

    • [es] decir — that is (to say)

    mi prima, es decir, la hija de Ana — my cousin, that is (to say) Ana's daughter

    • [ir] a decir, ¡a mí me lo vas a decir! — you're telling me!

    • es [mucho] decir — that's saying something

    • [ni que] decir tiene que... — it goes without saying that...

    • [no hay más] que decir — there's nothing more to say

    • para decirlo con otras [palabras] — to put it another way, in other words

    • decir [por] decir — to talk for talking's sake

    • [por así] decirlo — so to speak

    • [querer] decir — to mean

    ¿qué quiere decir "spatha"? — what does "spatha" mean?

    ¿qué quiere usted decir con eso? — what do you mean by that?

    ¿querrás decir un millón, no un billón? — do you mean a million rather than a billion?

    • [ya es] decir — that's saying something

    les ha costado más cara que mi casa, y eso ya es decir — it cost them more than my house did, and that's saying something

    11) [locuciones en subjuntivo, imperativo]

    no es que yo lo diga, pero... — it's not because I say so, but...

    es, digamos, un comerciante — he's a dealer, for want of a better word, he's a sort of dealer

    ¡haberlo dicho!, ¡me lo hubieras dicho! — you could have told me {o} said!

    • digámoslo [así] — so to speak, for want of a better word

    • digan [lo que] digan — whatever they say

    • y [no] digamos... — not to mention...

    y su madre, no digamos — not to mention his mother

    • no es muy guapa [que] digamos — she's not what you'd call pretty, she's not exactly pretty

    no estuvo muy cortés, que digamos — he wasn't what you'd call polite, he wasn't exactly polite

    • ¡[no me] digas! — [sorpresa] you don't say!, well I never!; [incredulidad] come off it!

    • ¿qué [quieres] que te diga? — what can I say?

    12) [locuciones en condicional]

    ¿cómo (lo) diría yo? — how shall I put it?

    ¿cómo diríamos? — how shall I put it?

    ¡quién lo diría! — would you believe it!, who would have thought it!

    se preocupa mucho por el qué dirán — she's always worried about what people will say {o} think

    2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO
    1) [invitando a hablar]

    -¿te puedo pedir un favor? -dime — "can I ask you a favour?" - "go ahead"

    ¿diga?, ¿dígame? — [al teléfono] hello?

    usted dirá — [invitando a hablar] go ahead; [sirviendo bebida] say when; [en tienda] can I help you?

    -¿te gustaría cambiar de coche? -¡hombre, ya me dirás! — "would you like a new car?" - "you bet I would!"

    2) (=indicar)

    su mirada lo dice todo — her expression says it all {o} speaks volumes

    • eso dice mucho [de] su personalidad — that says a lot about her personality

    3.
    See:
    * * *
    I

    ¿cientos de personas? - bueno, es un decir — hundreds of people? - well, figuratively speaking

    II 1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) <palabra/frase/poema> to say; <mentira/verdad> to tell

    ya dice `mamá' — he says `mama' now

    no digas esas cosas, por favor — please don't say things like that

    ¿cómo pudiste decir eso? — how could you say that?

    ¿eso lo dices por mí? — are you referring to me?

    dicen or se dice que es el hombre más rico del país — he is said to be the richest man in the country

    no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' — it isn't `andé', it's `anduve'

    ¿cómo se dice `amor' en ruso? — how do you say `love' in Russian?

    bonita, lo que se dice bonita, no es — she's not what you would call pretty

    es el sábado; ni que decir tiene que estás invitado — it's on Saturday; you're invited, but that goes without saying

    ¿tendrá tiempo de hacerlo? - dice que sí — will he have time to do it? - he says he will

    ¿no lo encontró? - dice que no — didn't he find it? - no, he says he didn't

    ¿qué tal? ¿qué decís? — (RPl fam) hi, how are things? (colloq)

    2)

    ¿sabes qué me dijo? — do you know what he told me?; (expresando sorpresa, indignación, etc) do you know what he said to me?

    fue algo espantoso, todo lo que te diga es poco — it was terrible, I can't begin to tell you how terrible

    3)
    a) (expresando o transmitiendo órdenes, deseos, advertencias)

    decirle a alguien que + subj — to tell somebody to + inf

    b)
    4) ( por escrito) to say

    ¿qué dice aquí? — what does it say here?

    5) ( llamar) to call
    6) (sugerir, comunicar)

    la forma de vestir dice mucho de una persona — the way someone dresses says a lot/tells you a lot about them

    ¿te dice algo ese nombre? — does that name mean anything to you?

    7)
    8)

    ¿qué quiere decir esta palabra? — what does this word mean?

    ¿qué quieres decir con eso? — what do you mean by that?

    ¿quieres decir que ya no te interesa? — do you mean (to say) that you're no longer interested?

    9) (opinar, pensar) to think

    ¿y los padres qué dicen? — what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?

    habría que regalarle algo, no sé, digo yo — we ought to buy her a present, well, I think so anyway

    es muy fácil - si tú lo dices... — it's very easy - if you say so...

    a decir verdad — to tell you the truth, to be honest

    con decirte que: no me lo perdonó nunca, con decirte que ni me saluda... he's never forgiven me, he won't even say hello to me; decir por decir: lo dijo por decir he didn't really mean it; es decir that is; mi cuñada, es decir la mujer de Rafael my sister-in-law, Rafael's wife that is; es mucho decir: es la mejor película del año - eso ya es mucho decir it's the best movie of the year - I wouldn't go that far; he dicho! that's that o final!; no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! (colloq); por así decirlo so to speak; que digamos: no es muy inteligente que digamos he's not exactly o he's hardly what you'd call intelligent; que no se diga! shame on you!; que no se diga que no somos capaces! I don't want people saying that we can't do it; y (ya) no digamos or (AmL) y no se diga: le cuestan mucho las matemáticas y no digamos la física he finds mathematics very difficult, and as for physics...; el qué dirán (fam): siempre le ha importado el qué dirán — she's always been worried what other people (might) think; ver tb dicho I

    2.
    decir vi

    papá - dime, hijo — dad - yes, son?

    quería pedirle un favor - usted dirá — I wanted to ask you a favor - certainly, go ahead

    tome asiento, usted dirá — (frml) take a seat, and now, what can I do for you?

    ¿diga? or ¿dígame? — hello?

    3.
    decirse v pron
    a) (refl) to say... to oneself
    b) (recípr) to say.... to each other
    c) (enf)
    * * *
    = declare, put, read, say, state, tell, volunteer, make + the point that, let + Nombre + know, let + it be known, observe, bid, reflect, utter, tender, hip, call + the tune.
    Ex. 24.17 declares Enter a body created or controlled by a government under its own name unless it belongs to one or more of the types listed in 24.18.
    Ex. As one respondent from this end of the information spectrum put it, 'Context is all in the information world'.
    Ex. This error message is displayed in the upper right-hand corner of the screen and reads: DAWT008, 107, DFCR....
    Ex. In conclusion, it should not be necessary to say that instructions and guiding must be as brief as possible.
    Ex. Short abstracts are generally preferred, but there are instances where the most effective approach is to cite the original unamended, and to state that this is what has been done.
    Ex. Program function key 1 (FP1) tells DOBIS/LIBIS to stop whatever it is doing and go back to the function selection screen.
    Ex. 'Anything wrong?' 'Oh, I'm okay, I guess,' volunteered Datto cautiously.
    Ex. However, they do make the very important point that the notation is not an essential part of the scheme.
    Ex. Then the secretary, having rallied herself, said forlornly 'I'll let him know you're here in a minute'.
    Ex. It can certainly be status-conferring to let it be known in social conversation that one has read the latest Fay Weldon book, but if the group one is in never reads Fay Weldon anyway and could not care less what she has written then the victory is a somewhat hollow one.
    Ex. 'All this is not very likely,' she observed at last, 'not only because of the strength of the selection process -- its imperviousness to proof before an arbitrator'.
    Ex. 'Sit down please,' he bade her.
    Ex. 'Now, you know, I could merely turn this over to the two division or all the department heads and let them decide,' reflected Bough.
    Ex. The ideal was forever etched in his consciousness from the day Crane uttered it: a good librarian working anywhere is a credit and benefit to libraries everywhere.
    Ex. 'Well,' Stanton tendered, 'one candidate clearly has the superior experience -- Kass'.
    Ex. He was aghast after having been hipped to the fact there are hookers on the Internet.
    Ex. As long as we allow other people to pay the piper, they will continue calling the tune in Africa.
    ----
    * ¡eso se dice pronto! = easier said than done.
    * ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be kidding!.
    * a decir de todos = by all accounts.
    * a decir verdad = to tell the truth, if the truth be known, if the truth be told, in all truth, in truth, fact is, the fact is (that), to be fair.
    * a decir verdad... = the fact of the matter is that....
    * arriesgarse a decir = hazard.
    * atreverse a decir = go + (as/so) far as to say.
    * aunque a decir verdad = Mind you.
    * aventurarse a decir = venture.
    * baste decir que = suffice (it) to say.
    * como dice el dicho = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.
    * como dice el refrán = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.
    * continuar diciendo = go on.
    * cumplir lo que se dice = live up to + Posesivo + claim.
    * decían las malas lenguas que = rumour had it that.
    * decir adiós = bid + Nombre + goodbye, bid + adieu, kiss + Nombre + goodbye, bid + farewell, wave + a bye.
    * decir adiós (a) = say + goodbye (to).
    * decir adiós al pasado = bid + farewell + to the past.
    * decir adiós con la mano = wave + goodbye.
    * decir adiós con un gesto = signal + goodbye.
    * decir a favor de = say in + favour of.
    * decir Algo = break + the news.
    * decir Algo a Alguien = let + Nombre + in on.
    * decir Algo de un modo colérico = flame out.
    * decir Algo que es obvio por sí mismo = state + the obvious.
    * decir balbuceando = splutter, sputter.
    * decir bolas = fib.
    * decir bromeando = quip.
    * decir chorradas = bullshit.
    * decir con desdén = sneer.
    * decir con desprecio = sneer.
    * decir con la boca llena = say in + full confidence.
    * decir con mal humor = spit out.
    * decir con toda confianza = say in + full confidence.
    * decir con voz + Adjetivo = say in + a + Adjetivo + voice.
    * decir de un modo enfadado = spit out.
    * decir disparates = shoot off + at the mouth, talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * decir en confianza = confide.
    * decir en defensa de = say in + defence of.
    * decir entrecordamente = splurt out.
    * decir en voz alta = say + out loud, say in + a loud voice.
    * decir en voz baja = say under + Posesivo + breath, say in + a low voice, say in + a quiet voice.
    * decir + esperar = express + hope.
    * decir estupideces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * decir gilipolleces = talk + nonsense, talk + rubbish, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * decir humorísticamente = quip.
    * decir inesperadamente = blurt out, pipe.
    * decir la última palabra = hear + the final word, outface.
    * decir la verdad = tell + the truth, speak + the truth, come + clean.
    * decir la verdad sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.
    * decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.
    * decirlo = come out with + it.
    * decir lo que Uno piensa = speak up, speak out.
    * decir mentirijillas = fib.
    * decir mentirillas = fib.
    * decir mucho de Algo = speak + volumes.
    * decir pamplinas = bullshit.
    * decir + poseer = claim.
    * decir que Uno se siente cómodo con Algo = express + comfort with.
    * decir que Uno se siente confortable con Algo = express + comfort with.
    * decir que Uno siente lo que le ha pasado a Otra Persona = express + sympathy for.
    * decir rápidamente sin parar = rattle off.
    * decir resoplando = snort.
    * decir sandeces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * decirse = grapevine + carry + the story, make out to be, word + go (a)round.
    * decirse que = be reputed to.
    * decir suspirando = sigh.
    * decir tonterías = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * decir una grosería = make + rude remark.
    * demostrar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.
    * dicen las malas lenguas que = rumour has it that.
    * digamos por ejemplo = let us say, say.
    * dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.
    * dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.
    * el tiempo dirá = time will tell.
    * el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.
    * enterarse de lo que Uno quiere decir = catch + Posesivo + drift, get + Posesivo + drift.
    * es decir = i.e. (latín - id est), in other words, that is, that is to say, which is to say.
    * es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.
    * estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.
    * esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.
    * expresar lo que Uno quiere decir = make + Posesivo + point.
    * hablar sin decir nada = waffle.
    * hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.
    * huelga decir = needless to say.
    * la gente dice que = rumour has it that.
    * ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!.
    * me atrevo a decir = may I say.
    * ni que decir tiene que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.
    * no decir a Alguien lo que está ocurriendo = leave + Nombre + in the dark.
    * no decir nada = keep + quiet.
    * no decir nada a nadie = lips + seal.
    * no decir palabrotas = watch + Posesivo + mouth.
    * ¡no digas palabrotas! = watch your language!.
    * no hace falta decir que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.
    * no preguntes porque no te puedo decir la verdad = ask no questions and hear no lies.
    * no saber qué decir = be at a loss for words, be lost for words.
    * no ser tan bueno como se dice = not + it's cracked up to be.
    * para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.
    * para decir la verdad = to be honest.
    * por decirlo así = so to speak, in a manner of speaking.
    * por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.
    * por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.
    * por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.
    * por no decir algo peor = to put it mildly.
    * por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.
    * por no decir nunca = if ever.
    * por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.
    * predecible en cuanto a lo que dice = platitudinous.
    * probar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.
    * qué me dices de... = what about....
    * querer decir = mean.
    * quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....
    * quién + Pronombre + iba a decir que... = little did + Pronombre + know that....
    * recalcar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.
    * resaltar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.
    * se decía que = rumour had it that.
    * se dice = so the story goes.
    * se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil = easier said than done.
    * se dice que = rumour has it that, the saying + be + that.
    * según se dice = reportedly, so the argument goes, reputedly.
    * sin decir nada = dumbly.
    * sin decir ni mú = as quiet as a mouse.
    * sin decir ni pío = as quiet as a mouse.
    * sin decir una palabra = without saying a word.
    * sin saber qué decir = nonplussed [nonplused].
    * tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.
    * tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.
    * yo me atrevería a decir = dare I say.
    * * *
    I

    ¿cientos de personas? - bueno, es un decir — hundreds of people? - well, figuratively speaking

    II 1.
    verbo transitivo
    1) <palabra/frase/poema> to say; <mentira/verdad> to tell

    ya dice `mamá' — he says `mama' now

    no digas esas cosas, por favor — please don't say things like that

    ¿cómo pudiste decir eso? — how could you say that?

    ¿eso lo dices por mí? — are you referring to me?

    dicen or se dice que es el hombre más rico del país — he is said to be the richest man in the country

    no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' — it isn't `andé', it's `anduve'

    ¿cómo se dice `amor' en ruso? — how do you say `love' in Russian?

    bonita, lo que se dice bonita, no es — she's not what you would call pretty

    es el sábado; ni que decir tiene que estás invitado — it's on Saturday; you're invited, but that goes without saying

    ¿tendrá tiempo de hacerlo? - dice que sí — will he have time to do it? - he says he will

    ¿no lo encontró? - dice que no — didn't he find it? - no, he says he didn't

    ¿qué tal? ¿qué decís? — (RPl fam) hi, how are things? (colloq)

    2)

    ¿sabes qué me dijo? — do you know what he told me?; (expresando sorpresa, indignación, etc) do you know what he said to me?

    fue algo espantoso, todo lo que te diga es poco — it was terrible, I can't begin to tell you how terrible

    3)
    a) (expresando o transmitiendo órdenes, deseos, advertencias)

    decirle a alguien que + subj — to tell somebody to + inf

    b)
    4) ( por escrito) to say

    ¿qué dice aquí? — what does it say here?

    5) ( llamar) to call
    6) (sugerir, comunicar)

    la forma de vestir dice mucho de una persona — the way someone dresses says a lot/tells you a lot about them

    ¿te dice algo ese nombre? — does that name mean anything to you?

    7)
    8)

    ¿qué quiere decir esta palabra? — what does this word mean?

    ¿qué quieres decir con eso? — what do you mean by that?

    ¿quieres decir que ya no te interesa? — do you mean (to say) that you're no longer interested?

    9) (opinar, pensar) to think

    ¿y los padres qué dicen? — what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?

    habría que regalarle algo, no sé, digo yo — we ought to buy her a present, well, I think so anyway

    es muy fácil - si tú lo dices... — it's very easy - if you say so...

    a decir verdad — to tell you the truth, to be honest

    con decirte que: no me lo perdonó nunca, con decirte que ni me saluda... he's never forgiven me, he won't even say hello to me; decir por decir: lo dijo por decir he didn't really mean it; es decir that is; mi cuñada, es decir la mujer de Rafael my sister-in-law, Rafael's wife that is; es mucho decir: es la mejor película del año - eso ya es mucho decir it's the best movie of the year - I wouldn't go that far; he dicho! that's that o final!; no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! (colloq); por así decirlo so to speak; que digamos: no es muy inteligente que digamos he's not exactly o he's hardly what you'd call intelligent; que no se diga! shame on you!; que no se diga que no somos capaces! I don't want people saying that we can't do it; y (ya) no digamos or (AmL) y no se diga: le cuestan mucho las matemáticas y no digamos la física he finds mathematics very difficult, and as for physics...; el qué dirán (fam): siempre le ha importado el qué dirán — she's always been worried what other people (might) think; ver tb dicho I

    2.
    decir vi

    papá - dime, hijo — dad - yes, son?

    quería pedirle un favor - usted dirá — I wanted to ask you a favor - certainly, go ahead

    tome asiento, usted dirá — (frml) take a seat, and now, what can I do for you?

    ¿diga? or ¿dígame? — hello?

    3.
    decirse v pron
    a) (refl) to say... to oneself
    b) (recípr) to say.... to each other
    c) (enf)
    * * *
    = declare, put, read, say, state, tell, volunteer, make + the point that, let + Nombre + know, let + it be known, observe, bid, reflect, utter, tender, hip, call + the tune.

    Ex: 24.17 declares Enter a body created or controlled by a government under its own name unless it belongs to one or more of the types listed in 24.18.

    Ex: As one respondent from this end of the information spectrum put it, 'Context is all in the information world'.
    Ex: This error message is displayed in the upper right-hand corner of the screen and reads: DAWT008, 107, DFCR....
    Ex: In conclusion, it should not be necessary to say that instructions and guiding must be as brief as possible.
    Ex: Short abstracts are generally preferred, but there are instances where the most effective approach is to cite the original unamended, and to state that this is what has been done.
    Ex: Program function key 1 (FP1) tells DOBIS/LIBIS to stop whatever it is doing and go back to the function selection screen.
    Ex: 'Anything wrong?' 'Oh, I'm okay, I guess,' volunteered Datto cautiously.
    Ex: However, they do make the very important point that the notation is not an essential part of the scheme.
    Ex: Then the secretary, having rallied herself, said forlornly 'I'll let him know you're here in a minute'.
    Ex: It can certainly be status-conferring to let it be known in social conversation that one has read the latest Fay Weldon book, but if the group one is in never reads Fay Weldon anyway and could not care less what she has written then the victory is a somewhat hollow one.
    Ex: 'All this is not very likely,' she observed at last, 'not only because of the strength of the selection process -- its imperviousness to proof before an arbitrator'.
    Ex: 'Sit down please,' he bade her.
    Ex: 'Now, you know, I could merely turn this over to the two division or all the department heads and let them decide,' reflected Bough.
    Ex: The ideal was forever etched in his consciousness from the day Crane uttered it: a good librarian working anywhere is a credit and benefit to libraries everywhere.
    Ex: 'Well,' Stanton tendered, 'one candidate clearly has the superior experience -- Kass'.
    Ex: He was aghast after having been hipped to the fact there are hookers on the Internet.
    Ex: As long as we allow other people to pay the piper, they will continue calling the tune in Africa.
    * ¡eso se dice pronto! = easier said than done.
    * ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be kidding!.
    * a decir de todos = by all accounts.
    * a decir verdad = to tell the truth, if the truth be known, if the truth be told, in all truth, in truth, fact is, the fact is (that), to be fair.
    * a decir verdad... = the fact of the matter is that....
    * arriesgarse a decir = hazard.
    * atreverse a decir = go + (as/so) far as to say.
    * aunque a decir verdad = Mind you.
    * aventurarse a decir = venture.
    * baste decir que = suffice (it) to say.
    * como dice el dicho = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.
    * como dice el refrán = as the saying goes, so the saying goes.
    * continuar diciendo = go on.
    * cumplir lo que se dice = live up to + Posesivo + claim.
    * decían las malas lenguas que = rumour had it that.
    * decir adiós = bid + Nombre + goodbye, bid + adieu, kiss + Nombre + goodbye, bid + farewell, wave + a bye.
    * decir adiós (a) = say + goodbye (to).
    * decir adiós al pasado = bid + farewell + to the past.
    * decir adiós con la mano = wave + goodbye.
    * decir adiós con un gesto = signal + goodbye.
    * decir a favor de = say in + favour of.
    * decir Algo = break + the news.
    * decir Algo a Alguien = let + Nombre + in on.
    * decir Algo de un modo colérico = flame out.
    * decir Algo que es obvio por sí mismo = state + the obvious.
    * decir balbuceando = splutter, sputter.
    * decir bolas = fib.
    * decir bromeando = quip.
    * decir chorradas = bullshit.
    * decir con desdén = sneer.
    * decir con desprecio = sneer.
    * decir con la boca llena = say in + full confidence.
    * decir con mal humor = spit out.
    * decir con toda confianza = say in + full confidence.
    * decir con voz + Adjetivo = say in + a + Adjetivo + voice.
    * decir de un modo enfadado = spit out.
    * decir disparates = shoot off + at the mouth, talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * decir en confianza = confide.
    * decir en defensa de = say in + defence of.
    * decir entrecordamente = splurt out.
    * decir en voz alta = say + out loud, say in + a loud voice.
    * decir en voz baja = say under + Posesivo + breath, say in + a low voice, say in + a quiet voice.
    * decir + esperar = express + hope.
    * decir estupideces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * decir gilipolleces = talk + nonsense, talk + rubbish, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * decir humorísticamente = quip.
    * decir inesperadamente = blurt out, pipe.
    * decir la última palabra = hear + the final word, outface.
    * decir la verdad = tell + the truth, speak + the truth, come + clean.
    * decir la verdad sobre = give + Nombre + the lowdown on.
    * decir la verdad, toda la verdad y nada más que la verdad = to tell the truth, the whole truth, and nothing but the truth.
    * decirlo = come out with + it.
    * decir lo que Uno piensa = speak up, speak out.
    * decir mentirijillas = fib.
    * decir mentirillas = fib.
    * decir mucho de Algo = speak + volumes.
    * decir pamplinas = bullshit.
    * decir + poseer = claim.
    * decir que Uno se siente cómodo con Algo = express + comfort with.
    * decir que Uno se siente confortable con Algo = express + comfort with.
    * decir que Uno siente lo que le ha pasado a Otra Persona = express + sympathy for.
    * decir rápidamente sin parar = rattle off.
    * decir resoplando = snort.
    * decir sandeces = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, bullshit, talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * decirse = grapevine + carry + the story, make out to be, word + go (a)round.
    * decirse que = be reputed to.
    * decir suspirando = sigh.
    * decir tonterías = talk + rubbish, talk + nonsense, talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * decir una grosería = make + rude remark.
    * demostrar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.
    * dicen las malas lenguas que = rumour has it that.
    * digamos por ejemplo = let us say, say.
    * dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.
    * dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres = you are known by the company you keep.
    * el tiempo dirá = time will tell.
    * el tiempo lo dirá = only time will tell.
    * enterarse de lo que Uno quiere decir = catch + Posesivo + drift, get + Posesivo + drift.
    * es decir = i.e. (latín - id est), in other words, that is, that is to say, which is to say.
    * es más fácil decirlo que hacerlo = easier said than done.
    * estar a punto de decir = be on the tip of + Posesivo + tongue to say.
    * esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.
    * expresar lo que Uno quiere decir = make + Posesivo + point.
    * hablar sin decir nada = waffle.
    * hacer lo que uno dice que es capaz de hacer = live up to + Posesivo + claim.
    * huelga decir = needless to say.
    * la gente dice que = rumour has it that.
    * ¿lo dices en broma? = you must be joking!.
    * me atrevo a decir = may I say.
    * ni que decir tiene que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.
    * no decir a Alguien lo que está ocurriendo = leave + Nombre + in the dark.
    * no decir nada = keep + quiet.
    * no decir nada a nadie = lips + seal.
    * no decir palabrotas = watch + Posesivo + mouth.
    * ¡no digas palabrotas! = watch your language!.
    * no hace falta decir que = it goes without saying that, needless to say.
    * no preguntes porque no te puedo decir la verdad = ask no questions and hear no lies.
    * no saber qué decir = be at a loss for words, be lost for words.
    * no ser tan bueno como se dice = not + it's cracked up to be.
    * para comenzar diremos que = to begin with.
    * para decir la verdad = to be honest.
    * por decirlo así = so to speak, in a manner of speaking.
    * por decirlo de alguna manera = so to speak.
    * por decirlo de algún modo = in a manner of speaking, so to speak.
    * por lo que dicen todos = by all accounts.
    * por no decir algo peor = to put it mildly.
    * por no decir nada de = to say nothing of.
    * por no decir nunca = if ever.
    * por no decir otra cosa peor = to say the least.
    * predecible en cuanto a lo que dice = platitudinous.
    * probar lo que Uno dice = make + good + Posesivo + claim.
    * qué me dices de... = what about....
    * querer decir = mean.
    * quién iba a decir entonces que... = little did + Verbo + then that....
    * quién + Pronombre + iba a decir que... = little did + Pronombre + know that....
    * recalcar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.
    * resaltar lo que Uno quiere decir = drive + home + Posesivo + point.
    * se decía que = rumour had it that.
    * se dice = so the story goes.
    * se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil = easier said than done.
    * se dice que = rumour has it that, the saying + be + that.
    * según se dice = reportedly, so the argument goes, reputedly.
    * sin decir nada = dumbly.
    * sin decir ni mú = as quiet as a mouse.
    * sin decir ni pío = as quiet as a mouse.
    * sin decir una palabra = without saying a word.
    * sin saber qué decir = nonplussed [nonplused].
    * tener cuidado con lo que se dice = say + the right thing.
    * tener cuidado con lo que Uno dice = watch + Posesivo + mouth, watch what + say.
    * yo me atrevería a decir = dare I say.

    * * *
    1
    (manera de expresarse): en el decir popular in popular speech
    ¿cientos de personas? — bueno, es un decir hundreds of people? — well, it's just a manner of speaking o a figure of speech
    supongamos, es un decir, que … let's assume, just for the sake of argument, that …
    al decir de la gente, el clima está cambiando people say the climate is changing
    2 decires mpl (dichos) sayings (pl); (rumores) talk
    no son más que decires it's just talk
    decir2 [ I24 ]
    ■ decir (verbo transitivo)
    A decir: palabra, mentira etc
    B decirle algo a alguien
    C
    1 transmitiendo órdenes, deseos etc
    2 decir adiós
    D por escrito
    E llamar
    F sugerir, comunicar
    G decir misa
    H
    1 querer decir
    2 digo (al rectificar)
    I opinar, pensar
    J en locuciones
    ■ decir (verbo intransitivo)
    A
    1 invitando a hablar
    2 al contestar el teléfono
    B decir bien/mal de
    ■ decirse (verbo pronominal)
    1 reflexivo
    2 recíproco
    3 para enfatizar
    vt
    A ‹palabra/frase› to say; ‹mentira/verdad› to tell; ‹poema› to say, recite; ‹oración› to say
    [ para ejemplos con complemento indirecto ver división 2] ya dice `mamá' he says ‘mama’ now
    no digas esas cosas, por favor please don't say things like that
    no digas estupideces/barbaridades don't talk nonsense o ( AmE) garbage o ( BrE) rubbish
    ¿cómo pudiste decir semejante disparate? how could you say such a stupid thing o make such a stupid comment?
    no me dejó decir ni una palabra he didn't let me get a word in edgeways
    ¿eso lo dices por mí? are you referring to me?
    no sé qué decir … un millón de gracias I don't know what to say … thank you very much indeed
    ¡qué callado estás! ¡no dices nada! you're very quiet, you've hardly said a word!
    ¡no lo dirás en serio! you can't be serious!
    ¡no irás a decir que no lo sabías! don't try and tell me you didn't know!
    —no puedo hacer nada —dijo Juan there is nothing I can do, said Juan o Juan said
    como dice el refrán/mi abuela as the saying goes/as my grandmother says
    lo dijeron por la radio they said it o it was announced on the radio
    no eran ricos, digamos que vivían bien I don't mean they were rich, let's just say they lived well
    dicen que de joven fue muy guapa they say she was very beautiful when she was young
    dicen que es el hombre más rico del país he is said to be the richest man in the country
    ¿qué se dice? — gracias/por favor what do you say? — thank you/please
    no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' it isn't `andé', it's `anduve'
    ¡eso no se dice! you mustn't say that!
    ¿cómo se dice `te quiero' en ruso? how do you say `I love you' in Russian?, what's the Russian for `I love you'?
    bonita, lo que se dice bonita, no es she's not what you would call pretty
    estoy harta, lo que se dice harta ¿me oyes? I'm fed up, absolutely fed up, do you hear?
    eso se dice pronto, pero no es tan fácil that's easier said than done
    palatal: dícese del sonido cuya articulación … palatal: of, relating to or denoting a sound articulated …
    es el sábado; ni que decir tiene que estás invitado it's on Saturday; you're invited, of course, but that goes without saying o but I don't need to tell you that
    haberlo dicho antes why didn't you say so before?, you might have said so before!
    ¿tendrá tiempo de hacerlo? — dice que sí will he have time to do it? — he says he will
    ¿no lo encontró? — dice que no didn't he find it? — no, he says he didn't
    digan lo que digan no matter what people say, whatever people say
    ¿qué tal? ¿qué decís? ( RPl fam); hi, how are things? ( colloq), hi, what's up? ( AmE colloq)
    B
    decirle algo a algn to tell sb sth
    eso no es lo que me dijo a mí that's not what he told me, that's not what he said to me
    ¿sabes qué me dijo? do you know what he told me?; (expresando sorpresa, indignación, etc) do you know what he said to me?
    se lo voy a decir a papá I'm going to tell Dad
    hoy nos dicen el resultado they're going to give us the result today
    me dijo una mentira he told me a lie, he lied to me
    Andrés me dijo lo de tu hermano Andrés told me about your brother
    ¡a mí me lo vas a decir! you're telling me!, you don't have to tell me!
    ¿sabes lo que te digo? por mí que se muera look, as far as I'm concerned he can drop dead! ( colloq)
    ¿no te digo? éste se cree que yo soy la sirvienta see what I mean? he thinks I'm his servant
    ¿no te digo or no te estoy diciendo que hasta le pega? I'm telling you, he even hits her!
    ¿tú qué me aconsejas? — ¿qué quieres que te diga? tienes que tomar tú la decisión what do you think I should do? — well, to be quite frank o honest, I think you have to decide for yourself
    ya te decía yo que no era verdad I told you it wasn't true, didn't I?
    fue algo espantoso, todo lo que te diga es poco it was terrible, I just can't describe it o I can't begin to tell you
    hace mal tiempo en verano, y no te digo nada en invierno … in summer the weather's bad, and as for the winter …
    ¡no me digas que no es precioso! isn't it beautiful?
    a lo mejor te ofrecen el puesto ¿quién te dice? (CS); you never know, they might offer you the job
    me resultó ¿cómo te diría? … violento I found it … how shall I put it? o I don't know … rather embarrassing
    ¡ya me dirás qué le cuesta escribirnos una carta! I mean, surely it's not too much trouble for him to write us a letter
    no te creas todo lo que te dicen don't believe everything people tell you o everything you hear
    dime con quién andas y te diré quién eres you can judge a man by the company he keeps
    C
    1
    (transmitiendo órdenes, deseos, advertencias): ¡porque lo digo yo! because I say so!
    a mí nadie me dice lo que tengo que hacer nobody tells me what to do
    harás lo que yo diga you'll do as I say
    manda decir mi mamá que si le puede prestar el martillo ( AmL); mom says can she borrow your hammer?
    Fernando pregunta si puede venir con nosotros — dile que sí Fernando wants to know if he can come with us — yes, tell him he can o say yes
    decir QUE + SUBJ:
    dice papá que vayas Dad wants you
    dice que llames cuando llegues she says (you are) to phone when you get there
    dijo que tuviéramos cuidado she said to be careful, she said we should be careful
    decirle a algn QUE + SUBJ to tell sb to + INF
    diles que empiecen tell them to start
    le dije que no lo hiciera I told him not to do it
    nos dijeron que esperáramos they told us o we were told to wait
    te digo que vengas aquí enseguida I said, come here at once
    2
    decir adiós to say goodbye
    vino a decirme adiós she came to say goodbye (to me)
    di adiós a tu vida de estudiante that's the end of your student days, you'd better say goodbye to your student days
    ¿se lo prestaste? ¡ya le puedes decir adiós! you mean you lent it to him? well, you can kiss that goodbye! ( colloq)
    D (por escrito) to say
    ¿qué dice aquí? what does it say here?
    el diario no dice nada sobre el asunto there's nothing in the paper about it
    E (llamar) to call
    le dicen `Dumbo' por las orejas they call him `Dumbo' because of his ears
    se llama Rosario pero le dicen Charo her name is Rosario but people call her Charo
    no me digas de usted there's no need to call me `usted'
    F
    (sugerir, comunicar): la forma de vestir dice mucho de una persona the way someone dresses says a lot o tells you a lot about them
    el tiempo lo dirá time will tell
    por afuera la casa no dice nada the house doesn't look much from the outside
    el poema no me dice nada the poem doesn't do anything for me
    algo me decía que no iba a ser fácil something told me it wasn't going to be easy
    ¿te dice algo ese nombre? does that name mean anything to you?
    la tarta estaba diciendo cómeme the cake was just asking to be eaten
    G
    decir misa to say mass
    H
    1
    querer decir to mean
    ¿qué quiere decir esta palabra? what does this word mean?
    ¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?
    no entendiste lo que quise decir you didn't understand what I meant
    ¿quieres decir que ya no te interesa? do you mean (to say) that you're no longer interested?
    sólo quería decirte que … I just wanted to say that …
    2
    el presupuesto asciende a diez mil, digo cien mil de euros we have a budget of ten thousand, (sorry,) I mean a hundred thousand euros
    I (opinar, pensar) to think
    ¿y los padres qué dicen? what do her parents think of it?, how do her parents feel about it?
    podríamos ir mañana ¿tú qué dices? we could go tomorrow, what do you think?
    ¡quién lo hubiera dicho! who would have thought o believed it?
    podría haber mencionado al resto del equipo, vamos, digo yo … he could have mentioned the rest of the team … well I'd have thought so, anyway
    habría que regalarle algo, no sé, digo yo we ought to buy her a present, well, I think so anyway
    es muy fácil — si tú lo dices … it's very easy — if you say so …
    a decir verdad to tell you the truth, to be honest
    como quien dice so to speak
    el nuevo tren está, como quien dice, a la vuelta de la esquina the new train is, so to speak o to coin a phrase, just around the corner
    la granja es, como quien dice, la razón de su vida I suppose you could say the farm is his whole reason for living
    con decirte que: no me lo perdonó nunca, con decirte que ni me saluda … he's never forgiven me, he won't even say hello to me
    decir por decir: lo dijo por decir he didn't really mean it
    ¡digo! ( Esp fam): ¡qué calor hace! — ¡digo! it's so hot! — you can say that again o I'll say! ( colloq)
    ¿y te gusta? — ¡digo! do you like it? — you bet I do o ( AmE) I sure do! ( colloq)
    es decir that is
    mi cuñada, es decir la mujer de Rafael my sister-in-law, Rafael's wife that is
    no sé si voy a poder ir — es decir que no vas a ir I don't know if I'll be able to go — you mean you're not going
    es mucho decir: es la mejor película del año — eso ya es mucho decir it's the best movie of the year — I wouldn't go that far
    ¡he dicho! that's that!, that's final!
    lo mismo digo: mucho gusto en conocerle — lo mismo digo pleased to meet you — pleased to meet you o likewise
    ¡qué alegría verte! — lo mismo digo it's great to see you! — and you o you too
    ¡no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! ( colloq)
    ¿sabes que se casa Lola? — ¡no me digas! do you know Lola's getting married? — no! o you're joking! o really? o never!
    por así decirlo so to speak
    es, por así decirlo, el alma-máter de la empresa he is, so to speak o as it were, the driving force behind the company
    que digamos: no es muy inteligente que digamos he's not exactly o he's hardly what you'd call intelligent
    ¿qué me dices?: saqué el primer puesto ¿qué me dices? I came first, how about that then?
    ¿y qué me dices de lo de Carlos? and what about Carlos then?
    ¿sabes que lo van a derribar? — ¿qué me dices? do you know they're going to demolish it? — what? o you're kidding!
    ¡que no se diga! shame on you!
    ¿te ganó un niño de seis años? ¡que no se diga! you were beaten by a six-year-old child? shame on you!
    ¡que no se diga que no somos capaces! I don't want people saying that we can't do it
    costó $20.000 ¡se dice pronto! it cost $20,000, which is no mean sum
    lleva dos meses enferma, que se dice pronto she has been ill for two months, and that's a long time
    ¡y que lo digas! ( Esp); you can say that again!, you're telling me!, don't I know it!
    y (ya) no digamos or ( AmL) y no se diga: le cuestan mucho las matemáticas y no digamos la física he finds mathematics very difficult, and as for physics …
    el/la que te dije ( fam hum); you-know-who
    el qué dirán ( fam): siempre le ha importado el qué dirán she's always been worried what other people (might) think
    ¿por qué te preocupa tanto el qué dirán? why do you worry about what people will o might say?
    ver tb dicho1 (↑ dicho (1))
    ■ decir
    vi
    A
    1
    (invitando a hablar): papá — dime, hijo dad — yes, son?
    quería pedirle un favor — usted dirá ( frml); I wanted to ask you a favor — certainly, go ahead
    tome asiento — gracias — usted dirá ( frml); take a seat — thank you — now, what can I do for you?
    2
    ( Esp) [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] (al contestar el teléfono): ¿diga? or ¿dígame? hello?
    B
    decir bien/mal de algn/algo: sus trabajos dicen bien de él his work has created a good impression
    la manera en que se comportó no dice muy bien de él the way he behaved doesn't show him in a very good light o doesn't say very much for him
    1 ( reflexivo) to say to oneself
    se dijo que no lo volvería a hacer he said to himself o he told himself that he wouldn't do it again
    me dije para mis adentros que allí había gato encerrado I said o thought to myself, there's something fishy going on here
    2 ( recíproco) to say to each other
    se decían secretos al oído they were whispering secrets to each other
    se dijeron de todo they called each other every name under the sun
    3 ( enf):
    tú hazme caso que yo sé lo que me digo you listen to me, I know what I'm talking about
    no sé para qué me preguntas, si tú te lo dices todo I don't know why you're asking me, you seem to have all the answers
    * * *

     

    decir 1 sustantivo masculino:
    ◊ ¿cientos de personas? — bueno, es un decir hundreds of people? — well, figuratively speaking

    decir 2 ( conjugate decir) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹palabra/frase/poema› to say;

    ‹mentira/verdad› to tell;
    para ejemplos con complemento indirecto ver división 2

    ¿eso lo dices por mí? are you referring to me?;
    ¡no lo dirás en serio! you can't be serious!;
    dijo que sí con la cabeza he nodded;
    no se dice `andé', se dice `anduve' it isn't `andé', it's `anduve';
    ¡eso no se dice! you mustn't say that!;
    ¿cómo se dice `amor' en ruso? how do you say `love' in Russian?;
    ¿lo encontró? — dice que sí/no did he find it? — he says he did/he didn't
    b)


    2 decirle algo a algn to tell sb sth;
    ◊ voy a decirle a papá que … I'm going to tell Dad …;

    ¡ya te lo decía yo! I told you so!
    3
    a) (expresando órdenes, deseos, advertencias):

    ◊ ¡porque lo digo yo! because I say so!;

    harás lo que yo diga you'll do as I say;
    dice que llames cuando llegues she says (you are) to phone when you get there;
    dijo que tuviéramos cuidado she said to be careful;
    diles que empiecen tell them to start;
    le dije que no lo hiciera I told him not to do it
    b)


    4
    a) (opinar, pensar) to think;


    ¡quién lo hubiera dicho! who would have thought o believed it?;
    es muy fácil — si tú lo dices … it's very easy — if you say so …
    b) (sugerir, comunicar):


    ¿te dice algo ese nombre? does that name mean anything to you?
    5
    ◊ querer decir [palabra/persona] to mean;

    ¿qué quieres decir con eso? what do you mean by that?
    6 ( en locs)

    como quien dice so to speak;
    es decir that is;
    ¡he dicho! that's that o final!;
    ni que decir tiene que … it goes without saying that …;
    ¡no me digas! no!, you're kidding o joking! (colloq);
    por así decirlo so to speak;
    el qué dirán (fam) what other people (might) think;
    ver tb dicho 1
    verbo intransitivo

    ◊ papá — dime, hijo dad — yes, son?;

    quería pedirle un favor — usted dirá I wanted to ask you a favor — certainly, go ahead
    b) (Esp) ( al contestar el teléfono): ¿diga? or ¿dígame? hello?

    decirse verbo pronominal
    a) ( refl) to say … to oneself

    b) ( recípr) to say …. to each other;


    decir
    I m (dicho, sentencia) saying: es sólo un decir, it's just a manner of speaking
    II verbo transitivo
    1 to say: está diciendo una mentira/la verdad, she's telling a lie/the truth
    no dijo nada, he said nothing
    2 (con complemento indirecto) to tell: no le dije mi opinión, I didn't tell him my opinion
    les dijo que esperaran un rato, she told them to wait for a while
    3 (opinar, afirmar, proponer) ¿qué me dices de mi nuevo corte de pelo?, what do you think of my new haircut?, te digo que es una extravagancia, I think it's quite weird
    yo digo que vayamos a Cuenca, I suggest going to Cuenca
    4 (suscitar interés, una idea) to mean, appeal: ese libro no me dice nada, that book doesn't appeal to me
    ¿le dice algo esta cara?, does this face mean anything to you?
    5 (mostrar, indicar) to say, show: lo que hizo dice mucho en su favor, what he did says a lot for him
    su cara de decepción lo dice todo, his long face says it all
    ♦ Locuciones: Tel Esp diga o dígame, hello?
    digamos, let's say
    digo yo, in my opinion
    el qué dirán, what people will say
    es decir, that is (to say)
    ni que decir tiene, needless to say
    no decir esta boca es mía, not to say a word
    ¡no me digas!, really!
    por así decirlo, as it were o so to speak
    querer decir, to mean
    ¡y que lo digas!, you bet! ➣ Ver nota en mean
    ¿To tell     o to say?
    Observa que to tell menciona a la persona a la cual va dirigida una frase: Dime tu nombre. Tell me your name. Les dijo que se fueran. He told them to go away.
    Por el contrario, to say se centra en el contenido del mensaje, sin importarnos a quién va dirigido: ¿Qué has dicho? What did you say? Dijo que sí. He said yes. ➣ Ver nota en tell.
    ' decir' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    A
    - amén
    - amohinarse
    - año
    - apéndice
    - atinar
    - bala
    - barbaridad
    - bastante
    - burrada
    - callar
    - chorrada
    - colmo
    - comenzar
    - confiar
    - cosa
    - declarar
    - delirar
    - descargo
    - despedirse
    - dilucidar
    - disparate
    - entender
    - excusada
    - excusado
    - flexible
    - fluir
    - ir
    - haber
    - hablar
    - holgar
    - honestamente
    - hoy
    - lengua
    - maravilla
    - mu
    - nada
    - obviedad
    - pelagatos
    - pío
    - precisamente
    - puño
    - querer
    - rezar
    - restar
    - rey
    - saciedad
    - señor
    - significar
    - soltar
    English:
    ablaze
    - abuse
    - afraid
    - anything
    - bid
    - bite back
    - blurt out
    - buzz off
    - caller
    - clear off
    - dash off
    - devil
    - dinner
    - distinctly
    - drone
    - enjoy
    - eventual
    - ever
    - few
    - flatter
    - flounder
    - fortune
    - gasp out
    - get
    - get at
    - go
    - go on
    - hand
    - heart
    - hotly
    - i.e.
    - keep in
    - know
    - lip
    - loss
    - mean
    - mention
    - mildly
    - mind
    - miserably
    - mouth
    - move
    - need
    - needless
    - neither
    - no
    - nonsense
    - O
    - occasion
    - oops!
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [en general] to say;
    siempre digo lo que pienso I always say what I think;
    es muy callado, nunca dice nada he's very quiet, he never says anything o a word;
    ¿qué dice la etiqueta? what does the label say?;
    no digas tonterías don't talk nonsense;
    no digas tacos delante de los niños don't swear in front of the children;
    lo dijo en broma she meant it as a joke;
    ¿quién te lo ha dicho? who told you that?;
    me da igual lo que diga la gente I don't care what people say;
    al decir esto, se marchó with these words o with that, he left;
    no sabía qué decir I didn't know what to say, I was lost for words;
    decir que sí/no to say yes/no;
    dice que no viene she says (that) she's not coming;
    como dice el refrán,… as the saying goes,…;
    dicen que va a ser un verano muy seco they say it's going to be a very dry summer;
    ¡díjolo Blas, punto redondo! sure, whatever!, yes, sure!;
    donde dije digo, digo Diego: ayer dijiste que me lo dejarías – sí, pero no puedo – ya, donde dije digo, digo Diego yesterday you told me you'd lend it to me – yes, but I can't now – you're always saying one thing one minute and another the next
    2. [contar] to tell;
    se lo voy a decir a la profesora I'm going to tell the teacher;
    no se lo digas a nadie don't breathe a word of it to anyone;
    ¿qué quieres que te diga? what do you want me to say?, what can I say?;
    ya te lo había dicho yo, es demasiado caro I told you it's too expensive;
    decir la verdad to tell the truth;
    decir mentiras to tell lies;
    pregunta si le dejas salir – dile que sí/no she wants to know if she can go out – tell her she can/can't;
    quiere saber si hemos terminado – dile que sí/no he wants to know if we've finished – tell him we have/haven't;
    dile que estoy ocupado tell him I'm busy;
    dígame lo que pasó tell me what happened;
    eso no es lo que me dijo a mí that's not what she told me;
    tengo que hacerte una pregunta – dime I need to ask you a question – go ahead;
    dígame en qué puedo ayudarle what can I do for you?
    3. [ordenar] to tell;
    la ley dice que es obligatorio el uso del casco according to the law, it is compulsory to wear a crash helmet, the law says that it is compulsory to wear a crash helmet;
    decir a alguien que haga algo to tell sb to do sth;
    haz lo que te digan y no protestes do as you're told and don't complain;
    dile que venga tell her to come;
    nos dijeron que nos fuéramos they told us to go away;
    lo vas a hacer porque lo digo yo you'll do it because I say so
    4. [recitar] [de memoria] to recite;
    [leyendo] to read
    5. [revelar] to tell, to show;
    eso lo dice todo that says it all;
    decir mucho (en favor) de to say a lot for;
    sus ropas dicen bastante sobre su situación económica her clothes say a lot about her financial situation;
    su violenta reacción dice mucho sobre su personalidad his violent reaction tells us o reveals a lot about his personality
    6. [llamar] to call;
    me dicen Paco they call me Paco;
    le dicen la carretera de la muerte they call it the road of death
    7. [asegurar] to tell, to assure;
    te digo que ella no está mintiendo I tell you o assure you (that) she isn't lying;
    dice que llegará mañana sin falta she says (that) she'll definitely arrive tomorrow
    8. [en frases]
    a decir verdad, no me apetece nada ir a la boda to tell (you) the truth o to be honest, I don't really feel like going to the wedding;
    como quien no dice nada as if it were nothing;
    olvídalo, como si no hubiera dicho nada forget I ever mentioned it;
    con decirte que me marché a los diez minutos, te puedes imaginar como fue la fiesta if I tell you that I left after ten minutes, you can imagine what the party was like;
    cualquiera diría que no le dan de comer en casa anyone would o you'd think she never gets fed at home;
    decir para sí to say to oneself;
    decir por decir to talk for the sake of talking;
    no te lo tomes en serio, lo dijo por decir don't take it seriously, she didn't really mean it;
    decirle a alguien cuatro verdades to tell sb a few home truths;
    es decir that is, that's to say;
    aracnofobia, es decir miedo a las arañas arachnophobia, that is o that's to say, fear of spiders;
    tengo otra cita – es decir, que no vendrás a la inauguración I've got another engagement – you mean o in other words you're not coming to the opening ceremony;
    encantado de conocerte – lo mismo digo pleased to meet you – likewise;
    tu primer examen estaba muy mal, y lo mismo digo del segundo you did very poorly in your first exam, and the same goes for the second one;
    ni que decir tiene needless to say;
    yo no digo o [m5]no quiero decir nada, pero… it's not for me to say, but…;
    ¿sabías que Santiago se ha casado? – ¡no me digas! did you know that Santiago got married? – no! o never!;
    ¡no me digas que no te gusta! don't tell me you don't like it!;
    el tenis/este cuadro no me dice nada tennis/this picture doesn't do anything for me;
    no hay más que decir that's all there is to it, that's that;
    (o) mejor dicho or rather;
    por más que digas, no le veo nada especial a esta ciudad whatever you say, I don't see what's so special about this city;
    por decirlo así, por así decirlo in other words, so to speak;
    RP Fam
    ¿qué decís? how are you doing?, how are things?;
    preocuparse por el qué dirán to worry about what people will say;
    no está lloviendo mucho que digamos it's not exactly raining hard;
    él no es muy inteligente que digamos he isn't what you'd call intelligent;
    ha sufrido un infarto – ¡qué me dices! she's had a heart attack – no! o surely not!;
    ¡quién lo diría! tan rico y sin embargo tan humilde who would have thought it, such a rich person and yet so humble!;
    tardarán en construirlo cinco años, ¡se dice pronto! they're going to take five years, no less, to build it!;
    yo lo hago en cinco minutos – eso se dice pronto, no sabes lo difícil que es I'll have it done in five minutes – that's easily said, you've no idea how difficult it is;
    si tú lo dices if you say so;
    ¡tú lo has dicho! you said it!;
    Esp
    ¡y que lo digas! you can say that again!;
    y no digamos, Am [m5]ya no se diga, Am [m5] ni se diga to say nothing of;
    no le gusta el pescado y no digamos el pollo she doesn't like fish, to say nothing of chicken
    ♦ vi
    como quien dice, como si dijéramos so to speak;
    es, como si dijéramos, una mezcla de danza y teatro it's a sort of mixture of dance and theatre;
    es, como quien dice, el alma de la empresa he is, so to speak, the soul of the company;
    Esp
    ¿diga?, ¿dígame? [al teléfono] hello?;
    Fam
    ¡digo! [¡ya lo creo!] of course!;
    [¡madre mía!] I say!;
    tenemos muchas ganas de ir de vacaciones, y nuestros hijos, no digamos we can't wait to go on holiday, and as for our children…
    * * *
    <part dicho>
    I v/t
    1 say; ( contar) tell;
    decir misa say mass;
    decir que sí say yes;
    decir que no say no;
    se dice que … they say that …, it’s said that …;
    diga lo que diga whatever he says;
    ¿qué quieres que te diga? what do you expect me to say?;
    para sí say to o.s.
    :
    es decir in other words;
    dar que decir set people talking;
    ni que decir tiene (que) it goes without saying (that);
    por así decirlo so to speak;
    ya es decir that’s saying something;
    que ya es decir which is really something;
    es mucho decir that’s saying a lot
    :
    ¡quién hubiera dicho que María se iba casar! who would have thought that Maria would get married!;
    dicho y hecho no sooner said than done;
    mejor dicho or rather;
    dicho sea de paso incidentally;
    está dicho, lo dicho as I have already said
    4
    :
    no es rico, que digamos let’s say he’s not rich;
    ¡no me digas! you’re kidding!;
    ¡dímelo a mí! tell me about it!, you’re telling me!;
    como quien dice so to speak;
    y que lo digas you bet;
    ¿y qué me dices de …? so what do you think of …?;
    usted dirá how can I help you?;
    ya decía yo que iba a acabar mal I knew it would end badly;
    ¡quién lo diría! who would believe it!;
    ¡cualquiera diría que tiene setenta años! who would have thought he was seventy!, you wouldn’t think o believe he was seventy!
    II v/i
    :
    ¡diga!, ¡dígame! Esp
    TELEC hello
    III m saying;
    es un decir it’s just a figure of speech
    * * *
    decir {23} vt
    1) : to say
    dice que no quiere ir: she says she doesn't want to go
    2) : to tell
    dime lo que estás pensando: tell me what you're thinking
    3) : to speak, to talk
    no digas tonterías: don't talk nonsense
    4) : to call
    me dicen Rosy: they call me Rosy
    5)
    es decir : that is to say
    6)
    querer decir : to mean
    * * *
    decir1 n saying
    decir2 vb
    1. (en general) to say [pt. & pp. said]
    ¿qué ha dicho? what did he say?
    ¿cómo se dice "biblioteca" en inglés? how do you say "biblioteca" in English?
    2. (a alguien) to tell [pt. & pp. told]
    4. (llamar) to call
    le dicen "Chapi" people call him "Chapi"
    dime / dígame (en tienda etc) yes?
    es decir that is / that is to say
    ¿diga? / ¿dígame? (por teléfono) hello?

    Spanish-English dictionary > decir

  • 13 paso

    adj.
    dried.
    intj.
    open up, gangway.
    m.
    1 passing.
    el paso del tiempo the passage of time
    con el paso de los años as the years go by
    el Ebro, a su paso por Zaragoza the Ebro, as it flows through Zaragoza
    su paso fugaz por la universidad his brief spell at the university
    abrirse paso entre la multitud to make o force one's way through the crowd
    de paso in passing; (de pasada) while I'm/you're/etc at it (aprovechando)
    paso del ecuador = (celebration marking) halfway stage in a university course
    2 step.
    dar un paso adelante o al frente to step forward, to take a step forward
    3 walk.
    a paso ligero at a brisk pace
    marcar el paso to keep time
    a este paso no acabaremos nunca at this rate we'll never finish
    4 step (etapa, acontecimiento).
    dar los pasos necesarios to take the necessary steps
    paso a paso step by step
    5 crossing (cruce).
    paso de cebra zebra crossing (British), = pedestrian crossing marked with black and white lines
    paso fronterizo border crossing (point)
    paso peatonal o de peatones pedestrian crossing
    7 step in a process, stride, move.
    8 passage, pass, crossing point.
    9 pace, walking pace.
    10 gateway.
    pres.indicat.
    1st person singular (yo) present indicative of spanish verb: pasar.
    * * *
    1 (movimiento) step, footstep
    ■ ¡no des ni un paso más! don't move another step!
    3 (camino) passage, way
    4 (avance) progress, advance
    5 (trámite) step, move
    6 (de montaña) mountain pass; (de mar) strait
    \
    a cada paso at every turn
    a paso de tortuga at a snail's pace
    abrirse paso to force one's way through
    apretar el paso to hurry
    cerrarle el paso a alguien to block somebody' s way
    dar paso a (hacer posible) to pave the way for 2 (provocar) to give rise to 3 (dejar pasar) to let through, make way for 4 (pasar a) to move on to
    dar sus primeros pasos to start walking
    dar un paso en falso (al andar) to lose one's footing 2 (equivocarse) to make a false move
    estar a un paso/a dos pasos to be very close
    estar de paso to be passing through
    hacer algo de paso to do something as well
    ■ de paso, tráeme tabaco while you're there, get me some cigarettes
    no dar un paso sin... not to do a thing without...
    paso a paso step by step
    salir al paso de alguien to waylay somebody
    salir al paso de algo to forestall something
    seguirle los pasos a alguien to follow somebody close behind 2 figurado to follow in somebody's footsteps
    ceda el paso (señal) give way sign, US yield sign
    paso a nivel level crossing, US grade crossing
    paso de cebra zebra crossing
    paso de peatones pedestrian crossing
    paso elevado flyover
    * * *
    noun m.
    3) pace
    4) way
    * * *
    I
    ADJ dried
    II
    1. SM
    1) (=acción de pasar)

    el presidente, a su paso por nuestra ciudad... — the president, during his visit to our city...

    • ceder el paso — to give way, yield (EEUU)

    ceda el paso — give way, yield (EEUU)

    • dar paso a algo, el invierno dio paso a la primavera — winter gave way to spring

    • de paso, mencionaron el tema solo de paso — they only mentioned the matter in passing

    ¿puedes ir al supermercado, de paso que vas a la farmacia? — could you go to the supermarket on your way to the chemist's?

    • entrar de paso — to drop in

    • estar de paso — to be passing through

    paso del Ecuador — party or trip organized by university students to celebrate the halfway stage in their degree course

    paso franco, paso libre — free passage

    ave
    2) (=camino) way; (Arquit) passage; (Geog) pass; (Náut) strait

    ¡paso! — make way!

    • abrirse paso — to make one's way

    • cerrar el paso — to block the way

    • dejar el paso libre — to leave the way open

    • impedir el paso — to block the way

    paso a desnivel, paso a distinto nivel — (Aut) flyover, overpass (EEUU)

    paso a nivel — level crossing, grade crossing (EEUU)

    paso (de) cebra — Esp zebra crossing, crosswalk (EEUU)

    paso de peatones — pedestrian crossing, crosswalk (EEUU)

    paso elevado — (Aut) flyover, overpass (EEUU)

    paso inferior — underpass, subway

    paso subterráneo — underpass, subway

    paso superior — (Aut) flyover, overpass (EEUU)

    3) [al andar] (=acción) step; (=ruido) footstep; (=huella) footprint

    • coger el paso — to fall into step

    • dar un paso — to take a step

    ¿ha dado ya sus primeros pasos? — has she taken her first steps yet?

    • dirigir sus pasos hacia — to head towards

    • dar un paso en falso — (=tropezar) to miss one's footing; (=equivocarse) to make a false move

    • hacer pasos — (Baloncesto) to travel (with the ball)

    • volvió sobre sus pasos — she retraced her steps

    paso adelante — (lit, fig) step forward

    paso atrás — (lit, fig) step backwards

    4) (=modo de andar) [de persona] walk, gait; [de caballo] gait

    • acelerar el paso — to go faster, speed up

    • aflojar el paso — to slow down

    • apretar o avivar el paso — to go faster, speed up

    • a buen paso — at a good pace

    • establecer el paso — to make the pace, set the pace

    • a paso lento — at a slow pace, slowly

    • a paso ligero — [gen] at a swift pace; (Mil) at the double

    • llevar el paso — to keep in step, keep time

    • marcar el paso — [gen] to keep time; (Mil) to mark time

    • a paso redoblado — LAm (Mil) at the double

    • romper el paso — to break step

    paso de ambladura, paso de andadura — (Equitación) amble

    5) (=ritmo) rate, pace

    • a este paso — at this rate

    6) (=distancia)
    7) (=avance) step
    8) (Téc) [de tornillo] pitch; [de contador, teléfono] unit
    9) (Teat) ( Hist) sketch, interlude
    10) (Rel) [en procesión] float in Holy Week procession, with statues representing part of Easter story
    See:
    ver nota culturelle SEMANA SANTA in semana
    11)

    paso de armas — (Mil, Hist) passage of arms

    12) LAm (=vado) ford
    2.
    ADV softly, gently

    ¡paso! — not so fast!, easy there!

    * * *
    1)
    a) ( acción)

    de paso: están de paso they're just visiting o just passing through; de paso puedo comprar pan I can buy some bread on the way; fui a la oficina y de paso hablé con él I went to the office and while I was there I had a word with him; me pilla de paso it's on my way; y dicho sea de paso... — and incidentally...

    b) (camino, posibilidad de pasar) way

    ceda el paso — yield ( in US), give way ( in UK)

    abrirse paso — to make one's way; ( a codazos) to elbow one's way

    salir al paso de alguien — ( abordar) to waylay somebody; ( detener) to stop somebody

    2) (Geog) ( en montaña) pass

    salir del paso — to get out of a (tight) spot o (AmE) crack (colloq)

    3)
    a) (al andar, bailar) step

    andar en malos pasos — to be mixed up in shady deals

    a pasos agigantados — by leaps and bounds

    dar los primeros pasos — ( literal) to take one's first steps; ( iniciarse en algo) to start out

    dar un paso en falso — ( literal) to stumble; ( equivocarse) to make a false move

    seguir los pasos de alguien — to follow in somebody's footsteps

    b) pasos masculino plural ( en baloncesto) traveling*, steps (pl)
    4)

    vive a dos pasos de mi casa — he lives a stone's throw (away) from my house

    está a un paso de aquí — it's just around the corner/down the road from here

    b) ( avance) step forward
    c) ( de gestión) step
    5) ( en contador) unit
    6)
    a) (ritmo, velocidad)

    apretó/aminoró el paso — he quickened his pace/he slowed down

    a este paso... — at this rate...

    a paso de hormiga or tortuga — at a snail's pace

    b) (Equ)
    •
    * * *
    1)
    a) ( acción)

    de paso: están de paso they're just visiting o just passing through; de paso puedo comprar pan I can buy some bread on the way; fui a la oficina y de paso hablé con él I went to the office and while I was there I had a word with him; me pilla de paso it's on my way; y dicho sea de paso... — and incidentally...

    b) (camino, posibilidad de pasar) way

    ceda el paso — yield ( in US), give way ( in UK)

    abrirse paso — to make one's way; ( a codazos) to elbow one's way

    salir al paso de alguien — ( abordar) to waylay somebody; ( detener) to stop somebody

    2) (Geog) ( en montaña) pass

    salir del paso — to get out of a (tight) spot o (AmE) crack (colloq)

    3)
    a) (al andar, bailar) step

    andar en malos pasos — to be mixed up in shady deals

    a pasos agigantados — by leaps and bounds

    dar los primeros pasos — ( literal) to take one's first steps; ( iniciarse en algo) to start out

    dar un paso en falso — ( literal) to stumble; ( equivocarse) to make a false move

    seguir los pasos de alguien — to follow in somebody's footsteps

    b) pasos masculino plural ( en baloncesto) traveling*, steps (pl)
    4)

    vive a dos pasos de mi casa — he lives a stone's throw (away) from my house

    está a un paso de aquí — it's just around the corner/down the road from here

    b) ( avance) step forward
    c) ( de gestión) step
    5) ( en contador) unit
    6)
    a) (ritmo, velocidad)

    apretó/aminoró el paso — he quickened his pace/he slowed down

    a este paso... — at this rate...

    a paso de hormiga or tortuga — at a snail's pace

    b) (Equ)
    •
    * * *
    paso1
    1 = footstep, step, footprint, pace.

    Ex: Leforte could usually identify those footsteps easily; but today they sounded less forceful and deliberate.

    Ex: The first step in assigning intellectual responsibility to a corporate body must be a definition of a corporate body.
    Ex: In later years, the famous book mythological significance of muddy footprints introduced me to the ancient Hippopotamian culture.
    Ex: Among other buildings afire or still smoldering in eastern Baghdad today were the city hall and the National Library which was so thoroughly burned that heat still radiated 50 paces from its front doors.
    * abrir paso a = make + way (for).
    * abrirse paso = jostle, break through, elbow + Posesivo + way into, elbow into.
    * acelerar el paso = quicken + the pace, smarten + Posesivo + pace.
    * a este paso = at this rate.
    * aflojar el paso = slow down, slow up.
    * aminorar el paso = slow down, slow up.
    * a paso de tortuga = at a snail's pace.
    * a paso ligero = on the double.
    * a pasos agigantados = at an exponential rate, at exponential rates, by leaps and bounds.
    * a un paso = within a stone's throw (away/from).
    * a un paso asombroso = at an astounding pace.
    * a un paso de = a heartbeat away from.
    * a un paso rápido = at a rapid pace.
    * a un paso relajado = at a strolling pace.
    * barrera de paso a nivel = level-crossing gate.
    * caminar con paso pesado = plod (along/through).
    * ceder el paso = give + way (to), yield + the right of way.
    * contador de pasos = step counter.
    * dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.
    * dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.
    * dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.
    * dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.
    * dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).
    * dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.
    * dar un paso = make + step.
    * dar un paso adelante = step up.
    * dar un paso al frente = step up.
    * dar un paso en falso = make + a false move.
    * dar un paso hacia delante = take + a step forward, step up.
    * dejar paso = step + aside.
    * dejar paso (a) = give + way (to).
    * derecho de paso = the right of way, right of entry.
    * desandar los pasos de = retrace + Posesivo + footsteps, retrace + Posesivo + steps.
    * hacer que + Nombre + dé un paso hacia delante = take + Nombre + a/one step forward.
    * impedir el paso = block in.
    * llave de paso = spigot, faucet, tap, stopcock, stop valve.
    * llave de paso del agua = water valve.
    * llevar a cabo una serie de pasos anteriormente realizados = execute + steps.
    * obstaculizar el paso = block in.
    * otro paso más hacia + Posesivo + destrucción = another nail in + Posesivo + coffin.
    * paso adelante = step up.
    * paso a nivel = level-crossing.
    * paso a paso = one step at a time, step by step, stage by stage, stepwise.
    * paso atrás = backward step, retrograde step.
    * paso de cebra = zebra crossing.
    * paso de la gente = flow of people.
    * paso del comercio = flow of commerce.
    * Paso del Noroeste, el = North West Passage, the.
    * paso de peatones = zebra crossing, pedestrian crossing, pelican crossing.
    * paso de tortuga = snail's pace.
    * paso en falso = false move.
    * paso fronterizo = border crossing.
    * paso hacia adelante = step forward.
    * paso hacia atrás = retrograde step, step backward(s), step back.
    * paso inferior = underpass.
    * paso ininterrumpido de = steady flow of.
    * paso intermedio = half-way house, stepping stone.
    * paso peatonal = pedestrian crossing.
    * paso subterráneo = underground walkway.
    * Posesivo + primeros pasos = Posesivo + first steps.
    * preferencia de paso = the right of way.
    * primer paso = stake in the ground.
    * primer paso de, el = thin edge of the wedge, the.
    * realizar una tarea paso a paso = go through.
    * saltarse pasos intermedios = jump + steps.
    * seguir los pasos de = follow in + the footsteps of.
    * seguir + Posesivo + pasos = follow in + Posesivo + footsteps.
    * seguir unos pasos = follow + steps.
    * señal de prohibido el paso = No Entry sign.
    * ser un gran paso adelante = be half the battle.
    * tener derecho de paso = have + the right of way.
    * tomar un paso decisivo = take + the plunge.
    * un paso por delante de = one step ahead of.
    * válvula de paso = stop valve, stopcock.
    * volver sobre los pasos de Uno = double-back, retrace + Posesivo + steps, retrace + Posesivo + footsteps, go back on + Posesivo + steps.

    paso2
    2 = stage, passing.

    Ex: The first stage in the choice of access points must be the definition of an author.

    Ex: Perhaps an openly expressed disbelief in his activities is one of the marks of the passing of this stage.
    * ave de paso = bird of passage.
    * cambiar con el paso del tiempo = change over + time.
    * con el paso de = with the passing of.
    * con el paso de los años = with the passing of (the) years.
    * con el paso del tiempo = over the years, over time, with the passage of time, as time goes by, in due course, over a period of time, in the course of time, over the course of time, in the process of time, as time passed (by), as time passes (by), as time went by.
    * de paso = by the way, by the by(e).
    * deteriorado por el paso del tiempo = timeworn.
    * dicho sea de paso = by the way, on a sidenote, by the by(e).
    * el paso del tiempo = the passage of time, the sands of time.
    * en varios pasos = multi-step.
    * llave de paso = shut-off valve.
    * paso elevado = overpass.
    * paso elevado de peatones = pedestrian overpass.
    * paso elevado para peatones = pedestrian overpass.
    * paso inferior = subway.
    * paso inferior de peatones = pedestrian underpass.
    * paso inferior para peatones = pedestrian underpass.
    * paso subterráneo = underpass, subway.
    * paso subterráneo de peatones = pedestrian underpass.
    * paso subterráneo para peatones = pedestrian underpass.
    * quedar anulado con el paso del tiempo = be overtaken by events.
    * resistir el paso del tiempo = stand + the test of time, withstand + the test of time, survive + the test of time, pass + the test of time.
    * válvula de paso = shut-off valve.

    paso3
    3 = transfer, transition, changeover [change-over], handover [hand-over].

    Ex: When the record transfer is complete, the catalog summary screen is shown for the new record so that the user can review and update it.

    Ex: Hierarchical relationships must be indicated in order that users may make the transition from a first access point to related terms or access points.
    Ex: The changeover has resulted in more rapid machine-editing of input and reduced costs for cataloguing.
    Ex: The author assesses the prospects of Hong Kong after the handover of the colony to China in 1997 when it will once again be competing with Shanghai as the publishing hub of the Orient.

    * * *
    A
    1
    (acción): las compuertas controlan el paso del agua the hatches control the flow of water
    a su paso por la ciudad el río se ensancha the river widens as it flows through the city
    el paso de los camiones había causado grietas en la calzada cracks had appeared in the road surface caused by the passage of so many trucks o because of all the trucks using it
    hizo frente a todo lo que encontró a su paso he faced up to every obstacle in his path
    con el paso del tiempo se desgastó la piedra the stone got worn down with time o with the passing o passage of time
    [ S ] ceda el paso yield ( in US), give way ( in UK)
    [ S ] prohibido el paso no entry
    al paso (en ajedrez) en passant
    de paso: no viven aquí, están de paso they don't live here, they're just visiting o they're just passing through
    de paso puedo dejarles el paquete I can drop the package off on my way
    lo mencionó pero sólo de paso he mentioned it but only in passing
    lleva esto a la oficina y de paso habla con la secretaria take this to the office and while you're there have a word with the secretary
    te lo recogeré si quieres, me pilla de paso I'll pick it up for you if you like, it's on my way
    archiva estas fichas y de paso comprueba todas las direcciones file these cards and while you're at it o about it check all the addresses
    y dicho sea de paso … and incidentally …
    2 (camino, posibilidad de pasar) way
    abran paso make way
    se puso en medio y me cerró el paso she stood in front of me and blocked my way
    por aquí no hay paso you can't get through this way
    dejen el paso libre leave the way clear
    abrirse paso to make one's way
    el sol se abría paso entre las nubes the sun was breaking through the clouds
    consiguió abrirse paso a codazos entre la gente she managed to elbow her way through the crowd
    no te será difícil abrirte paso en la vida you won't have any problems making your way in life o getting on in life
    salir al paso de algn to waylay sb
    salir al paso de algo to forestall sth
    salir del paso to get out of a (tight) spot o ( AmE) crack ( colloq)
    Compuestos:
    grade crossing ( AmE), level crossing ( BrE)
    zebra crossing, crosswalk ( AmE)
    ( Méx) catwalk
    crosswalk ( AmE), pedestrian crossing ( BrE)
    overpass ( AmE), flyover ( BrE)
    border crossing
    (para peatones) underpass, subway ( BrE); (para vehículos) underpass
    C
    dio un paso para atrás he took a step backward(s), he stepped backward(s)
    ¡un paso al frente! one step forward!
    camina 50 pasos al norte walk 50 paces to the north
    dirigió sus pasos hacia la puerta she walked toward(s) the door
    oyó pasos en el piso de arriba she heard footsteps on the floor above
    con paso firme subió las escaleras he climbed the stairs purposefully
    no da un paso sin consultar a su marido she won't do anything without asking her husband first
    paso a paso step by step
    siguieron el juicio paso a paso they followed the trial step by step
    paso a paso se fue abriendo camino en la empresa he gradually worked his way up in the company
    me lo explicó paso por paso she explained it to me step by step
    a cada paso at every turn
    a pasos agigantados by leaps and bounds
    la informática avanza a pasos agigantados information technology is advancing by leaps and bounds, enormous strides are being made in information technology
    dar los primeros pasos (literal) to take one's first steps, start to walk; (iniciarse en algo) to start out
    dio sus primeros pasos como actor en televisión he started out o made his debut as a television actor
    dar un paso en falso (literal) to stumble; (equivocarse) to make a false move
    dar un paso en falso en política puede conducir al desastre one false move o putting one foot wrong in politics can lead to disaster
    seguir los pasos de algn to follow in sb's footsteps
    volver sobre sus pasos to retrace one's steps
    2
    (distancia corta): vive a dos pasos de mi casa he lives a stone's throw (away) from my house
    estuvo a un paso de la muerte she was at death's door
    ánimo, ya estamos a un paso come on, we're nearly there now
    está a un paso de aquí it's just around the corner o down the road from here
    de ahí a convertirse en drogadicto no hay más que un paso it's only a short step from there to becoming a drug addict
    3 (logro, avance) step forward
    el que te haya llamado ya es un paso (adelante) the fact that he's called you is a step forward in itself
    supone un gran paso en la lucha contra la enfermedad it is a great step forward o a great advance in the fight against the illness
    hemos dado los pasos necesarios we have taken the necessary steps
    5 (de baile) step
    6 pasos mpl (en baloncesto) traveling*, steps (pl)
    hacer pasos to travel
    D
    1 (de un tornillo, una rosca) pitch
    E
    1
    (ritmo, velocidad): aminoró el paso he slowed down
    al ver que la seguían apretó el paso when she realized she was being followed she quickened her pace
    el tren iba a buen paso the train was going at a fair speed
    a este paso no llegamos ni a las diez at this rate we won't even get there by ten o'clock
    a este paso te vas a poner enfermo if you carry on like this, you'll get ill, at this rate o (if you carry on) the way you're going, you'll get ill
    escribía los nombres al paso que yo se los leía she wrote down the names as I read them out to her
    a paso de hormiga or tortuga at a snail's pace
    llevar el paso to keep in step
    marcar el paso to mark time
    en ese colegio te van a hacer marcar el paso they'll make you toe the line at that school
    2 ( Equ):
    al paso at a walking pace
    Compuesto:
    paso ligero or redoblado
    a paso ligero or redoblado double quick, in double time
    paso2 -sa
    * * *

     

    Del verbo pasar: ( conjugate pasar)

    paso es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente indicativo

    pasó es:

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) pretérito indicativo

    Multiple Entries:
    pasar    
    paso
    pasar ( conjugate pasar) verbo intransitivo
    1
    a) ( ir por un lugar) to come/go past;

    ◊ no ha pasado ni un taxi not one taxi has come/gone past;

    los otros coches no podían paso the other cars weren't able to get past;
    no dejan paso a nadie they're not letting anyone through;
    paso de largo to go right o straight past;
    paso por la aduana to go through customs;
    es un vuelo directo, no pasa por Miami it's a direct flight, it doesn't go via Miami;
    ¿este autobús pasa por el museo? does this bus go past the museum?;
    pasamos por delante de su casa we went past her house;
    pasaba por aquí y … I was just passing by o I was in the area and …

    ◊ ¿podríamos paso por el banco? can we stop off at the bank?;

    pasa un día por casa why don't you drop o come by the house sometime?;
    puede paso a recogerlo mañana you can come and pick it up tomorrow

    ◊ paso de un lado a otro [persona/barco] to go o cross from one side to the other;


    [ humedad] to go through from one side to the other
    d) ( caber):


    2 ( entrar — acercándose al hablante) to come in;
    (— alejándose del hablante) to go in;
    ◊ pase, por favor please, do come in;

    ¡que pase el siguiente! next, please!;
    haga paso al Sr Díaz show Mr Díaz in please
    3
    a) (transmitirse, transferirse) [corona/título] to pass;


    b) ( comunicar):

    ◊ te paso con Javier ( en el mismo teléfono) I'll hand o pass you over to Javier;


    ( en otro teléfono) I'll put you through to Javier
    4
    a) (Educ) to pass;

    ◊ paso de curso to get through o pass one's end-of-year exams


    ◊ no está perfecto, pero puede paso it's not perfect, but it'll do;

    por esta vez, (que) pase I'll let it pass o go this time
    5



    ver tb hacerse II 3


    ( suceder) to happen;

    lo que pasa es que… the thing o the problem is …;
    pase lo que pase whatever happens, come what may;
    siempre pasa igual or lo mismo it's always the same;
    ¿qué pasa? what's the matter?, what's up? (colloq);
    ¿qué te pasa? what's the matter with you?;
    ¿qué te pasó en el ojo? what happened to your eye?;
    ¿qué le pasa a la tele? what's wrong with the TV?;
    eso le pasa a cualquiera that can happen to anybody;
    no le pasó nada nothing happened to him
    1 ( transcurrir) [tiempo/años] to pass, go by;
    ◊ pasoon muchos años many years went by o passed;

    ya han pasado dos horas it's been two hours now;
    un año pasa muy rápido a year goes very quickly;
    ¡cómo pasa el tiempo! doesn't time fly!
    2 ( cesar) [crisis/mal momento] to be over;
    [ efecto] to wear off;
    [ dolor] to go away
    3 ( arreglárselas) paso sin algo to manage without sth
    verbo transitivo
    1
    a) (cruzar, atravesar) ‹ frontera› to cross;

    ‹pueblo/ciudad› to go through
    b) ( dejar atrás) ‹edificio/calle› to go past

    c) (adelantar, sobrepasar) to overtake

    2
    a) ( hacer atravesar) paso algo POR algo to put sth through sth;


    b) (por la aduana —legalmente) to take through;

    (— ilegalmente) to smuggle
    3 ( hacer recorrer):

    pásale un trapo al piso give the floor a quick wipe;
    hay que pasole una plancha it needs a quick iron
    4 (exhibir, mostrar) ‹película/anuncio› to show
    5 ‹examen/prueba› to pass
    6 ‹página/hoja› to turn;
    ◊ paso por alto ‹falta/error› to overlook;


    ‹tema/punto› to leave out, omit
    1 (entregar, hacer llegar):

    ¿me pasas el martillo? can you pass me the hammer?
    2 ( contagiar) to give, to pass on
    1
    a) ‹ tiempo› to spend;


    fuimos a Toledo a paso el día we went to Toledo for the day


    pasa todo el día al teléfono she spends all day on the phone
    c) pasarlo or pasarla bien to have a good time;

    ◊ ¿qué tal lo pasaste en la fiesta? did you have a good time at the party?, did you enjoy the party?;

    lo pasé mal I didn't enjoy myself
    2 (sufrir, padecer) ‹penalidades/desgracias› to go through, to suffer;
    ◊ pasé mucho miedo/frío I was very frightened/cold

    pasarse verbo pronominal
    1 ( cambiarse):

    2


    esta vez te has pasado (fam) you've gone too far this time
    b) ( enf) (fam) (ir):


    ¿podrías pasote por el mercado? could you go down to the market?
    3
    a) [peras/tomates] to go bad, get overripe;

    [carne/pescado] to go off, go bad;
    [ leche] to go off, go sour
    b) (recocerse) [arroz/pasta] to get overcooked

    1

    [ dolor] to go away;
    (+ me/te/le etc)
    ◊ ya se me pasó el dolor the pain's gone o eased now;

    espera a que se le pase el enojo wait until he's calmed o cooled down


    ver tb pasar verbo transitivo III 1
    2 (+ me/te/le etc)
    a) ( olvidarse):




    paso sustantivo masculino
    1
    a) ( acción):


    el paso del tiempo the passage of time;
    el paso de la dictadura a la democracia the transition from dictatorship to democracy;
    de paso: están de paso they're just visiting o just passing through;
    me pilla de paso it's on my way;
    y dicho sea de paso … and incidentally …
    b) (camino, posibilidad de pasar) way;

    ◊ abrir/dejar paso (a algn/algo) to make way (for sth/sb);

    me cerró el paso she blocked my way;
    dejen el paso libre leave the way clear;

    ( on signs) ceda el paso yield ( in US), give way ( in UK);
    ( on signs) prohibido el paso no entry;

    paso de peatones crosswalk (AmE), pedestrian crossing (BrE);
    paso a nivel grade (AmE) o (BrE) level crossing;
    paso elevado or (Méx) a desnivel overpass (AmE), flyover (BrE);
    paso subterráneo ( para peatones) underpass, subway (BrE);

    ( para vehículos) underpass;


    ( a codazos) to elbow one's way;


    ( detener) to stop sb
    2 (Geog) ( en montaña) pass;
    ◊ salir del paso to get out of a (tight) spot o (AmE) crack (colloq)

    3
    a) (al andar, bailar) step;


    oyó pasos she heard footsteps;
    entró con paso firme he came in purposefully;
    paso a paso step by step;
    seguirle los pasos a algn to tail sb;
    seguir los pasos de algn to follow in sb's footsteps

    ◊ vive a dos pasos de mi casa he lives a stone's throw (away) from my house;

    está a un paso de aquí it's just around the corner/down the road from here



    4 (ritmo, velocidad):
    ◊ apretó/aminoró el paso he quickened his pace/he slowed down;

    a este paso … at this rate …;
    a paso de hormiga or tortuga at a snail's pace;
    marcar el paso to mark time
    5 ( en contador) unit
    pasar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 to pass
    2 (trasladar) to move
    3 (dar) to pass, give: no me pasó el recado, he didn't give me the message
    4 (hojas de libro) to turn
    5 (el tiempo, la vida) to spend, pass
    6 (soportar, sufrir) to suffer, endure: está pasando una crisis personal, she's going through a personal crisis
    pasamos sed y calor, we suffered thirst and heat
    7 (río, calle, frontera) to cross
    8 (tragar) to swallow
    9 (tolerar, aguantar) to bear
    10 (introducir) to insert, put through
    11 (un examen, una eliminatoria) to pass
    12 Cine to run, show: este sábado pasan Ben Hur, they're putting Ben Hur on this Saturday
    II verbo intransitivo
    1 to pass: ¿a qué hora pasa el tren?, what time does the train pass?
    Cervantes pasó por aquí, Cervantes passed this way
    ya pasó, it has already passed
    pasar de largo, to go by (without stopping)
    2 (entrar) to come in
    3 (ser tolerable) to be acceptable: no está mal, puede pasar, it isn't bad, it will do
    4 (exceder) to surpass: no pases de los 70 km/h, don't exceed 70 km/h
    5 (a otro asunto) to go on to
    pasar a ser, to become
    6 (tiempo) to pass, go by
    7 (arreglarse, apañarse) pasar sin, to do without: puedo pasar sin coche, I can manage without a car
    8 fam (no tener interés, prescindir) pasa de lo que digan, don't mind what they say
    paso de ir al cine, I'll give the cinema a miss
    9 (suceder) to happen: ¿qué pasa?, what's going on?
    ¿qué le pasa?, what's the matter with him?
    pase lo que pase, whatever happens o come what may
    ♦ Locuciones: pasar algo a limpio, to make a fair copy of sthg
    pasarlo bien/mal, to have a good/difficult time
    pasar por, to put up with: paso por que me digas que estoy gorda, pero no pienso tolerar que me amargues cada comida, I can handle you calling me fat, but I'm not having you ruin every single meal for me
    pasar por alto, to overlook: pasaré por alto esa observación, I'll just ignore that remark
    paso sustantivo masculino
    1 step: caminaban a paso ligero, they walked quickly
    (sonido de pisadas) footstep
    (de un baile) step
    2 (camino, pasillo) passage, way
    Auto ceda el paso, give way
    paso a nivel, level o US grade crossing
    paso de cebra, zebra crossing
    paso de peatones, pedestrian crossing, US crosswalk
    paso subterráneo, (para peatones) subway
    (para vehículos) underpass
    prohibido el paso, no entry
    3 (acción) passage, passing: estamos de paso en la ciudad, we are just passing through the town
    a su paso por la Universidad, when he was at University
    el lento paso de las horas, the slow passing of the hours
    4 Tel unit
    5 Geol (entre montañas) mountain pass
    6 Náut strait
    ♦ Locuciones: abrirse paso, (entre la multitud, maleza) to make one's way, (en la vida) to get ahead
    salir del paso, to get out of trouble
    a cada paso, constantly, every other minute
    ' paso' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    apretar
    - arramblar
    - atravesar
    - bando
    - bloquear
    - cabeza
    - cada
    - calamidad
    - cebra
    - ceder
    - cerrar
    - converger
    - cortar
    - dar
    - dado
    - desvirtuar
    - disfraz
    - esclarecimiento
    - estela
    - filtración
    - franca
    - franco
    - impedir
    - infierno
    - ligera
    - ligero
    - lista
    - llave
    - magín
    - mayor
    - nivel
    - obstaculizar
    - pasar
    - pasarse
    - patata
    - peatonal
    - por
    - prohibida
    - prohibido
    - rebote
    - rito
    - segura
    - seguro
    - sino
    - subterránea
    - subterráneo
    - testigo
    - tránsito
    - ver
    - vela
    English:
    ahead
    - amok
    - arrogant
    - bar
    - battle
    - begrudge
    - block
    - block in
    - break through
    - breakthrough
    - brisk
    - by
    - childhood
    - clarify
    - clear
    - coast
    - come over
    - crossing
    - crosswalk
    - dizzy
    - dwindle
    - evaluation
    - explanation
    - false move
    - faux pas
    - float
    - flyover
    - footstep
    - give
    - go by
    - going
    - graze
    - grow out of
    - hysterical
    - lazy
    - level crossing
    - life
    - lively
    - mop
    - move
    - nail
    - obstruction
    - ocean
    - overboard
    - overpass
    - pace
    - pass
    - pass along
    - pass by
    - pass through
    * * *
    ♦ nm
    1. [con el pie] step;
    [huella] footprint;
    dar un paso adelante o [m5] al frente to step forwards, to take a step forwards;
    dar un paso atrás [al andar] to step backwards, to take a step backwards;
    [en proceso, negociaciones] to take a backward step;
    aprendí unos pasos de baile I learnt a few dance steps;
    oía pasos arriba I could hear footsteps upstairs;
    se veían sus pasos sobre la nieve you could see its footprints in the snow;
    a cada paso [cada dos por tres] every other minute;
    está a dos o [m5] cuatro pasos (de aquí) it's just down the road (from here);
    vivimos a un paso de la estación we live just round the corner from o a stone's throw away from the station;
    el ruso está a un paso de hacerse campeón the Russian is on the verge of o just one small step away from becoming champion;
    a pasos agigantados at a terrific rate, at a rate of knots;
    la economía crece a pasos agigantados the economy is growing at a rate of knots;
    el SIDA se propaga a pasos agigantados AIDS is spreading like wildfire o at an alarming rate;
    la ingeniería genética avanza a pasos agigantados genetic engineering has made giant o enormous strides;
    dar un paso en falso o [m5] un mal paso [tropezar] to stumble;
    [equivocarse] to make a false move o a mistake; Fig
    no dio ni un paso en falso he didn't put a foot wrong;
    seguir los pasos a alguien [perseguir, vigilar] to tail sb;
    seguir los pasos de alguien [imitar] to follow in sb's footsteps;
    volvimos sobre nuestros pasos we retraced our steps
    2. [acción] passing;
    [cruce] crossing; [camino de acceso] way through, thoroughfare;
    con el paso del tiempo with the passage of time;
    con el paso de los años as the years go by;
    el paso de la juventud a la madurez the transition from youth to adulthood;
    su paso fugaz por la universidad his brief spell at the university;
    el Ebro, a su paso por Zaragoza the Ebro, as it flows through Zaragoza;
    la tienda está en una zona de mucho paso the shop is in a very busy area;
    también Fig
    abrir paso a alguien to make way for sb;
    abrirse paso [entre la gente, la maleza] to make one's way;
    abrirse paso en la vida/en el mundo de la política to get on o ahead in life/politics;
    ¡abran paso! make way!;
    ceder el paso (a alguien) [dejar pasar] to let (sb) past;
    [en automóvil] to Br give way o US yield (to sb);
    ceda el paso [en letrero] Br give way, US yield;
    cerrar o [m5] cortar el paso a alguien to block sb's way;
    de paso [de pasada] in passing;
    [aprovechando] while I'm/you're/ etc at it;
    de paso que vienes, tráete las fotos de las vacaciones you may as well bring the photos from your Br holiday o US vacation when you come;
    la estación me pilla de paso the station's on my way;
    estar de paso [en un lugar] to be passing through;
    prohibido el paso [en letrero] no entry;
    salir al paso a alguien, salir al paso de alguien [acercarse] to come up to sb;
    [hacer detenerse] to come and bar sb's way;
    salir al paso de algo [rechazar] to respond to sth
    paso de cebra Br zebra crossing, = pedestrian crossing marked with black and white lines; Méx paso a desnivel Br flyover, US overpass;
    paso del Ecuador [en barco] crossing the line ceremony;
    [en universidad] = (celebration marking) halfway stage in a university course;
    paso elevado Br flyover, US overpass;
    paso fronterizo border crossing (point);
    paso a nivel Br level crossing, US grade crossing;
    paso a nivel con barrera Br gated level crossing, US protected grade crossing;
    paso a nivel sin barrera Br ungated level crossing, US unprotected grade crossing;
    Chile paso bajo nivel Br subway, US underpass;
    paso peatonal o de peatones pedestrian crossing;
    paso subterráneo Br subway, US underpass
    3. [forma de andar] walk;
    [ritmo] pace;
    con paso cansino se dirigió a la puerta he walked wearily towards the door;
    a buen paso at a good rate;
    a este paso o [m5]al paso que vamos, no acabaremos nunca at this rate o at the rate we're going, we'll never finish;
    al paso [en equitación] at a walk;
    a paso lento slowly;
    a paso ligero at a brisk pace;
    Mil at the double;
    aflojar el paso to slow down;
    apretar el paso to go faster, to speed up;
    llevar el paso to keep step;
    marcar el paso to keep time;
    a paso de tortuga at a snail's pace
    Mil paso de la oca goose-step
    4. Geog [en montaña] pass;
    [en el mar] strait
    5. [trámite, etapa, acontecimiento] step;
    [progreso] step forward, advance;
    antes de dar cualquier paso siempre me pregunta she always asks me before doing anything;
    dar los pasos necesarios to take the necessary steps;
    dar los primeros pasos hacia la paz to take the first steps towards peace;
    la aprobación de una constitución supondría un gran paso para la democracia the passing of a constitution would be a big step forward for democracy;
    explícamelo paso a o [m5] por paso explain it to me step by step;
    paso a o [m5] por paso se ganó la confianza de sus alumnos she gradually won the confidence of her pupils;
    salir del paso to get out of trouble
    6. [de llamadas telefónicas, consumo eléctrico] unit
    7. [en procesión] float [in Easter procession]
    8.
    pasos [en baloncesto] travelling;
    hacer pasos to travel
    ♦ interj
    make way!
    * * *
    1 m
    1 step;
    paso a paso step by step;
    a cada paso at every step;
    a dos pasos de fig a stone’s throw (away) from;
    volver sobre sus pasos retrace one’s steps;
    un paso en falso make a false move;
    seguir los pasos a alguien follow s.o., dog s.o.’s footsteps;
    seguir los pasos de alguien follow in s.o.’s footsteps;
    pasos pl en baloncesto traveling sg, Br travelling sg ;
    2 ( manera de andar) walk
    3 ( ritmo) pace, rate;
    a este paso fig at this rate;
    al paso que vamos at the rate we’re going;
    a paso ligero at the double;
    llevar el paso MIL keep in step;
    marcar el paso MIL mark time
    4 de agua flow; de tráfico movement;
    cerrar el paso de la calle block off o close the street;
    ceda el paso yield, Br give way;
    observaba el paso del agua/de la gente he watched the water flow past/the world go by
    5 ( cruce) crossing
    6 de tiempo passing
    7 ( huella) footprint
    8 ( camino)
    :
    de paso on the way;
    estar de paso be passing through;
    dicho sea de paso and incidentally;
    ¡paso! make way!, let me through!;
    abrirse paso push one’s way through; fig carve out a path for o.s.;
    salir del paso get out of a tight spot
    2 m REL float in Holy Week procession
    * * *
    paso, -sa adj
    : dried
    ciruela pasa: prune
    paso nm
    1) : passage, passing
    de paso: in passing, on the way
    2) : way, path
    abrirse paso: to make one's way
    3) : crossing
    paso de peatones: crosswalk
    paso a desnivel: underpass
    paso elevado: overpass
    4) : step
    paso a paso: step by step
    5) : pace, gait
    a buen paso: quickly, at a good rate
    * * *
    paso n
    1. (en general) step
    2. (pisada) footstep
    4. (transcurso) passing / passage
    de paso (al mismo tiempo) while you're there / while you're about it (de camino) on your way

    Spanish-English dictionary > paso

  • 14 अन्तर् _antar

    अन्तर् ind. [अम्-अरन्-तुडागमश्च Uṇ.5.6, अमेस्तुट् च]
    1 (Used as a prefix to verbs and regarded as a preposition or गति) (a) In the middle, between; in, into, inside; ˚हन्, ˚धा, ˚गम्, ˚भू, ˚इ, ˚ली &c. (b) Under.
    -2 (Used adverbially) (a) Between, be- twixt, amongst, within; in the middle or interior, inside (opp. वहिः); अदह्यतान्तः R.2.32 burnt within himself, at heart; अन्तरेव विहरन् दिवानिशम् R.19.6 in the palace, in the harem; so ˚भिन्नं भ्रमति हृदयम् Māl. 5.2; अन्तर्विभेद Dk.13; यदन्तस्तन्न जिह्वायाम् Pt.4.88; अन्तर्यश्च मृग्यते V.1.1 internally, in the mind. (b) By way of seizing or holding; अन्तर्हत्वा गतः (हतं परिगृह्य).
    -3 (As a separable preposition) (a) In, into, between, in the middle, inside, within, (with loc.); निवसन्नन्तर्दारुणि लङ्घ्यो वह्निः Pt.1.31; अन्तरादित्ये Ch. Up., अन्तर्वेश्मनि Ms.7 223; Y.3.31; अप्स्वन्तरमृतमप्सु Rv.1. 23.19. अप्सु मे सोमो$ब्रवीदन्तर् विश्वानि भेषजा ibid. (b) Between (with acc.) Ved. अन्तर्मही बृहती रोदसीमे Rv. 7.87.2; अन्तर्देवान् मर्त्यांश्च 8.2.4; हिरण्मय्योर्ह कुश्योरन्तर- वहित आस Śat. Br. (c) In, into, inside, in the interior, in the midst (with gen.); प्रतिबलजलधेरन्तरौर्वायमाणे Ve. 3.7; अन्तःकञ्चुकिकञ्चुकस्य Ratn.2.3; बहिरन्तश्च भूतानाम् Bg.13.15; त्वमग्ने सर्वभूतानामन्तश्चरसि साक्षिवत् Y.2.14; लघुवृत्तितया भिदां गतं बहिरन्तश्च नृपस्य मण्डलम् Ki.2.53; अन्तरीपं यदन्तर्वारिणस्तटम् Ak.; oft. in comp. at the end; कूपान्तः पतितः Pt.5; सभान्तः साक्षिणः प्राप्तान् Ms.8.79; दन्तान्तरधि- ष्ठितम् Ms.5.141 between the teeth; उत्पित्सवो$न्तर्नदभर्तुः Śi.3.77; also in compound with a following word; अहं सदा शरीरान्तर्वासिनी ते सरस्वती Ks.4.11.
    -4 It is fre- quently used as the first member of compounds in the sense of 'internally', 'inside', 'within', 'in the inte- rior', 'having in the interior', 'filled with', 'having concealed within', or in the sense of 'inward', 'internal', 'secret', 'hidden' &c., forming Adverbial, Bahuvrīhi or Tatpuruṣa compounds; कुन्दमन्तस्तुषारम् (Bah. comp.) Ś.5.19 filled with dew; ˚स्तोयम् (Bah. comp.) Me.66; अन्तर्गिरि (Adv. comp.) Ki.1.34; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः (Tat. comp.) U.3.31; so ˚कोपः, ˚कोणः, ˚आकूतम् &c.
    -5 It is also supposed to be a particle of assent (स्वीकारार्थक). (Note. In comp. the र् of अन्तर् is changed to a visarga before hard consonants, as अन्तः- करणम्, अन्तःस्थ &c.). [cf. L. inter; Zend antare; Goth. undar; Pers. andar; Gr. entos;].
    -Comp. -अंसः the breast (= अंतरा-अंस q. v.).
    -अग्निः inward fire, the fire which stimulates digestion; दीप्तान्तरग्निपरिशुद्धकोष्ठः Susr.
    -अंङ्ग a.
    1 inward, internal, comprehended, included (with abl.); त्रयमन्तरङ्ग पूर्वेभ्यः Pat Sūtra.
    -2 proximate, related to, essential to or referring to the essential part of the अङ्ग or base of a word (opp. बहिरङ्ग); धातूपसर्गयोः कार्यमन्तरङ्गम् P.VIII.3.74 Sk.
    -3 dear, most beloved (अत्यन्तप्रिय); स्वपिति सुखमिदा- नीमन्तरङ्गः कुरङ्गः Ś.4.v.l.
    (-अङ्गम्) 1 the inmost limb or organ, the heart, mind; सन्तुष्टान्तरङ्गः Dk.11; ˚वृत्ति 21; the interior.
    -2 an intimate friend, near or con- fidential person (forming, as it were, part of oneself); मदन्तरङ्गभूताम् Dk.81,93,11; राजान्तरङ्गभावेन 135; अन्तरङ्गेषु राज्यभारं समर्प्य*** 159.
    -3 an essential or indispensable part, as श्रवण, मनन & निदिध्यासन in realizing Brahman.
    -4 What is intimately connected or related; अन्तरङ्गबहिरङ्ग- योरन्तरङ्ग बलीयः ŚB. on MS.12.2.29.
    - अवयव an inner part; P.V.4.62.
    -आकाशः the ether or Brahman that resides in the heart of man (a term often occurring in the Upaniṣads).
    -आकूतम् secret or hidden intention.
    -आगमः an additional augment between two letters,
    -आगारम् the interior of a house; स्त्रीनक्तमन्तरा- गारबहिःशत्रुकृतांस्तथा Y.2.31.
    -आत्मन् m. (त्मा)
    1 the inmost spirit or soul, the soul or mind; also the internal feelings, the heart, अङ्गुष्ठमात्रपुरुषोन्तरात्मा Śvet.; नास्य प्रत्यक- रोद्वीर्यं विक्लवेनान्तरात्मना Rām.6.13.28. गतिमस्यान्तरात्मनः Ms.6.73; जीवसंज्ञोन्तरात्मान्यः सहजः सर्वदेहिनाम् 12.13; मद्- गतेनान्तरात्मना Bg.6.47 with the heart fixed on me; जातो ममायं विशदः प्रकामं...... अन्तरात्मा Ś.4.22, U.3.38, प्रायः सर्वो भवति करुणावृत्तिरार्द्रान्तरात्मा Me.95.
    -2 (In phil.) the inherent supreme spirit or soul (residing in the in- terior of man); अन्तरात्मासि देहिनाम् Ku.6.21.
    -आपणः a market in the heart (inside) of a town.
    -आय, -आल; See s. v.
    -आराम a. rejoicing in oneself, finding pleasure in his soul or heart; यो$न्तःसुखोन्तरारामस्तथान्तर्जर्यो- तिरेव सः Bg.5.24.
    -इन्द्रियम् an internal organ or sense.
    -उष्यम् Ved. a secret abode.
    -करणम् the internal organ; the heart, soul; the seat of thought and feeling, thinking faculty, mind, conscience; प्रमाणं ˚प्रवृत्तयः Ś.1.22; सबाह्य ˚णः अन्तरात्मा V.4 the soul in all its senses external and internal, the inner and outer man; दयार्द्रभावमाख्यातमन्तःकरणैर्विशङ्कैः R.2.11. According to the Vedānta अन्तःकरण is of four kinds: मनो बुद्धिरहङ्कार- श्चित्तं करणमान्तरम् । संशयो निश्चयो गर्वः स्मरणं विषया इमे ॥ अन्तःकरणं त्रिविधम् Sāṅkhya 33, i. e. बुद्धयहङ्कारमनांसि; सान्तःकरणा बुद्धिः 35, i. e. अहङ्कारमनःसहिता.
    -कल्पः a certain number of years (with Buddhists).
    -कुटिल a. inwardly crooked (fig. also); fraudulent. (
    -लः) a conch-shell.
    -कृ(क्रि)मिः a disease of worms in the body.
    -कोटरपुष्पी = अण्ड- कोटरपुष्पी.
    -कोपः 1 internal disturbance; H.3.
    -2 inward wrath, secret anger.
    -कोशम् the interior of a store- room.
    -गङ्गा the secret or hidden Ganges (supposed to communicate uuderground with a secret stream in Mysore).
    -गडु a. [अन्तर्मध्ये गडुरिव] useless, unprofitable, unnecessary, unavailing; किमनेनान्तर्गडुना Sar. S. (ग्रीवाप्रदेश- जातस्य गलमांसपिण्डस्य गडोर्यथा निरर्थकत्वं तद्वत्).
    -गम् -गत &c. See under अंतर्गम्.
    -गर्भ a.
    1 bearing young, pregnant.
    -2 having a गर्भ or inside; so ˚गर्भिन्.
    -गिरम् -रि ind. in mountains. अध्यास्तेन्तर्गिरं यस्मात् करतन्नावैति कारणम् Bk.5.87.
    -गुडवलयः the sphincter muscle.
    -गूढ a. conceal- ed inside, being inward; ˚घनव्यथः U.3.1; R.19.57; ˚विषः with poison concealed in the heart.
    -गृहम्, -गेहम्, -भवनम् [अन्तःस्थं गृहम् &c.]
    1 the inner apartment of a house, the interior of a house.
    -2 N. of a holy place in Benares; पञ्चक्रोश्यां कृतं पापमन्तर्गेहे विनश्यति.
    -घणः -णम् [अन्तर्हन्यते क्रोडीभवत्यस्मिन्, निपातः] the open space before the house between the entrance-door and the house (= porch or court); तस्मिन्नन्तर्घणे पश्यन् प्रघाणे सौधसद्मनः Bk.7.62 द्वारमतिक्रम्य यः सावकाशप्रदेशः सो$न्तर्घणः). (
    -नः -णः) N. of a country of Bāhīka (or Bālhīka) (P.III.3.78 बाहीकग्रामविशेषस्य संज्ञेयम् Sk.).
    -घातः striking in the middle Kāsi. on P.III.3.78.
    -चर a. pervading the body. internally situated, internal, inward अन्तश्चराणां मरुतां निरोधात् Ku.3.48; U.7.
    -ज a. born or bred in the interior (as a worm &c.).
    -जठरम् the stomach. (ind.) in the stomach.
    -जम्भः the inner part of the jaws (खादनस्थानं जम्भः, दन्तपङ्क्त्यो- रन्तरालम्).
    -जात a. inborn, innate.
    -जानु ind. between the knees.
    -जानुशयः One sleeping with hands between the knees; अन्तर्जानुशयो यस्तु भुञ्जते सक्तभाजनः Mb.3.2.75.
    -ज्ञानम् inward or secret knowledge.
    -ज्योतिस् a. enlightened inwardly, with an enlightened soul. यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामस्तथान्तर्ज्योतिरेव यः Bg.5.24. (
    -स् n.) the inward light, light of Brahman.
    -ज्वलनम् inflammation. (
    -नः) inward heat or fire; mental anxiety.
    -ताप a. burning inwardly (
    -पः) internal fever or heat Ś.3.13.
    -दधनम् [अन्तर्दध्यते आधीयते मादकतानेन] distillation of spirituous liquor, or a substance used to produce fermentation.
    -दशा a term in astrology, the time when a particular planet exercises its influence over man's destiny (ज्योतिषोक्तः महादशान्तर्गतो ग्रहाणां स्वाधिपत्यकालभेदः).
    -दशाहम् an interval of 1 days; ˚हात् before 1 days. Ms.8.222; ˚हे 5.79.
    -दहनम् -दाहः 1 inward heat; ज्वलयति तनूमन्तर्दाहः U.3.31; ˚हेन दहनः सन्तापयति राघवम् Rām.
    -2 inflammation.
    -दुःख a. sad or afflicted at heart;
    -दुष्ट a. internally bad, wicked or base at heart.
    -दृष्टिः f. examining one's own soul, insight into oneself.
    -देशः an intermediate region of the compass.
    -द्वारम् private or secret door within the house (प्रकोष्ठद्वारम्).
    -धा-धि, -हित &c. See. s. v.
    -नगरम् the palace of a king (being inside the town); cf. ˚पुरम्; दशाननान्तर्नगरं ददर्श Rām.
    -निवेशनम् inner part of the house; यथा चारोपितो वृक्षो जातश्चान्तर्निवेशने Rām.6.128.6.
    -निहित a. being concealed within; अङ्गैरन्तर्निहितवचनैः सूचितः सम्यगर्थः M.2.8.
    -निष्ठ a. engaged in internal meditation.
    -पटः, -टम् a screen of cloth held between two persons who are to be united (as a bride and bridegroom, or pupil and preceptor) until the acctual time of union arrives.
    -पथ a. Ved. being on the way.
    -पदम् ind. in the interior of an inflected word.
    -पदवी = सुषुम्णामध्यगतः पन्थाः
    -पिरधानम् the innermost garment.
    -पर्शव्य a. being between the ribs (as flesh).
    -पवित्रः the Soma when in the straining vessel.
    -पशुः [अन्तर्गाममध्ये पशवो यत्र] the time when the cattle are in the village or stables (from sunset to sunrise); अन्तःपशौ पशुकामस्य सायं प्रातः Kāty; (सायं पशुषु ग्राममध्ये आगतेषु प्रातश्च ग्रामादनिःसृतेषु com.).
    -पातः, पात्यः 1 insertion of a letter (in Gram.).
    -2 a post fixed in the middle of the sacrificial ground (used in ritual works); अन्तःपूर्वेण यूपं परीत्यान्तःपात्यदेशे स्थापयति Kāty.
    -पातित, -पातिन् a.
    1 inserted.
    -2 included or comprised in; falling within; दण्डकारण्य˚ ति आश्रमपदम् K.2.
    -पात्रम् Ved. interior of a vessel.
    -पालः one who watches over the inner apartments of a palace.
    -पुरम् [अन्तः अभ्यन्तरं पुरं गृहम्, or पुरस्यान्तःस्थितम्]
    1 inner apartment of a palace (set apart for women); female or women's apartments, seraglio, harem (so called from their being situated in the heart of the town, for purposes of safety); व्यायम्याप्लुत्य मध्याह्ने भोक्तुमन्तःपुरं विशेत् Ms.7.216,221,224; कन्यान्तःपुरे कश्चित्प्रविशति Pt.1.
    -2 inmates of the female apartments, a queen or queens, the ladies taken collectively; अन्तःपुराणि सर्वाणि रुदमानानि सत्वरम् Rām.6.111.111. ˚विरहपर्युत्सुकस्य राजर्षेः Ś.3; K.58; ततो राजा सान्तःपुरः स्वगृह- मानीयाभ्यर्चितः Pt.1; कस्यचिद्राज्ञो$न्तःपुरं जलक्रीडां कुरुते ibid. ˚प्रचारः gossip of the harem Ms.7.153; ˚समागतः Ś.4; also in pl.; कदाचिदस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरेभ्यः कथयेत् Ś.2.; न ददाति वाचमुचितामन्तःपुरेभ्यो यदा Ś.6.5. ˚जन women of the palace; inmates of the female apartments; ˚चर,
    -अध्यक्षः-रक्षकः, -वर्ती guardian or superintendent of the harem, chamber- lain; वृद्धः कुलोद्रतः शक्तः पितृपैतामहः शुचिः । राज्ञामन्तःपुरा- ध्यक्षो विनीतश्च तथेष्यते ॥ (of these five sorts are mentioned:- वामनक, जघन्य, कुब्ज, मण्डलक and सामिन् see Bṛi. S.) ˚सहायः one belonging to the harem.
    -पुरिकः [अन्तःपुरे नियुक्तः, ठक्] a chamberlain = ˚चर. (
    -कः, -का) a woman in the harem; अस्मत्प्रार्थनामन्तःपुरिके(का) भ्यो निवेदय Chaṇḍ. K.
    -पुष्पम् [कर्म.] the menstrual matter of women, before it re- gularly begins to flow every month; वर्षद्वादशकादूर्ध्वं यदि पुष्पं बहिर्न हि । अन्तःपुष्पं भवत्येव पनसोदुम्बरादिवत् Kāśyapa; ˚ष्पम् is therefore the age between 12 and the menstruation period.
    -पूय a. ulcerous.
    -पेयम् Ved. drinking up.
    -प्रकृतिः f.
    1 the internal nature or constitution of man.
    -2 the ministry or body of ministers of a king.
    -3 heart or soul. ˚प्रकोपः internal dissensions or disaffection; अणुरप्युपहन्ति विग्रहः प्रभुमन्तःप्रकृतिप्रकोपजः Ki.2.51.
    -प्रको- पनम् sowing internal dissensions, causing internal revolts; अन्तःप्रकोपनं कार्यमभियोक्तुः स्थिरात्मनः H.3.93.
    -प्रज्ञ a. knowing oneself, with an enlightened soul.
    -प्रतिष्ठानम् residence in the interior.
    -बाष्प a.
    1 with suppressed tears; अन्तर्बाष्पश्चिरमनुचरो राजराजस्य दध्यौ Me.3.
    -2 with tears gushing up inside, bedimmed with tears; कोपात्˚ ष्पे स्मरयति मां लोचने तस्याः V.4.15. (
    -ष्पः) suppressed tears, inward tears; निगृह्य ˚ष्पम् Bh.3.6; Māl.5.
    -भावः, भावना see under अन्तर्भू separately.
    -भिन्न a. split or broken inside, perforated, bored (said of a pearl) Pt.4 (also torn by dissensions).
    -भूमिः f. interior of the earth.
    -भेदः discord, internal dissensions; ˚जर्जरं राजकुलम् Mk.4 torn by internal dissensions; अन्तर्भेदाकुलं गेहं न चिराद्विनशिष्यति 'a house divided against itself cannot stand long.'
    -भौम a. subterranean, underground.
    -मदावस्थ a. having the rutting state concealed within; आसीदनाविष्कृतदानराजि- रन्तर्मदावस्थ इव द्विपेन्द्रः R.2.7.
    -मनस् a.
    1 sad, disconso- late, dejected, distracted.
    -2 one who has concentrated and turned his mind inward, lost in abstract meditation.
    -मुख a. (
    -खी f.)
    1 going into the mouth, pointing or turned inward; प्रचण्डपरिपिण्डितः स्तिमितवृत्तिरन्तर्मुखः Mv. 5.26.
    -2 having an inward entrance of opening (बाह्यवस्तुपरिहारेण परमात्मविषयकतया प्रवेशयुक्तं चित्तादि).
    -3 an epithet of the soul called प्राज्ञ, when it is enjoying the sweet bliss of sleep (आनन्दभुक् चेतोमुखः प्राज्ञः इति श्रुतेः).
    -4 Spiritual minded, looking inwardly into the soul; 'अन्तर्मुखाः सततमात्मविदो महान्तः' Viś. Guṇā.139. (
    -खम्) a sort of surgical scissors (having an opening inside), one of the 2 instruments mentioned by Suśruta in chapter 8 of Sūtrasthāna.
    -मातृका [अन्तःस्थाः ष़ट्चक्रस्थाः मातृकाः अकारादिवर्णाः] a name given in the Tantras for the letters of the alphabet assigned to the six lotuses (पद्म) of the body; ˚न्यासः a term used in Tantra literature for the mental assignment of the seve- ral letters of the alphabet to the different parts of the body.
    -मुद्र a. sealed inside; N. of a form of devotion.
    -मृत a. still-born.
    -यागः mental sacrifice or worship, a mode of worship referred to in the Tantras.
    -यामः 1 suppression of the breath and voice.
    -2 ˚पात्रम्, a sacrificial vessel (ग्रहरूपं सामापराख्यं यज्ञियपात्रम्); according to others, a Soma libation made during the suppression of breath and voice; सुहवा सूर्यायान्तर्याममनु- मन्त्रयेत् Ait. Br.
    -यामिन् m.
    1 regulating the soul or internal feelings, soul; Providence, Supreme Spirit as guiding and regulating mankind. Brahman; (according to the Bṛi. Ār. Up. अन्तर्यामिन 'the internal check' is the Supreme Being and not the individual soul; who standing in the earth is other than the earth, whom the earth knows not, whose body the earth is, who internally restrains and governs the earth; the same is thy soul (and mine, the internal check अन्तर्यामिन्, &c. &c.); अन्तराविश्य भूतानि यो बिभर्त्यात्मकेतुभिः । अन्तर्या- मीश्वरः साक्षाद्भवेत् &c.
    -2 wind; ˚ब्राह्मणम् N. of a Brāhmaṇa included in the Bṛi. Ār. Up.
    -योगः deep meditation, abstraction
    -लम्ब a. acute-angular. (
    -बः) an acute-angled triangle (opp. बहिर्लम्ब) (the perpendicular from the vertex or लम्ब falling within अन्तर् the triangle).
    -लीन a.
    1 latent, hidden, concealed inside; ˚नस्य दुःखाग्नेः U.3.9; ˚भुजङ्गमम् Pt.1.
    -2 inherent.
    -लोम a. (P.V.4.117) covered with hair on the inside; (
    -मम्) [अन्तर्गतमाज्छाद्यं लोम अच्] the hair to be covered.
    -वंशः = ˚पुरम् q. v.
    -वंशिकः, -वासिकः [अन्तर्वंशे वासे नियुक्तः ठक्] a superintendent of the women's apartment.; Pt.3, K.93. Ak.2.8.8.
    -वण (वन) a. situated in a forest; ˚णो देशः P.VI.2.179 Sk. (
    -णम्) ind. within a forest. P.VIII.4.5.
    -वत् a. being in the interior; having something in the interior.
    -वती (वत्नी) Ved. [अन्तरस्त्यस्यां गर्भः] a pregnant woman; अन्तर्वत्नी प्रजावती R.15.13.
    -वमिः [अन्तः स्थित एव उद्गारशब्दं कारयति, वम्-इन्] indigestion, flatulence; belching.
    -वर्तिन्, -वासिन् a. being or dwelling inside, included or comprised in
    -वसुः N. of a Soma sacrifice (for राज्यकाम and पशुकाम).
    -वस्त्रम्, -वासस् n. an under- garment; गृहीत्वा तत्र तस्यान्तर्वस्त्राण्याभरणानि च । चेलखण्डं तमेकं च दत्वान्तर्वाससः कृते ॥. Ks.4.52.
    -वा a. [अन्तः अन्तरङ्गभावं अन्तःकरणं वा वाति गच्छति स्निग्धत्वेन, वा-विच् Tv.] forming part of oneself such as children, cattle &c. ˚वत् a. (अस्त्यर्थे मतुप् मस्य वः) having progeny, cattle &c; अन्तर्वावत्क्षयं दधे Rv.1.4.7; abounding with precious things inside. -adv. inwardly.
    -वाणि a. [अन्तःस्थिता शास्त्रवाक्यात्मिका वाणी यस्य] skilled or versed in scriptures, very learned (शास्त्रविद्).
    -विगाहः, -हनम् entering within, penetration.
    -विद्वस् a. Ved. (
    विदुषी f.) knowing correctly or exactly (knowing the paths between heaven and earth) Rv.1.72.7.
    -वेगः inward uneasiness or anxiety, inward fever.
    -वेदि a. pertaining to the inside of the sacrificial ground. -adv. within this ground. (
    -दिः -दी f.) [अन्तर्गता वेदिर्यत्र देशे] the tract of land (the Doab) between the rivers Gaṅgā and Yamunā, regarded as a sacred region and the principal seat of Āryan Brāhmaṇas; cf. एते भगवत्यौ भूमिदेवानां मूलमायतनमन्तर्वेदिपूर्वेण कलिन्दकन्यामन्दाकिन्यौ संगच्छेते A.R.7; it is supposed to have extended from Prayāga to Haradvāra and is also known by the names of शशस्थली and ब्रह्मावर्त. -m. (pl.) inhabitants of this land.
    -वेश्मन् n. the inner apartments, interior of a house.
    -वेश्मिकः n. a chamberlain.
    -वैशिकः Officer in charge of the harem. समुद्रमुपकरणमन्तर्वैशिकहस्तादादाय परिचरेयुः Kau. A.1.21.
    -शरः internal arrow or disease.
    -शरीरम् internal and spiritual part of man; the interior of the body.
    -शल्य a. having in the interior an arrow, pin or any such extraneous matter; rankling inside.
    -शीला N. of a river rising from the Vindhya mountain.
    -श्लेषः, -श्लेषणम् Ved. internal support (scaffolding &c.) एतानि ह वै वेदानामन्तः- श्लेषणानि यदेता व्याहृतयः Ait. Br.
    -संज्ञ a. inwardly con- scious (said of trees &c.); ˚ज्ञा भवन्त्येते सुखदुःखसमन्विताः Ms.1.49.
    -सत्त्व a. having inward strength &c. (˚
    त्त्वा)
    1 a pregnant woman.
    -2 the marking nut.
    -सन्तापः internal pain, sorrow, regret.
    - सरल a. upright at heart, or having Sarala trees inside; K.51.
    -सलिल a. with water (flowing) underground; नदीमिवान्तःसलिलां सरस्वतीम् R.3.9.
    -सार a. having inward strength and vigour, full of strong inside; powerful, strong, heavy or ponderous; ˚रैर्मन्त्रिभिर्घार्यते राज्यं सुस्तम्भैरिव मन्दिरम् Pt.1. 126; साराणि इन्धनानि Dk.132; ˚रं घन तुलयितुं नानिलः शक्ष्यति त्वाम् Me.2. (
    -रः) internal treasure or store, inner store or contents; वमन्त्युच्चैरन्तःसारम् H.2.13 internal matter or essence (and pus).
    -सुख a. whose delight is in self, inwardly happy यो$न्तःसुखो$न्तरारामः Bg. 5.24
    -सेनम् ind. into the midst of armies.
    -स्थ a. (also written अन्तःस्थ) being between or in the midst. (
    -स्थः, -स्था) a term applied to the semivowels, य्, र्, ल्, व् as standing between vowels and consonants and being formed by a slight contact of the vocal organs (ईषत्स्पृष्टं अन्तस्थानाम्); or they are so called be- cause they stand between स्पर्श (क-म) letters and ऊष्मन् (श, ष, स, ह).
    -स्था 1 a deity of the vital organs.
    -2 N. of one of the Ṛigveda hymns. ˚मुद्गरः the malleus of the ear.
    -स्वेदः [अन्तः स्वेदो मदजलस्यन्दनं यस्य] an elephant (in rut).
    -हणनम् striking in the middle.
    -हननम् N. of a country बाहीक P.VIII.4.24 Sk.
    -हस्तम् ind. in the hand, within reach of the hand.
    -हस्तीन a. being in the hand or within reach of the hand.
    -हासः laughing inwardly (in the sleeves), a secret or suppressed laugh; सान्तर्हासं कथितम् Me.113 with a suppressed laugh, with a gentle smile.
    -हृदयम् the interior of the heart.

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > अन्तर् _antar

  • 15 ber-serkr

    s, m., pl. ir: [the etymology of this word has been much contested; some—upon the authority of Snorri, hans menn fóru ‘brynjulausir,’ Hkr. i. 11—derive it from ‘berr’ ( bare) and ‘serkr’ [cp. sark, Scot. for shirt]; but this etymology is inadmissible, because ‘serkr’ is a subst. not an adj.: others derive it from ‘berr’ (Germ. bär = ursus), which is greatly to be preferred, for in olden ages athletes and champions used to wear hides of bears, wolves, and reindeer (as skins of lions in the south), hence the names Bjálfi, Bjarnhéðinn, Úlfhéðinn, (héðinn, pellis,)—‘pellibus aut parvis rhenonum tegimentis utuntur,’ Caes. Bell. Gall. vi. 22: even the old poets understood the name so, as may be seen in the poem of Hornklofi (beginning of 10th century), a dialogue between a Valkyrja and a raven, where the Valkyrja says, at berserkja reiðu vil ek þik spyrja, to which the raven replies, Úlfhéðnar heita, they are called Wolfcoats, cp. the Vd. ch. 9; þeir berserkir er Úlfhéðnar vóru kallaðir, þeir höfðu vargstakka ( coats of wild beasts) fyrir brynjur, Fs. 17]:—a ‘bear-sark,’ ‘bear-coat,’ i. e. a wild warrior or champion of the heathen age; twelve berserkers are mentioned as the chief followers of several kings of antiquity, e. g. of the Dan. king Rolf Krake, Edda 82; a Swed. king, Gautr. S. Fas. iii. 36; king Adils, Hrólf. Kr. S. ch. 16 sqq.; Harald Hárfagri, Eg. ch. 9, Grett. ch. 2, Vd. l. c. (Hornklofi, v. above); the twelve sons of Arngrim, Hervar. S. ch. 3–5, Hdl. 22, 23; the two berserkers sent as a present by king Eric at Upsala to earl Hakon of Norway, and by him presented to an Icel. nobleman, Eb. ch. 25. In battle the berserkers were subject to fits of frenzy, called berserks-gangr (furor bersercicus, cp. the phrase, ganga berserksgang), when they howled like wild beasts, foamed at the mouth and gnawed the iron rim of their shields; during these fits they were, according to popular belief, proof against steel and fire, and made great havoc in the ranks of the enemy; but when the fever abated they were weak and tame. A graphical description of the ‘furor bersercicus’ is found in the Sagas, Yngl. S. ch. 6, Hervar. S. l. c., Eg. ch. 27, 67, Grett. ch. 42, Eb. ch. 25, Nj. ch. 104, Kristni S. ch. 2, 8 (Vd. ch. 46); cp. also a passage in the poem of Hornklofi | grenjuðu berserkir, | guðr var þeim á sinnum, | emjaðu Úlfhéðnar | ok ísarn gniiðu—which lines recall to the mind Roman descriptions of the Cimbric war-cry. In the Icel. Jus Eccles. the berserksgangr, as connected with the heathen age, is liable to the lesser outlawry, K. Þ. K. 78; it is mentioned as a sort of possession in Vd. ch. 37, and as healed by a vow to God. In the Dropl. S. Major (in MS.) it is medically described as a disease (v. the whole extract in the essay ‘De furore Bersercico,’ Kristni S. old Ed. in cake); but this Saga is modern, probably of the first part of the 17th century. The description of these champions has a rather mythical character. A somewhat different sort of berserker is also recorded in Norway as existing in gangs of professional bullies, roaming about from house to house, challenging husbandmen to ‘holmgang’ ( duel), extorting ransom (leysa sik af hólmi), and, in case of victory, carrying off wives, sisters, or daughters; but in most cases the damsel is happily rescued by some travelling Icelander, who fights and kills the berserker. The most curious passages are Glúm, ch. 4, 6, Gísl. ch. 1 (cp. Sir Edm. Head’s and Mr. Dasent’s remarks in the prefaces), Grett. ch. 21, 42, Eg. ch. 67, Flóam. S. ch. 15, 17; according to Grett. ch. 21, these banditti were made outlaws by earl Eric, A. D. 1012. It is worth noticing that no berserker is described as a native of Icel.; the historians are anxious to state that those who appeared in Icel. (Nj., Eb., Kr. S. l. c.) were born Norse (or Swedes), and they were looked upon with fear and execration. That men of the heathen age were taken with fits of the ‘furor athleticus’ is recorded in the case of Thorir in the Vd., the old Kveldulf in Eg., and proved by the fact that the law set a penalty upon it. Berserkr now and then occurs as a nickname, Glúm. 378. The author of the Yngl. S. attributes the berserksgangr to Odin and his followers, but this is a sheer misinterpretation, or perhaps the whole passage is a rude paraphrase of Hm. 149 sqq. In the old Hbl. 37 berserkr and giant are used synonymously. The berserkers are the representatives of mere brute force, and it therefore sounds almost blasphemous, when the Norse Barl. S. speaks of Guðs berserkr (a ‘bear-coat’ or champion of God), (Jesus Kristr gleymdi eigi hólmgöngu sins berserks), 54, 197. With the introduction of Christianity this championship disappeared altogether.

    Íslensk-ensk orðabók > ber-serkr

  • 16 hablar

    v.
    1 to speak.
    hablar en voz alta/baja to speak loudly/softly
    hablar claro to speak clearly
    Ella habla la verdad She speaks the truth.
    2 to talk.
    necesito hablar contigo I need to talk o speak to you, we need to talk
    hablar con alguien por teléfono to speak to somebody on the phone
    hablar de algo to talk about something
    La viejita habla mucho The little old lady talks a lot.
    3 to talk.
    4 to speak (idioma).
    5 to discuss (asunto).
    es mejor que lo hables con él it would be better if you talked to him about it
    6 to talk to, to speak to.
    Ella le habla a Ricardo She talks to Richard.
    * * *
    1 (gen) to speak, talk
    2 (mencionar) to talk, mention
    3 (murmurar) to talk
    4 (dar un tratamiento) to call (de, -)
    5 figurado (salir) to go out
    1 (idioma) to speak
    2 (tratar) to talk over, discuss
    1 (uso recíproco) to speak, talk
    \
    es como hablar a la pared figurado it's like talking to a brick wall
    eso es hablar now you're talking
    estar hablando (cuadro etc) to be almost alive
    hablar a solas to talk to oneself
    hablar alto to speak loud
    ■ ¿puedes hablar más alto? can you speak up, please?
    hablar bajo to speak softly
    hablar bien de alguien to speak well of somebody
    hablar claro to speak plainly
    hablar como un libro (expresarse muy bien) to speak very well, express oneself very clearly 2 (hablar con afectación) to speak affectedly
    hablar con el corazón to speak from the heart
    hablar en broma to be joking
    hablar en cristiano familiar to talk plainly
    hablar en nombre de alguien to speak on somebody's behalf
    hablar mal de alguien to speak badly of somebody
    hablar por hablar to talk for the sake of talking
    hablar por los codos familiar to be a chatterbox
    no hablarse con alguien not to be on speaking terms with somebody
    no hay más que hablar there's nothing more to be said
    no se hable más de ello and that's that
    ¡quién fue a hablar! look who's talking!
    se habla de que... it is said that...
    'Se habla inglés' "English spoken"
    sin hablar de not to mention
    sin hablar palabra without saying a word
    * * *
    verb
    2) talk
    * * *
    1.
    VI to speak, talk (a, con to) (de about, of)

    acabamos de hablar del premio — we were just talking o speaking about the prize

    ¡mira quién fue a hablar! — look who's talking!

    que hable él — let him speak, let him have his say

    ¡hable!, ¡puede hablar! — (Telec) you're through!, go ahead! (EEUU)

    ¿quién habla? — (Telec) who's calling?, who is it?

    • hablar alto — to speak o talk loudly

    • hablar bajo — to speak o talk quietly, speak o talk in a low voice

    • hablar claro — (fig) to speak plainly o bluntly

    • dar que hablar a la gente — to make people talk, cause tongues to wag

    • hablaba en broma — she was joking

    ¿hablas en serio? — are you serious?

    • hacer hablar a algn — to make sb talk

    • hablar por hablar — to talk for talking's sake, talk for the sake of it

    hablamos por teléfono todos los días — we speak on the phone every day, we phone each other every day

    • hablar solo — to talk o speak to o.s.

    ¡ni hablar! —

    -¿vas a ayudarle en la mudanza? -¡ni hablar! — "are you going to help him with the move?" - "no way!" o - "you must be joking!"

    cristiano, plata
    2. VT
    1) [+ idioma] to speak

    habla bien el portugués — he speaks good Portuguese, he speaks Portuguese well

    "se habla inglés" — "English spoken"

    2) (=tratar de)

    • no hay más que hablar — there's nothing more to be said about it

    3) Méx (Telec) to (tele)phone
    3.
    See:
    HABLAR ¿"Speak" o "talk"? ► Se traduce por speak cuando hablar tiene un sentido general, es decir, hace referencia a la emisión de sonidos articulados: Estaba tan conmocionado que no podía hablar He was so shocked that he was unable to speak Su padre antes tartamudeaba al hablar Her father used to stutter when he spoke ► También se emplea speak cuando nos referimos a la capacidad de hablar un idioma: Habla francés y alemán She speaks French and German ► Cuando hablar implica la participación de más de una persona, es decir, se trata de una conversación, una charla, o un comentario, entonces se traduce por talk. Es una de esas personas que no para de hablar He's one of those people who won't stop talking ► Para traducir la construcción hablar con alguien podemos utilizar talk to ( talk with en el inglés de EE.UU.) o, si el uso es más formal, se puede emplear speak to ( speak with en el inglés de EE.UU.): Vi a Manolo hablando animadamente con un grupo de turistas I saw Manolo talking o speaking animatedly to o with a group of tourists ► Si queremos especificar el idioma en que se desarrolla la conversación, se puede emplear tanto talk como speak, aunque este último se usa en un lenguaje más formal: Me sorprendió bastante verla hablar en francés con tanta soltura I was surprised to see her talking o speaking (in) French so fluently Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( articular palabras) to speak

    hablar en voz baja — to speak o talk quietly

    2) ( expresarse) to speak

    déjalo hablar — let him speak, let him have his say (colloq)

    hablar claro — ( claramente) to speak clearly; ( francamente) to speak frankly

    mira quién habla or quién fue a hablar — (fam) look o hark who's talking (colloq)

    hablar por hablar — to talk for the sake of it

    quien mucho habla mucho yerra — the more you talk, the more mistakes you'll make

    3)
    a) ( conversar) to talk

    tengo que hablarte or que hablar contigo — I need to speak to you o have a word with you

    hablando se entiende la gente — (fr hecha) the way to work things out is by talking

    hablar con alguien — to speak o talk to somebody

    ni hablar: de eso ni hablar that's totally out of the question; ni hablar! no way! (colloq), no chance! (colloq); nos castigaron por hablar en clase — we were punished for talking in class

    b) ( murmurar) to talk

    dar que hablar — to start people talking

    ¿quién habla? — who's speaking o calling?

    ¿con quién hablo? — who am I speaking with (AmE) o (BrE) speaking to?

    4) (tratar, referirse a)

    hablar de algo/alguien — to talk about something/somebody

    hablar de negocios — to talk (about) o discuss business

    lo dejamos en 10.000 y no se hable más (de ello) — let's say 10,000 and be done with it

    el viaje en tren sale caro, y no hablemos ya del avión — going by train is expensive, and as for flying...

    hablar sobre or acerca de algo — to talk about something

    5) ( bajo coacción) to talk
    6)
    a) ( dar discurso) to speak

    el rey habló a la nación — the king spoke to o addressed the nation

    b) ( dirigirse a) to speak

    háblale de tú — use the `tú' form with him

    7)

    hablar de + inf — to talk of -ing, talk about -ing

    b) ( rumorear)

    se habla de que va a renunciar — it is said o rumored that she's going to resign

    8) (Méx) ( por teléfono) to call, phone
    2.
    hablar vt
    1) < idioma> to speak
    2) ( tratar)

    háblalo con ella — speak o talk to her about it

    3) (fam) ( decir)

    no hables disparates or tonterías — don't talk nonsense

    3.
    hablarse v pron

    no se habla con ella — he's not speaking o talking to her, he's not on speaking terms with her

    * * *
    = speak, talk, share + Posesivo + view, speak up, chat.
    Ex. If, however, you wish to speak another language with DOBIS/LIBIS, enter the name of that language in this field by typing over the language displayed.
    Ex. The philosophy was that every computer on the network would talk, as a peer, with any other computer.
    Ex. The aim is to encourage children to read more and to share their views on the books they read.
    Ex. 'When you've been here a while, you'll see that it's hard to avoid run-ins with her,' Lehmann spoke up.
    Ex. The guest might be better employed seeing small groups half a dozen or so for quarter of an hour, when they could chat about anything that crops up.
    ----
    * conseguir hablar con = catch up with.
    * dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.
    * del que estamos hablando = in question.
    * empezar a hablar de = make + noises about, make + a noise about.
    * estar hablando del tema = be on the topic.
    * estrictamente hablando = strictly speaking.
    * extasiarse hablando de Algo = wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous.
    * forma de hablar = manner of speaking.
    * hablando de Roma, por la puerta asoma = speak of the devil, talk of the devil.
    * hablando en plata = crudely put.
    * hablando en términos muy generales = crudely put.
    * hablando figuradamente = figuratively speaking.
    * hablando por teléfono = on the line.
    * hablando sinceramente = straight talk.
    * hablando sin rodeos = crudely put.
    * hablando sin tapujos = straight talk.
    * hablar a = speak to.
    * hablar a calzón quitado = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * hablar a favor de = speak up for.
    * hablar alto = be loud.
    * hablar al unísono = speak with + one voice.
    * hablar antes de tiempo = speak too soon.
    * hablar bajo = speak + low.
    * hablar ceceando = lisp.
    * hablar claro = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * hablar como una cotorra = talk + Posesivo + socks off.
    * hablar con = check with, speak with, talk with, speak to.
    * hablar con diplomacia = say + the right thing.
    * hablar con entusiasmo = gush about.
    * hablar con la boca llena = speak with + Posesivo + mouth full, talk with + Posesivo + mouth full.
    * hablar con la nariz = talk through + Posesivo + nose.
    * hablar con lengua de serpiente = talk with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue.
    * hablar con ritmo y rima = rap about.
    * hablar de = be on about, talk about, tell of.
    * hablar de boquilla = pay + lip service.
    * hablar del asunto con = take + the matter + up with.
    * hablar del mismo modo = talk + alike.
    * hablar del trabajo = talk + shop.
    * hablar despectivamente = speak + disparagingly.
    * hablar efusivamente = gush about.
    * hablar emotivamente y con efusividad = gush about.
    * hablar en contra de = speak against.
    * hablar en falso = speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue, speak with + a twisted tongue.
    * hablar en favor de = put + a word in for.
    * hablar en lengua desconocida = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.
    * hablar en plata = put + it crudely.
    * hablar en público = public speaking, speak in + public.
    * hablar entre dientes = mumble, mutter.
    * hablar entre dientes sin ser entendido = mumble.
    * hablar en voz alta = talk in + a loud voice.
    * hablar en voz baja = whisper, speak + low.
    * hablar explícitamente = speak out.
    * hablar hasta por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off.
    * hablar hasta reventar = talk + Reflexivo + blue in the face.
    * hablar incoherentmente = babble.
    * hablar mal de = speak against, speak out against, speak + ill of, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, slate, diss.
    * hablar maravillas de = praise.
    * hablar más de la cuenta = shoot + Posesivo + mouth off.
    * hablar muy bien de = rave about, rant and rave.
    * hablar pestes = trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.
    * hablar por hablar = waffle, talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * hablar por la nariz = talk through + Posesivo + nose.
    * hablar por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off, talk + Reflexivo + blue in the face.
    * hablar por Uno mismo = speak for + Reflexivo.
    * hablarse = on speaking terms.
    * hablarse bien de Algo o Alguien = be well spoken of.
    * hablar sin decir nada = waffle.
    * hablar sin parar = burble on.
    * hablar sin pensar = shoot from + the hip.
    * hablar sin ser entendido = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.
    * hablar sin ton ni son = talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * llevar a hablar de una cuestión = bring up + issue.
    * loro viejo no aprende a hablar = you can't teach an old dog new tricks, you can't teach an old dog new tricks.
    * ¡mira quién habla! = look who's talking!.
    * ¡ni hablar! = no dice!.
    * ¡ni hablar del caso! = no dice!.
    * persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.
    * que habla en voz baja = quietly spoken.
    * saber de lo que Uno estar hablando = know + Posesivo + stuff.
    * ser como hablar con la pared = be like talking to a brick wall.
    * volver a hablar innecesariamente = belabour [belabor, -USA].
    * ya hemos hablado bastante de = so much for.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    1) ( articular palabras) to speak

    hablar en voz baja — to speak o talk quietly

    2) ( expresarse) to speak

    déjalo hablar — let him speak, let him have his say (colloq)

    hablar claro — ( claramente) to speak clearly; ( francamente) to speak frankly

    mira quién habla or quién fue a hablar — (fam) look o hark who's talking (colloq)

    hablar por hablar — to talk for the sake of it

    quien mucho habla mucho yerra — the more you talk, the more mistakes you'll make

    3)
    a) ( conversar) to talk

    tengo que hablarte or que hablar contigo — I need to speak to you o have a word with you

    hablando se entiende la gente — (fr hecha) the way to work things out is by talking

    hablar con alguien — to speak o talk to somebody

    ni hablar: de eso ni hablar that's totally out of the question; ni hablar! no way! (colloq), no chance! (colloq); nos castigaron por hablar en clase — we were punished for talking in class

    b) ( murmurar) to talk

    dar que hablar — to start people talking

    ¿quién habla? — who's speaking o calling?

    ¿con quién hablo? — who am I speaking with (AmE) o (BrE) speaking to?

    4) (tratar, referirse a)

    hablar de algo/alguien — to talk about something/somebody

    hablar de negocios — to talk (about) o discuss business

    lo dejamos en 10.000 y no se hable más (de ello) — let's say 10,000 and be done with it

    el viaje en tren sale caro, y no hablemos ya del avión — going by train is expensive, and as for flying...

    hablar sobre or acerca de algo — to talk about something

    5) ( bajo coacción) to talk
    6)
    a) ( dar discurso) to speak

    el rey habló a la nación — the king spoke to o addressed the nation

    b) ( dirigirse a) to speak

    háblale de tú — use the `tú' form with him

    7)

    hablar de + inf — to talk of -ing, talk about -ing

    b) ( rumorear)

    se habla de que va a renunciar — it is said o rumored that she's going to resign

    8) (Méx) ( por teléfono) to call, phone
    2.
    hablar vt
    1) < idioma> to speak
    2) ( tratar)

    háblalo con ella — speak o talk to her about it

    3) (fam) ( decir)

    no hables disparates or tonterías — don't talk nonsense

    3.
    hablarse v pron

    no se habla con ella — he's not speaking o talking to her, he's not on speaking terms with her

    * * *
    = speak, talk, share + Posesivo + view, speak up, chat.

    Ex: If, however, you wish to speak another language with DOBIS/LIBIS, enter the name of that language in this field by typing over the language displayed.

    Ex: The philosophy was that every computer on the network would talk, as a peer, with any other computer.
    Ex: The aim is to encourage children to read more and to share their views on the books they read.
    Ex: 'When you've been here a while, you'll see that it's hard to avoid run-ins with her,' Lehmann spoke up.
    Ex: The guest might be better employed seeing small groups half a dozen or so for quarter of an hour, when they could chat about anything that crops up.
    * conseguir hablar con = catch up with.
    * dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.
    * dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.
    * del que estamos hablando = in question.
    * empezar a hablar de = make + noises about, make + a noise about.
    * estar hablando del tema = be on the topic.
    * estrictamente hablando = strictly speaking.
    * extasiarse hablando de Algo = wax + lyrical, wax + rapturous.
    * forma de hablar = manner of speaking.
    * hablando de Roma, por la puerta asoma = speak of the devil, talk of the devil.
    * hablando en plata = crudely put.
    * hablando en términos muy generales = crudely put.
    * hablando figuradamente = figuratively speaking.
    * hablando por teléfono = on the line.
    * hablando sinceramente = straight talk.
    * hablando sin rodeos = crudely put.
    * hablando sin tapujos = straight talk.
    * hablar a = speak to.
    * hablar a calzón quitado = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * hablar a favor de = speak up for.
    * hablar alto = be loud.
    * hablar al unísono = speak with + one voice.
    * hablar antes de tiempo = speak too soon.
    * hablar bajo = speak + low.
    * hablar ceceando = lisp.
    * hablar claro = lay + Posesivo + cards on the table, put + Posesivo + cards on the table.
    * hablar como una cotorra = talk + Posesivo + socks off.
    * hablar con = check with, speak with, talk with, speak to.
    * hablar con diplomacia = say + the right thing.
    * hablar con entusiasmo = gush about.
    * hablar con la boca llena = speak with + Posesivo + mouth full, talk with + Posesivo + mouth full.
    * hablar con la nariz = talk through + Posesivo + nose.
    * hablar con lengua de serpiente = talk with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a twisted tongue, speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue.
    * hablar con ritmo y rima = rap about.
    * hablar de = be on about, talk about, tell of.
    * hablar de boquilla = pay + lip service.
    * hablar del asunto con = take + the matter + up with.
    * hablar del mismo modo = talk + alike.
    * hablar del trabajo = talk + shop.
    * hablar despectivamente = speak + disparagingly.
    * hablar efusivamente = gush about.
    * hablar emotivamente y con efusividad = gush about.
    * hablar en contra de = speak against.
    * hablar en falso = speak with + a split tongue, speak with + a forked tongue, speak with + a twisted tongue.
    * hablar en favor de = put + a word in for.
    * hablar en lengua desconocida = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.
    * hablar en plata = put + it crudely.
    * hablar en público = public speaking, speak in + public.
    * hablar entre dientes = mumble, mutter.
    * hablar entre dientes sin ser entendido = mumble.
    * hablar en voz alta = talk in + a loud voice.
    * hablar en voz baja = whisper, speak + low.
    * hablar explícitamente = speak out.
    * hablar hasta por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off.
    * hablar hasta reventar = talk + Reflexivo + blue in the face.
    * hablar incoherentmente = babble.
    * hablar mal de = speak against, speak out against, speak + ill of, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, slate, diss.
    * hablar maravillas de = praise.
    * hablar más de la cuenta = shoot + Posesivo + mouth off.
    * hablar muy bien de = rave about, rant and rave.
    * hablar pestes = trash, call + Nombre + all the names under the sun, say + nasty things about, slag + Nombre + off, cut + Nombre + up, tear + Nombre + down, rubbish.
    * hablar por hablar = waffle, talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * hablar por la nariz = talk through + Posesivo + nose.
    * hablar por los codos = talk + Posesivo + socks off, talk + Reflexivo + blue in the face.
    * hablar por Uno mismo = speak for + Reflexivo.
    * hablarse = on speaking terms.
    * hablarse bien de Algo o Alguien = be well spoken of.
    * hablar sin decir nada = waffle.
    * hablar sin parar = burble on.
    * hablar sin pensar = shoot from + the hip.
    * hablar sin ser entendido = speak in + tongues, talk in + tongues.
    * hablar sin ton ni son = talk through + Posesivo + hat.
    * llevar a hablar de una cuestión = bring up + issue.
    * loro viejo no aprende a hablar = you can't teach an old dog new tricks, you can't teach an old dog new tricks.
    * ¡mira quién habla! = look who's talking!.
    * ¡ni hablar! = no dice!.
    * ¡ni hablar del caso! = no dice!.
    * persona que sólo habla una lengua = monoglot.
    * que habla en voz baja = quietly spoken.
    * saber de lo que Uno estar hablando = know + Posesivo + stuff.
    * ser como hablar con la pared = be like talking to a brick wall.
    * volver a hablar innecesariamente = belabour [belabor, -USA].
    * ya hemos hablado bastante de = so much for.

    * * *
    hablar [A1 ]
    ■ hablar (verbo intransitivo)
    A articular palabras
    B
    1 expresarse
    2 hablar + complemento
    C
    1 conversar
    2 charlar
    3 murmurar
    4 en conversaciones telefónicas
    D tratar, referirse a
    E bajo coacción
    F
    1 dar un discurso
    2 dirigirse a
    G
    1 anunciar un propósito
    2 rumorear
    H recordar
    I tener relaciones
    J México: por teléfono
    ■ hablar (verbo transitivo)
    A hablar: idioma
    B tratar, consultar
    C decir
    ■ hablarse (verbo pronominal)
    vi
    hablar en voz baja to speak o talk quietly, to speak o talk in a low voice
    habla más alto speak up
    habla más bajo don't speak so loudly, keep your voice down
    habla con un deje andaluz she speaks with a slight Andalusian accent, she has a slight Andalusian accent
    quítate la mano de la boca y habla claro take your hand away from your mouth and speak clearly
    es muy pequeño, todavía no sabe hablar he's still a baby, he hasn't started to talk yet o he isn't talking yet
    no hables con la boca llena don't talk with your mouth full
    hablar por la nariz to have a nasal voice, to talk through one's nose
    es una réplica perfecta, sólo le falta hablar it's a perfect likeness, you almost expect it to start talking
    B
    1 (expresarse) to speak
    déjalo hablar a él ahora let him speak now, let him have his say now ( colloq)
    no hables hasta que no se te pregunte don't speak until you're spoken to
    habla claro ¿cuánto quieres? tell me straight, how much do you want? ( colloq)
    ha hablado la voz de la experiencia there speaks the voice of experience, he speaks from experience
    las cifras hablan por sí solas the figures speak for themselves
    no sabe de qué va el tema, el caso es hablar he doesn't know what it's all about but he just has to have his say
    en fin, mejor no hablar anyway, I'd better keep my mouth shut
    ¡así se habla! that's what I like to hear!
    hablo en mi nombre y en el de mis compañeros I speak for myself and for my colleagues
    tú no hables or no hace falta que hables ( fam); you're a fine one to talk! ( colloq), you've got no room to talk! ( colloq), you can talk! ( colloq)
    mira quién habla or quién fue a hablar ( fam); look o hark who's talking ( colloq)
    hablar por hablar: no sabe nada del tema, habla por hablar he doesn't know anything about the subject, he just likes the sound of his own voice o he just talks for the sake of it
    hacer hablar a algn: ve a hacerte la cama y no me hagas hablar go and make your bed, and don't let me have to tell you twice o tell you again
    quien mucho habla mucho yerra the more you talk, the more mistakes you'll make
    2 (+ complemento) to speak
    ¿en qué idioma hablan en casa? what language do you speak at home?
    hablar por señas to use sign language
    no sabe hablar en público she's no good at speaking in public
    aunque no coincido con sus ideas, reconozco que habla muy bien even though I do not share his views, I accept that he is a very good speaker
    (el) hablar bien no cuesta dinero being polite never hurt anybody
    C
    1 (conversar) to talk
    está hablando con el vecino de arriba he's talking o speaking to the man from upstairs
    se pasaron toda la noche hablando they spent the whole night talking o ( colloq) chatting
    estaba hablando conmigo mismo I was talking to myself
    lo conozco de vista, pero nunca he hablado con él I know him by sight, but I've never actually spoken to him
    tú y yo tenemos que hablar you and I must have a talk, you and I have to talk
    ¿podemos hablar a solas un momento? can I have a word with you in private?, can I talk to you alone for a moment?
    no te vayas, tengo que hablarte or tengo que hablar contigo don't go, I need to speak to you o have a word with you
    para hablar con el director hay que solicitar entrevista you have to get an appointment if you want to speak to o see the director
    habla tú con él, quizás a ti te escuche you talk to him, maybe he'll listen to you
    es como si estuviera hablando con las paredes it's like talking to a brick wall
    hablar por teléfono/por el celular ( AmL) or el móvil ( Esp) to talk on the phone/cell phone ( AmE) o mobile ( BrE)
    hablando se entiende la gente ( fr hecha); if you/they talk it over you'll/they'll sort it out
    ni hablar: pretende que cargue con su trabajo y de eso ni hablar he wants me to do his work but there's no way that I'm going to
    ¿estarías dispuesto a hacerlo? — ¡ni hablar! would you be willing to do it? — no way o not likely o no chance! ( colloq)
    2 (charlar) to talk
    nos castigaron por hablar en clase we were punished for talking in class
    se pasó el día habla que te habla she talked nonstop the whole day ( colloq)
    3 (murmurar) to talk
    no hagas caso, a la gente le gusta mucho hablar don't take any notice, people just like to talk o gossip
    dar que hablar: si sigues actuando de esa manera, vas a dar que hablar if you carry on like that, people will start talking o tongues will start to wag
    4
    (en conversaciones telefónicas): ¿quién habla? who's speaking o calling?
    ¿con quién hablo? who am I speaking with ( AmE) o ( BrE) speaking to?
    D (tratar, referirse a) hablar DE algo/algn to talk ABOUT sth/sb
    ¿de qué están hablando? what are you talking about?
    hay muchas cosas de las que no puedo hablar con ella there are a lot of things I can't talk to her about
    tú y yo no tenemos nada de que hablar you and I have nothing to say to each other o nothing to discuss
    se pasaron toda la tarde hablando de negocios they spent the whole evening talking (about) o discussing business
    precisamente hablábamos de ti we were just talking about you
    estaban hablando de él a sus espaldas they were talking about him behind his back
    siempre está hablando mal de su suegra he never has anything good o a good word to say about his mother-in-law
    lo dejamos en 10.000 y no se hable más (de ello) let's say 10,000 and be done with it
    el viaje en tren sale caro, y no hablemos ya del avión going by train is expensive, and as for flying …
    en su libro habla de un tiempo futuro en el que … in his book he writes about o speaks of a time in the future when …
    hablar SOBREor ACERCA de algo to talk ABOUT sth
    ya hablaremos sobre ese tema en el momento oportuno we'll talk about that when the time comes
    hablar DE algo/algn to talk ABOUT sth/sb
    tengo que hablarte de algo importante there's something important I have to talk to you about
    háblame de tus planes para el futuro tell me about your plans for the future
    no sé de qué me estás hablando I don't know what you're talking about
    me han hablado mucho de ese restaurante I've heard a lot about that restaurant
    me han hablado muy bien de él people speak very highly of him, I've heard a lot of nice o good things about him
    Laura me ha hablado mucho de ti Laura's told me a lot about you
    hablemos de usted let's talk about you
    le he hablado al director de tu caso I've mentioned your case to the director, I've spoken to the director about your case
    no lograron hacerlo hablar they couldn't get him to talk
    F
    esta noche hablará por la radio he will speak on the radio tonight
    el rey habló a la nación the king spoke to o addressed the nation
    2 (dirigirse a) to speak
    haz el favor de no hablarme en ese tono please don't talk o speak to me in that tone of voice, please don't use that tone of voice with me
    ¿qué manera es ésa de hablarle a tu madre? that's no way to speak to your mother!
    no le hables de tú don't use the `tu' form with o to him
    díselo tú porque a mí no me habla you tell him because he isn't talking o speaking to me
    lleva una semana sin hablarme he hasn't spoken to me for a week
    G
    1 (anunciar un propósito) hablar DE + INF to talk OF -ING, talk ABOUT -ING
    se está hablando de construir una carretera nueva they're talking of o about building a new road, there's talk of a new road being built
    mucho hablar de ahorrar y va y se compra esto all this talk of saving and he goes and buys this!
    2 (rumorear) hablar DE algo:
    se habla ya de miles de víctimas there is already talk of thousands of casualties
    se habla de que va a renunciar it is said o rumored that she's going to resign, they say o people say that she's going to resign
    H ( liter) (recordar) hablar DE algo:
    unos monumentos que hablan de la grandeza de aquella época monuments which tell of o reflect the grandeur of that era
    I ( ant) (tener relaciones) to court ( dated)
    J ( México) (por teléfono) to call, phone, ring ( BrE)
    te habló Laura Laura called o phoned o ( BrE) rang
    ■ hablar
    vt
    A ‹idioma› to speak
    habla el idioma con mucha soltura he speaks the language fluently
    [ S ] se habla español Spanish spoken
    B (tratar, consultar) to talk about, discuss
    háblalo con tu padre speak o talk to your father about it
    eso ya lo hablaremos más adelante we'll talk about that o discuss that later
    esto vamos a tener que hablarlo con más tiempo we're going to have to talk about o discuss this when we have more time
    ya está todo resuelto, no hay (nada) más que hablar it's all settled, there's nothing more to discuss o say
    C ( fam)
    (decir): no hables disparates or tonterías don't talk nonsense, don't talk garbage ( AmE colloq), don't talk rubbish ( BrE colloq)
    no habló ni una palabra en toda la reunión he didn't say a word throughout the whole meeting
    llevan meses sin hablarse they haven't spoken to each other for months
    ¿piensas seguir toda la vida sin hablarte con ella? are you never going to speak to her again?, aren't you ever going to talk to her again?
    * * *

     

    hablar ( conjugate hablar) verbo intransitivo
    1


    habla más bajo keep your voice down



    ( francamente) to speak frankly;

    un político que habla muy bien a politician who is a very good speaker;
    hablar por hablar to talk for the sake of it
    2


    tenemos que hablar we must (have a) talk;
    hablar con algn to speak o talk to sb;
    tengo que hablarte or que hablar contigo I need to speak to you o have a word with you;
    está hablando por teléfono he's on the phone;
    ¡ni hablar! no way! (colloq), no chance! (colloq)


    ◊ dar que hablar to start people talking

    d) ( rumorear):


    se habla de que va a renunciar it is said o rumored that she's going to resign

    ◊ ¿con quién hablo? who am I speaking with (AmE) o (BrE) speaking to?

    3
    a) (tratar, referirse a) hablar de algo/algn to talk about sth/sb;

    ◊ hablar de negocios to talk (about) o discuss business;

    siempre habla mal de ella he never has a good word to say about her;
    hablan muy bien de él people speak very highly of him;
    me ha hablado mucho de ti she's told me a lot about you;
    en tren sale caro, y no hablemos ya del avión going by train is expensive, and as for flying …;
    háblame de tus planes tell me about your plans;
    hablar sobre or acerca de algo to talk about sth


    háblale de tú use the `tú' form with him
    c) ( anunciar propósito) hablar de hacer algo to talk of doing sth;


    4 (Méx) ( por teléfono) to call, phone
    verbo transitivo
    1 ‹ idioma› to speak
    2 ( tratar):

    ya lo hablaremos más adelante we'll talk about o discuss that later
    hablarse verbo pronominal:

    no se habla con ella he's not speaking o talking to her, he's not on speaking terms with her
    hablar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 to speak, talk: estaba hablando con Jorge, I was speaking to Jorge
    habla muy mal de su marido, she speaks badly of her husband
    2 (charlar) to talk, chat: le encanta hablar por teléfono, he loves chatting on the phone
    3 (tratar, versar) to talk about: este artículo habla de los extraterrestres, this article deals with aliens
    4 (referirse) no hablaba de ella, I wasn't talking about her
    habla de él como si de un dios se tratara, you would have thought she was talking about a god from the way she spoke about him
    II verbo transitivo
    1 (una lengua) to speak: habla francés, he speaks French
    2 (discutir, tratar) to talk over, discuss: háblalo con tu madre, talk it over with your mother
    no tengo nada que hablar contigo, I've nothing to say to you
    3 (decir) habla maravillas de su nuevo coche, he's raving on about his new car
    ♦ Locuciones: hablar en broma, to be joking
    familiar ¡mira tú quién fue a hablar!, look who's talking!
    ni hablar, certainly not

    ' hablar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abominar
    - acento
    - alquilar
    - alta
    - alto
    - ancha
    - ancho
    - balbucear
    - broma
    - caldo
    - callar
    - carrete
    - cascar
    - cerrada
    - cerrado
    - cerrarse
    - chistar
    - clara
    - claro
    - codo
    - como
    - contigo
    - correr
    - costar
    - dar
    - dejar
    - deshora
    - despepitarse
    - dialéctica
    - embalarse
    - en
    - enrollarse
    - extenderse
    - fanfarronear
    - gachó
    - gangosa
    - gangoso
    - habla
    - hablarse
    - impertinencia
    - imprudencia
    - íntima
    - íntimo
    - maravilla
    - murmurar
    - ni
    - palabra
    - parar
    - peluquín
    - permitir
    English:
    about
    - abruptly
    - admire
    - afraid
    - age
    - alone
    - approachable
    - babble
    - bitterly
    - blunt
    - bone
    - break off
    - breath
    - breathe
    - captivate
    - confidence
    - crack
    - croak
    - curt
    - delegation
    - directly
    - discuss
    - do
    - dog
    - drawl
    - drone
    - easy
    - evenly
    - fear
    - female
    - fluent
    - go on
    - gush
    - harp on
    - hear of
    - hot air
    - jabber
    - jaw
    - likely
    - male-dominated
    - mimic
    - mouth
    - mutter
    - nasally
    - need
    - nelly
    - nice
    - nonstop
    - oneself
    - pipe up
    * * *
    ♦ vi
    1. [emitir palabras] to speak;
    hablar en voz alta/baja to speak loudly/softly;
    el bebé ya habla the baby is talking already
    2. [expresarse, comunicarse] to speak;
    hablar claro to speak clearly;
    hablar en español/inglés to speak in Spanish/English;
    hablar por señas to use sign language;
    dejar hablar a alguien to let sb speak;
    déjame hablar a mí [como representante] let me do the talking;
    [en discusión] let me get a word in;
    hacer hablar a alguien [a tímido] to get sb talking;
    [en interrogatorio] to get sb to talk;
    hablar solo to talk to oneself;
    estos detalles hablan mucho del tipo de persona que es these small points say a lot about the sort of person she is;
    sus actos hablan por sí solos his actions speak for themselves;
    ¡así se habla! hear, hear!;
    ¡qué bien habla este político! this politician's a really good speaker;
    hablar por hablar to talk for the sake of talking;
    ¡mira quién habla o [m5] quién fue a hablar! look who's talking!
    3. [conversar] to talk ( con o Am a to), to speak ( con o Am a to);
    estaba hablando en broma I was only joking;
    ¿podemos hablar un momento? could I have a word with you?;
    estuvimos toda la noche hablando we talked all night, we spent all night talking;
    no debes hablar en clase you mustn't talk in class;
    necesito hablar contigo I need to talk o speak to you, we need to talk;
    hablé con ella ayer por la noche I spoke to her last night;
    ¿has hablado con él alguna vez? have you ever talked o spoken to him?;
    hablé con él por teléfono I spoke to him on the phone;
    está hablando por teléfono he's on the phone;
    ¡(de eso) ni hablar! no way!;
    4. [tratar]
    hablar de algo/alguien to talk o speak about sth/sb;
    hablar sobre o [m5] acerca de algo to talk o speak about sth;
    hablar bien/mal de to speak well/badly of;
    háblame de ti tell me about yourself;
    me han hablado muy bien de este restaurante I've heard a lot of good things about this restaurant, I've heard people speak very highly of this restaurant;
    mi hermano me ha hablado mucho de ti my brother's told me a lot about you;
    es mejor no hablar del tema it would be best if we didn't mention the subject;
    tenemos muy buenos tenistas, y no hablemos de futbolistas… we have very good tennis players, and as for footballers…
    5. [murmurar] to talk;
    hablar mal de alguien to criticize sb, to run sb down;
    siempre va hablando de los demás she's always going around saying things about o talking about other people;
    dar que hablar to make people talk
    6. [pronunciar un discurso] to speak;
    el presidente habló a las masas the president spoke to o addressed the masses
    7. [confesar] to talk;
    lo torturaron y al final habló they tortured him and in the end he talked
    8. [dar un tratamiento]
    me puedes hablar de tú you can address me as “tú”;
    ¡a mí no me hables así! don't you speak to me like that!
    ♦ vt
    1. [idioma] to speak;
    habla danés y sueco she can speak o she speaks Danish and Swedish;
    habla muy bien el portugués he speaks very good Portuguese
    2. [asunto] to discuss ( con with);
    es mejor que lo hables con el jefe it would be better if you talked to the boss about it;
    vamos a ir, y no hay nada más que hablar we're going, and that's that
    * * *
    v/i
    1 speak;
    hablar alto/bajo speak loudly/softly;
    hablar claro fig say what one means;
    hablar por sí solo fig speak for o.s.
    2 ( conversar) talk;
    hablar con alguien talk to s.o., talk with s.o.
    3
    :
    hablar de de libro etc be about, deal with
    4
    :
    ¡ni hablar! no way!;
    hablar por hablar talk for the sake of it;
    ¡mira quién habla! look who’s talking!;
    no me hagas hablar más I don’t want to have to say this again!;
    no se hable más (del asunto) I don’t want to hear anything more about it;
    por no hablar de … not to mention …
    * * *
    hablar vi
    1) : to speak, to talk
    hablar en broma: to be joking
    2)
    hablar de : to mention, to talk about
    3)
    dar que hablar : to make people talk
    hablar vt
    1) : to speak (a language)
    2) : to talk about, to discuss
    háblalo con tu jefe: discuss it with your boss
    * * *
    hablar vb
    1. (idiomas, por teléfono, dar un discurso) to speak [pt. spoke; pp. spoken]
    ¿hablas inglés? do you speak English?
    ¿puedo hablar con Javi? can I speak to Javi?
    2. (conversar) to talk
    ¡ni hablar! no way!

    Spanish-English dictionary > hablar

  • 17 वसु


    vásu
    1) mf (u orﾠ vī)n. excellent, good, beneficent RV. GṛṠrS. ;

    sweet L. ;
    dry L. ;
    N. of the gods (as the good orﾠ bright ones, esp. of the Ādityas, Maruts, Aṡvins, Indra, Ushas, Rudra, Vāyu, Vishṇu, Ṡiva, andﾠ Kubera) RV. AV. MBh. R. ;
    of a partic. class of gods (whose number is usually eight, andﾠ whose chief is Indra, later Agni andﾠ Vishṇu;
    they form one of the nine Gaṇas orﾠ classes enumerated under Gaṇa-devatā q.v.;
    the eight Vasus were originally personifications, like other Vedic deities, of natural phenomena,
    andﾠ are usually mentioned with the other Gaṇas common in the Veda, viz. the eleven Rudras andﾠ the twelve Ādiyas, constituting with them andﾠ with Dyaus, Heaven, andﾠ Pṛithivī, « Earth»
    < orﾠ, according to some, with Indra andﾠ Prajā-pati, orﾠ, according to others, with the two Aṡvins>,
    the thirty-three gods to which reference is frequently made;
    the names of the Vasus, according to the Vishṇu-Purāṇa, are,
    1. Āpa <connected with ap, « water» >;
    2. Dhruva, « the Pole-star» ;
    3. Soma, « the Moon» ;
    4. Dhava orﾠ Dhara;
    5. Anila, « Wind» ;
    6. Anala orﾠ Pāvaka, « Fire» ;
    7. Pratyusha, « the Dawn» ;
    8. Prabhāsa, « Light» ;
    but their names are variously given;
    Ahan, « Day», being sometimes substituted for 1 ;
    in their relationship to Fire andﾠ Light they appear to belong to Vedic rather than Purānic mythology) RV. etc. etc.;
    a symbolical N. of the number « eight» VarBṛS. ;
    a ray of light Naigh. I, 15 ;
    a partic. ray of light VP. ;
    = jina Ṡīl. (only L. the sun;
    the moon;
    fire;
    a rope, thong;
    a tree;
    N. of two kinds of plant = baka andﾠ pīta-madgu;
    a lake, pond;
    a kind of fish;
    the the of the yoke of a plough;
    the distance from the elbow to the closed fist);
    N. of a Rishi (with the patr. Bharad-vāja, author of RV. IX, 80-82, reckoned among the seven sages) Hariv. ;
    of a son of Manu ib. ;
    of a son of Uttāna-pāda ib. ;
    of a prince of the Cedis alsoﾠ called Upari-cara MBh. ;
    of a son of Īlina ib. ;
    of a son of Kuṡa andﾠ the country called after him RV. ;
    of a son of Vasu-deva BhP. ;
    of a son of Kṛishṇa ib. ;
    of a son of Vatsara ib. ;
    of a son of Hiraṇya-retas andﾠ the Varsha ruled by him ib. ;
    of a son of Bhūtajyotis ib. ;
    of a son of Naraka ib. ;
    of a king of Kaṡmīra Cat. ;
    (u) f. light, radiance L. ;
    a partic. drug L. ;
    N. of a daughter of Daksha andﾠ mother of the Vasus (as a class of gods) Hariv. VP.:
    (vī) f. night Naigh. I, 7 ;
    n. (in Veda gen. vásos, vásvas andﾠ vásunas;
    alsoﾠ pl., exceptionally m.) wealth, goods, riches, property RV. etc. etc. ( vasosh-pati m. prob. « the god of wealth orﾠ property»
    AV. I, 12 <Paipp. asosh-p-, « the god of life» >;
    vásor-dhā́rā f. « stream of wealth»
    N. of a partic. libation of Ghṛita at the Agni-cayana AV. TS. Br. etc.. ;
    of the wife of Agni BhP. ;
    of the heavenly Gaṇgā MBh. ;
    of sacred bathing-place ib. ;
    of a kind of vessel ib. ;
    - rā-prayoga m. N. of wk.);
    gold ( seeﾠ - varma-dhara);
    a jewel, gem, pearl ( seeﾠ - mekhala);
    any valuable orﾠ precious object L. ;
    ( alsoﾠ f.) a partic. drug L. ;
    a kind of salt (= romaka) L. ;
    water L. ;
    a horse (?) L. ;
    = ṡyāma L. ;
    vasu
    2) m. orﾠ n. dwelling orﾠ dweller ( seeﾠ sáṉ-vasu)

    - वसुकर्ण
    - वसुकल्प
    - वसुकल्पदत्त
    - वसुकीट
    - वसुकृत्
    - वसुकृमि
    - वसुक्र
    - वसुगुप्त
    - वसुगुप्ताचार्य
    - वसुचन्द्र
    - वसुचरित
    - वसुच्छिद्रा
    - वसुजित्
    - वसुज्येष्ठ
    - वसुता
    - वसुताति
    - वसुत्ति
    - वसुत्व
    - वसुत्वन
    - वसुद
    - वसुदत्त
    - वसुदत्तक
    - वसुदा
    - वसुदान
    - वसुदाम
    - वसुदामन्
    - वसुदावन्
    - वसुदेय
    - वसुदेव
    - वसुदेवत
    - वसुदेव्या
    - वसुदैव
    - वसुदैवत
    - वसुधर
    - वसुधर्मन्
    - वसुधर्मिका
    - वसुधा
    - वसुधातुकारिका
    - वसुधान
    - वसुधार
    - वसुधारिणी
    - वसुधित
    - वसुधिति
    - वसुधेय
    - वसुनन्द
    - वसुनन्दक
    - वसुनाग
    - वसुनीति
    - वसुनीथ
    - वसुनेत्र
    - वसुनेमि
    - वसुंधर
    - वसुंधरा
    - वसुपति
    - वसुपत्नी
    - वसुपातृ
    - वसुपाल
    - वसुपालित
    - वसुपूज्यराज्
    - वसुप्रद
    - वसुप्रभा
    - वसुप्राण
    - वसुबन्धु
    - वसुभ
    - वसुभट्ट
    - वसुभरित
    - वसुभाग
    - वसुभूत
    - वसुभूति
    - वसुभृद्यान
    - वसुमत्
    - वसुमति
    - वसुमनस्
    - वसुमय
    - वसुमित्र
    - वसुमेखल
    - वसुरक्षित
    - वसुरण्व
    - वसुरथ
    - वसुराज
    - वसुरात
    - वसुरुच्
    - वसुरुचि
    - वसुरूप
    - वसुरेतस्
    - वसुरोचिस्
    - वसुलक्ष्मी
    - वसुवत्
    - वसुवन्
    - वसुवन
    - वसुवनि
    - वसुवर्मधर
    - वसुवल्लिका
    - वसुवाह
    - वसुवाहन
    - वसुविद्
    - वसुविन्द
    - वसुवीर्य
    - वसुवृष्टि
    - वसुव्रत
    - वसुशक्ति
    - वसुश्रवस्
    - वसुश्री
    - वसुश्रुत
    - वसुश्रेष्ठ
    - वसुषेण
    - वसुसम्पत्ति
    - वसुसम्पूर्ण
    - वसुसार
    - वसुसेन
    - वसुस्थली
    - वसुहट्ट
    - वसुहट्टक
    - वसुहोम

    Sanskrit-English dictionary > वसु

  • 18 מיכה I

    מִיכָהI (b. h.) pr. n. m. Micah, 1) M., the owner of an idolatrous temple (Jud. 17). Esth. R. to III, 7 צלם מ׳; Snh.103b פסלו של מ׳ the image put up by M.; ib. עשן פסל מ׳ the smoke rising from the sacrifices to the image Ib. 101b, v. מִכְמֵךְ. Shebu.35b כל שמות … במ׳ תול all divine names mentioned in connection with M. (Jud. l. c.) are profane (not names of the Lord). Pes.117a פיסלו של מ׳ עומד בבכיוכ׳ with Micahs image at Bekhi, the Israelites should have sung the Hallel?Ex. R. s. 41; a. fr. 2) M., the prophet. Lev. R. s. 10 שלחתי את מ׳וכ׳ I sent M. and they smote him. Macc.24a בא מ׳ והעמירןוכ׳ M. came and based all the laws of the Torah on three principles; a. e.

    Jewish literature > מיכה I

  • 19 מִיכָה

    מִיכָהI (b. h.) pr. n. m. Micah, 1) M., the owner of an idolatrous temple (Jud. 17). Esth. R. to III, 7 צלם מ׳; Snh.103b פסלו של מ׳ the image put up by M.; ib. עשן פסל מ׳ the smoke rising from the sacrifices to the image Ib. 101b, v. מִכְמֵךְ. Shebu.35b כל שמות … במ׳ תול all divine names mentioned in connection with M. (Jud. l. c.) are profane (not names of the Lord). Pes.117a פיסלו של מ׳ עומד בבכיוכ׳ with Micahs image at Bekhi, the Israelites should have sung the Hallel?Ex. R. s. 41; a. fr. 2) M., the prophet. Lev. R. s. 10 שלחתי את מ׳וכ׳ I sent M. and they smote him. Macc.24a בא מ׳ והעמירןוכ׳ M. came and based all the laws of the Torah on three principles; a. e.

    Jewish literature > מִיכָה

  • 20 Cum

    1.
    cum (archaic form COM, found in an inscr., COM PREIVATVD; in MSS. sometimes quom or quum), prep. with abl. [for skom, Sanscr. root sak, together; cf. sequor, and Gr. koinos, sun], designates in gen. accompaniment, community, connection of one object with another (opp. sine, separatim, etc.), with, together, together with, in connection or company with, along with; sometimes also to be translated and.
    I.
    In gen., Plaut. Am. prol. 95:

    qui cum Amphitruone abiit hinc in exercitum,

    id. ib. prol. 125:

    cum Pansā vixi in Pompeiano,

    Cic. Att. 14, 20, 4:

    semper ille antea cum uxore, tum sine eā,

    id. Mil. 21, 55:

    quibuscum essem libenter,

    id. Fam. 5, 21, 1; cf.:

    cum quibus in ceteris intellegis afuisse,

    id. Sull. 3, 7:

    si cenas hodie mecum,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 7, 70:

    vagamur egentes cum conjugibus et liberis,

    Cic. Att. 8, 2, 3:

    errare malo cum Platone, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 1, 17, 39:

    qui unum imperium unumque magistratum cum ipsis habeant,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 3 et saep.—
    b.
    In an expression of displeasure:

    in' hinc, quo dignus, cum donis tuis Tam lepidis,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 3, 9; cf. Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 33; Ter. And. 5, 4, 38; id. Eun. 1, 2, 73; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 7 al.—
    B.
    In a designation of time with which some action concurs:

    egone abs te abii hinc hodie cum diluculo?

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 121; so,

    cum primo luci,

    id. Cist. 2, 1, 58:

    cras cum filio cum primo luci ibo hinc,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 55; Cic. Off. 3, 31, 112; cf.:

    cum primā luce,

    id. Att. 4, 3, 4; and:

    cum primo lumine solis,

    Verg. A. 7, 130: cum primo mane, Auct. B. Afr. 62: cum mane, Lucil. ap. Diom. p. 372 P:

    pariter cum ortu solis,

    Sall. J. 106, 5:

    pariter cum occasu solis,

    id. ib. 68, 2; cf.:

    cum sole reliquit,

    Verg. A. 3, 568 et saep.:

    mane cum luci simul,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 1, 31; v. simul: exiit cum nuntio (i. e. at the same time with, etc.), Caes. B. G. 5, 46; cf.: cum his nuntius Romam ad consulendum redit ( = hama toisde), Liv. 1, 32, 10:

    simul cum dono designavit templo Jovis fines,

    id. 1, 10, 5; cf.:

    et vixisse cum re publicā pariter, et cum illā simul extinctus esse videatur,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 3, 10.—
    C.
    In designating the relations, circumstances, way, and manner with which any act is connected, by which it is accompanied, under or in which it takes place, etc., with, in, under, in the midst of, among, to, at: aliquid cum malo suo facere, Plaut. Bacch. 3, 4, 4; cf.:

    cum magnā calamitate et prope pernicie civitatis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 24, § 63:

    cum summā rei publicae salute et cum tuā peste ac pernicie cumque eorum exitio, qui, etc.,

    id. Cat. 1, 13, 33:

    cum magno provinciae periculo,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 10:

    cum summo probro,

    Ter. And. 5, 3, 10: cum summo terrore hominum, Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 24, 6:

    cum summā tuā dignitate,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 22, 61:

    cum bonā alite,

    Cat. 61, 19:

    ferendum hoc onus est cum labore,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 21; cf. Cic. N. D. 2, 23, 59:

    multis cum lacrimis aliquem obsecrare,

    amid many tears, Caes. B. G. 1, 20; cf.:

    hunc ipsum abstulit magno cum gemitu civitatis,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 19, § 49:

    orare cum lacrimis coepere,

    Liv. 5, 30, 5:

    si minus cum curā aut cautelā locus loquendi lectus est,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 1, 6 Ritschl; so,

    cum curā,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 39, 70; Sall. J. 54, 1; Liv. 22, 42, 5 et saep.; cf.:

    cum summo studio,

    Sall. C. 51, 38:

    cum quanto studio periculoque,

    Liv. 8, 25, 12 al.:

    cum multā venustate et omni sale,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 9:

    summā cum celeritate ad exercitum rediit,

    Hirt. B. G. 8, 52:

    maximo cum clamore involant,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 89:

    cum clamore,

    Liv. 2, 23, 8; 5, 45, 2:

    cum clamore ac tumultu,

    id. 9, 31, 8; cf.:

    Athenienses cum silentio auditi sunt,

    id. 38, 10, 4; 7, 35, 1:

    illud cum pace agemus,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 29, 83:

    cum bonā pace,

    Liv. 1, 24, 3; 21, 24, 5:

    cum bonā gratiā,

    Cic. Fat. 4, 7:

    cum bonā veniā,

    Liv. 29, 1, 7; cf.:

    cum veniā,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 1, 104; Quint. 10, 1, 72:

    cum virtute vivere,

    Cic. Fin. 3, 8, 29; cf. id. ib. 2, 11, 34:

    cum judicio,

    Quint. 10, 1, 8:

    cum firmā memoriā,

    id. 5, 10, 54:

    legata cum fide ac sine calumniā persolvere,

    Suet. Calig. 16:

    spolia in aede... cum sollemni dedicatione dono fixit,

    Liv. 4, 20, 3.—
    b.
    Attributively, with subst.:

    et huic proelium cum Tuscis ad Janiculum erat crimini,

    Liv. 2, 52, 7 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    frumenti cum summā caritate inopia erat,

    id. 2, 12, 1; 2, 5, 2; 7, 29, 3.—
    2.
    Cum eo quod, ut, or ne (in an amplification or limitation), with the circumstance or in the regard that, on or under the condition, with the exception, that, etc. (except once in Cic. epistt. not ante-Aug.).
    (α).
    Cum eo quod, with indic., Quint. 12, 10, 47 Spald.; 10, 7, 13; so,

    cum eo quidem, quod, etc.,

    id. 2, 4, 30. —With subj.:

    sit sane, quoniam ita tu vis: sed tamen cum eo, credo, quod sine peccato meo fiat,

    Cic. Att. 6, 1, 7.—
    (β).
    With ut:

    Antium nova colonia missa cum eo, ut Antiatibus permitteretur, si et ipsi adscribi coloni vellent,

    Liv. 8, 14, 8; so id. 8, 14, 2; 30, 10, 21; 36, 5, 3; Cels. 3, 22.—So with tamen:

    cum eo tamen, ut nullo tempore is... non sit sustinendus,

    Cels. 3, 5 fin.; 4, 6 fin. —
    (γ).
    With ne:

    obsequar voluntati tuae cum eo, ne dubites, etc.,

    Col. 5, 1, 4:

    cum eo, ne amplius quam has urant,

    Cels. 7, 22; and with tamen:

    cum eo tamen, ne, etc.,

    id. 2, 17.—
    3.
    Cum dis volentibus, etc., with God's help, by the will of the gods, sun theôi:

    cum divis volentibus quodque bene eveniat mando tibi, Mani, etc.,

    Cato, R. R. 141, 1: volentibu' cum magnis dis, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 12, 38:

    agite, cum dis bene juvantibus arma capite,

    Liv. 21, 43, 7; so,

    cum superis,

    Claud. Cons. Stil. III. p. 174.—
    4.
    Cum with an ordinal number (cum octavo, cum decimo, etc.) for our - fold, in economical lang., of the multiplication of cultivated products:

    ut ex eodem semine aliubi cum decimo redeat, aliubi cum quinto decimo,

    ten-, fifteenfold, Varr. R. R. 1, 44, 1; so,

    cum octavo, cum decimo,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 47, § 112:

    cum centesimo,

    Plin. 18, 10, 21, § 95; cf. with a subst.:

    cum centesimā fruge agricolis faenus reddente terrā,

    id. 5, 4, 3, § 24.—
    D.
    With a means or instrument, considered as attending or accompanying the actor in his action (so most freq. anteclass., or in the poets and scientific writers): acribus inter se cum armis confligere, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 261, 6: effundit voces proprio cum pectore, Enn. ap. Serv. ad Verg. G. 2, 424: cum voce maximā conclamat, Claud. Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 10:

    cum linguā lingere,

    Cat. 98, 3:

    cum suo gurgite accepit venientem (fluvius),

    Verg. A. 9, 816:

    cum vino et oleo ungere,

    Veg. 1, 11, 8 et saep.:

    terra in Augurum libris scripta cum R uno,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 21 Müll.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    Completing the meaning of verbs.
    1.
    With verbs of union, connection, and agreement: cum veteribus copiis se conjungere, Caes. B. G. 1, 37:

    ut proprie cohaereat cum narratione,

    Auct. Her. 1, 7, 11:

    (haec) arbitror mihi constare cum ceteris scriptoribus,

    id. 1, 9, 16:

    interfectam esse... convenit mihi cum adversariis,

    id. 1, 10, 17; cf. Cic. Inv. 1, 22, 31:

    quī autem poterat in gratiam redire cum Oppianico Cluentius?

    id. Clu. 31, 86:

    hanc sententiam cum virtute congruere semper,

    id. Off. 3, 3, 13:

    foedera quibus etiam cum hoste devincitur fides,

    id. ib. 3, 31, 111:

    capita nominis Latini stare ac sentire cum rege videbant,

    Liv. 1, 52, 4:

    cum aliquo in gratiam redire,

    id. 3, 58, 4:

    stabat cum eo senatūs majestas,

    id. 8, 34, 1:

    conjurasse cum Pausaniā,

    Curt. 7, 1, 6:

    Autronium secum facere,

    Cic. Sull. 13, 36; cf. also conecto, colligo, consentio, compono, etc.—
    2.
    Of companionship, association, sharing, etc.:

    cum his me oblecto, qui res gestas aut orationes scripserunt suas,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 14, 61:

    quoniam vivitur, non cum perfectis hominibus, sed cum iis, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 15, 46:

    nulla (societas) carior quam ea quae cum re publicā est unicuique nostrum,

    id. ib. 1, 17, 51:

    cum civibus vivere,

    id. ib. 1, 34, 124:

    cum M. Fabio mihi summus usus est,

    id. Fam. 9, 25, 2; cf.:

    cum quibus publice privatimque hospitia amicitiasque junxerant,

    Liv. 1, 45, 2:

    partiri cum Dinaeā matre jussit,

    Cic. Clu. 7, 21:

    cum Baebio communicare,

    id. ib. 16, 47; cf.

    of local association, nearness: cum mortuā jugulatum servum nudum positurum ait,

    Liv. 1, 58, 4:

    duos tamen pudor cum eo tenuit,

    id. 2, 10, 5.—
    3.
    Of intercourse, traffic, etc.:

    cum aliquo agere,

    to deal with, Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112; Caes. B. G. 1, 13:

    cum eo Accius injuriarum agit,

    Auct. Her. 1, 14, 24:

    si par est agere cum civibus,

    Cic. Off. 2, 23, 83; 3, 22, 88; id. Scaur. 10, 20; cf. id. Fam. 5, 18, 1; Liv. 1, 19, 7; 3, 9, 13; 4, 15, 2; Val. Max. 4, 3, 8:

    si mihi cum Peripateticis res esset,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 35, 112:

    tecum enim mihi res est,

    id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84:

    uni tibi et cum singulis res est,

    Liv. 2, 12, 11:

    pacem cum Sabinis facere,

    Cic. Off. 3, 30, 109.—Esp.: agere cum aliquo, to have a lawsuit with, Gai Inst. 4, 87; 4, 114 et saep.; v. ago, II. B. 8. a., and II. B. 9.; consisto, I. B. 5.; cf. also pango, etc.—
    4.
    Of deliberation and discussion:

    haec ego cum ipsis philosophis disserebam,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 13, 57:

    tempus cum conjuratis consultando absumunt,

    Liv. 2, 4, 3 et saep.; v. also cogito, reputo, dubito, etc.—
    5.
    Of strife, difference, etc.:

    quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1:

    cum Cleanthe quam multis rebus Chrysippus dissidet!

    Cic. Ac. 2, 47, 143:

    neque tam quererer cum deo quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 2, 25, 81:

    cum quo Antiochum saepe disputantem audiebam,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 11:

    cum stomacheretur cum Metello,

    id. Or. 2, 66, 267:

    manu cum hoste confligere,

    id. Off. 1, 23, 81:

    utilia cum honestis pugnare,

    id. ib. 3, 7, 34: cum Catone dissentire. id. ib. 3, 22, 88:

    cum majoribus nostris bella gessit,

    id. Scaur. 19, 45; Liv. 1, 35, 7; 7, 22, 4:

    cum Auruncis bellum inire,

    id. 2, 16, 8; cf.:

    cum Volscis aequo Marte discessum est,

    id. 2, 40, 14:

    inimicitias cum Africano gerere,

    Val. Max. 4, 1, 8; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3:

    cum Scipione dissentire,

    Val. Max. 4, 1, 12:

    cum utrāque (uxore) divortium fecit,

    Suet. Claud. 26; cf. also certo, pugno, discrepo, differo, distraho, dissentio, etc.—
    6.
    Of comparison:

    nec Arcesilae calumnia conferenda est cum Democriti verecundiā,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 5, 14:

    hanc rationem dicendi cum imperatoris laude comparare,

    id. de Or. 1, 2, 8:

    conferam Sullamne cum Junio,

    id. Clu. 34, 94:

    (orationem) cum magnitudine utilitatis comparare,

    id. Off. 2, 6, 20.—
    B.
    Pregn., implying the notion of being furnished, endowed, clothed with any thing, or of possessing, holding, suffering under, etc., in a lit. and trop. sense: ille vir haud magnā cum re sed plenus fidei, Enn. ap. Cic. Sen. 1, 1 (cf. the antith.:

    hominem sine re, sine fide,

    Cic. Cael. 32, 78):

    a portu illuc nunc cum laternā advenit,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 149:

    cadus cum vino,

    id. Stich. 5, 1, 7; cf. id. Pers. 2, 3, 15:

    olla cum aquā,

    Cato, R. R. 156:

    arcula cum ornamentis,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 91:

    fiscos cum pecuniā Siciliensi,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 8, 22:

    onerariae naves cum commeatu,

    Liv. 30, 24, 5 et saep.:

    cum servili schemā,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 117;

    so of clothing,

    id. Rud. 1, 4, 31; Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 24, § 54; 2, 5, 13, § 31; [p. 490] id. Rab. Post. 10, 27; Liv. 35, 34, 7; Suet. Claud. 13; Sil. 1, 94 et saep.:

    ut ne quis cum telo servus esset,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 3, § 7;

    so of weapons,

    id. Phil. 2, 8, 19; cf.:

    inmissi cum falcibus, etc.,

    id. Tusc. 5, 23, 65:

    vidi argenteum Cupidinem cum lampade,

    holding, id. Verr. 2, 2, 47, § 115:

    simulacrum Cereris cum faucibus,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 49, §

    109: cum elephanti capite puer natus,

    Liv. 27, 11, 5; cf.:

    cum quinque pedibus natus,

    id. 30, 2, 10; 33, 1, 11; 27, 4, 14 al.: omnia cum pulchris animis Romana juventus, Enn. ap. Don. ad Ter. Phorm. 3, 1, 1; cf.

    Ter. ib.: Minucius cum vulnere gravi relatus in castra,

    Liv. 9, 44, 14:

    te Romam venisse cum febri,

    Cic. Att. 6, 9, 1; so id. de Or. 3, 2, 6; id. Clu. 62, 175: cum eisdem suis vitiis nobilissimus, with all his faults, i. e. in spite of, id. ib. 40, 112:

    ex eis qui cum imperio sint,

    id. Fam. 1, 1, 3 Manut.; cf.:

    cum imperio aut magistratu,

    Suet. Tib. 12 Bremi; v. imperium.—
    C.
    With idem (never of the identity of two subjects, but freq. of the relation of two subjects to the same object, etc.;

    v. Krebs, Antibarb. p. 538): tibi mecum in eodem est pistrino vivendum,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 33, 144:

    quandoque tu... omnibus in eisdem flagitiis mecum versatus es,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187:

    Numidae... in eādem mecum Africā geniti,

    Liv. 30, 12, 15; 28, 28, 14; Tac. A. 15, 2; Val. Max. 6, 5, 3.—
    D.
    In the adverb. phrase, cum primis, with the foremost, i.e. especially, particularly (rare), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 68; id. Brut. 62, 224.—Post-class. also as one word: cumprīmis, Gell. 1, 12, 7 al.
    ► a.
    Cum in anastrophe. So always with the pers. pron.: mecum, tecum, secum, nobiscum, etc.; cf. Cic. Or. 45, 154; Prisc. pp. 949 and 988 P.; and in gen. with the rel. pron.:

    quocum (quīcum), quacum, quibuscum, quīcum (for quocum),

    Cic. Or. 45, 154; Liv. 38, 9, 2; Cic. Att. 5, 1, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 31, §§ 76 and 77; Caes. B. G. 1, 8; Cic. Rep. 1, 10, 15; id. Att. 4, 9, 2; id. Off. 1, 35, 126; Quint. 8, 6, 65; 10, 5, 7; 11, 2, 38. But where cum is emphatic, or a demonstrative pron. is understood, cum is placed before the rel.; cf.:

    his de rebus velim cum Pompeio, cum Camillo, cum quibus vobis videbitur, consideretis,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3:

    adhibuit sibi quindecim principes cum quibus causas cognovit,

    id. Off. 2, 23, 82; Liv. 1, 45, 2.—
    b.
    Before et... et, connecting two substt.:

    cum et diurno et nocturno metu,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 66.
    III.
    In compounds the primitive form com was alone in use, and was unchanged before b, p, m: comburo, compono, committo, and a few words beginning with vowels: comes, comitium, and comitor; m was assimilated before r: corripio; often before l: colligo or conligo; rarely before n, as connumero, but usually dropped: conecto, conitor, conubium; with the change of m into n before all the remaining consonants: concutio, condono, confero, congero, conqueror, consumo, contero, convinco; so, conjicio, etc., but more usually conicio; and with the rejection of m before vowels and before h: coarguo, coëo, coinquino, coopto, cohibeo.—
    B.
    It designates,
    1.
    A being or bringing together of several objects: coëo, colloquor, convivor, etc.: colligo, compono, condo, etc.—
    2.
    The completeness, perfecting of any act, and thus gives intensity to the signif. of the simple word, as in commaculo, commendo, concito, etc., comminuo, concerpo, concido, convello, etc.
    2.
    Cum (ante-class. quom; freq. in MSS. of Cicero; the post-class. form quum is incorrectly given in many MSS. and edd.), conj. [pronom. stem ka- or kva- with acc. case ending].
    I.
    Of time, when, as, while, sometimes = after, since.
    A.
    In adverbial clauses dependent on non-preterite predicates.
    1.
    The time designated by cum being indefinite, when, if, whenever, always with indic., except in the instances A. 2.
    a.
    Cum with pres. indic., often equivalent to si.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in pres.:

    nam omnes id faciunt quom se amari intellegunt,

    Plaut. Truc. prol. 17:

    facile, quom valemus, recta consilia aegrotis damus,

    Ter. And. 2, 1, 9; Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 44; id. Poen. 4, 2, 20; id. Truc. 1, 1, 46; Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 11:

    cum semen maturum habet, tum tempestiva est,

    Cato, R. R. 17; 41: quid? tum cum es iratus, permittis illi iracundiae dominationem animi tui? Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59:

    cum permagna praemia sunt, est causa peccandi,

    id. Off. 3, 20, 79; id. de Or. 3, 23, 87:

    quidam vivere tunc incipiunt cum desinendum est,

    Sen. Ep. 23, 11.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. (rare):

    ad cujus igitur fidem confugiet cum per ejus fidem laeditur cui se commiserit?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 40, 116; id. Leg. 3, 10, 24; id. Fl. 17, 40; Verg. A. 12, 208.—
    (γ).
    With principal predicate in logical perf. (mostly poet.):

    haud invito ad auris sermo mi accessit tuos, Quom te postputasse omnis res prae parente intellego,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 5, 33:

    qui cum levati morbo videntur, in eum de integro inciderunt,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 30, 2:

    (dolor) Cum furit... Profuit incensos aestus avertere ( = prodest),

    Verg. G. 3, 457:

    nemo non, cum alteri prodest, sibi profuit,

    Sen. Ep. 81, 19; Cic. Att. 4, 18, 1; Liv. 8, 8, 11; Verg. A. 9, 435; id. G. 1, 288.—
    b.
    With logical perf. indic.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in pres. (very freq.), the perf. translated either by English pres. perf. or by pres.: omnia sunt incerta cum a jure discessum est, when we ( once) disregard the law, Cic. Fam. 9, 16, 1:

    gubernatores cum exultantes loligines viderunt... tempestatem significari putant,

    id. Div. 2, 70, 145:

    cum depulsi sunt agni a matribus, diligentia adhibenda est ne, etc.,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 17:

    cum ejus generis copia defecit, ad innocentium supplicia descendunt,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 16, 5:

    (hostis) cum intravit... modum a captivis non accipit,

    Sen. Ira, 1, 8, 2:

    quia enim, cum prima cognovi, jungere extrema cupio,

    Plin. Ep. 7, 10, 1; Cic. Or. 1, 33, 153; id. Div. 2, 26, 56; id. Brut. 24, 93; id. Cat. 4, 6, 12; id. Fam. 6, 3, 3; Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63; Caes. B. G. 4, 33; 5, 21; Liv. 22, 9, 8; 34, 31, 4; Val. Max. 8, 10 prooem.; 9, 6 init.; Sen. Ep. 3, 2; 21, 9; id. Cons. Helv. 13, 2; Curt. 3, 3, 18; Plin. 18, 7, 10, § 60; Quint. 4, 2, 122; 10, 7, 14.—In oblique clauses the perf. indic. may remain, or may be changed into perf. subj., even after preterites, Cic. Off. 1, 28, 26; 2, 20, 69.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.), Ov. P. 1, 5, 47.—
    (γ).
    With two logical perff. (rare):

    cum id factum est, tamen grex dominum non mutavit,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 2, 6:

    quae cum se disposuit... summum bonum tetigit,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 8, 5; id. Tranq. 17, 11; id. Ben. 1, 1, 5. —
    c.
    With fut.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in fut.:

    ita fere officia reperientur, cum quaeretur, quid deceat, etc.,

    Cic. Off. 1, 34, 125; Auct. Her. 2, 7, 10; 2, 12, 17.— So with principal predicate in fut. imper:

    etiam tum cum verisimile erit aliquem commisisse... latratote,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 20, 57, id. Mur. 31, 65; id. Att. 3, 8, 4; Liv. 35, 19, 6.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in pres.:

    in talibus... stabilitas amicitiae confirmari potest, cum homines cupiditatibus imperabunt,

    Cic. Lael. 22, 82; Val. Max. 4, 8 prooem.—
    d.
    With fut. perf.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in pres.:

    quam (spem), cum in otium venerimus, habere volumus,

    Cic. Att. 1, 7:

    nec irascimur illis cum sessorem recusaverint,

    Sen. Const. 12, 3; id. Cons. Marc. 7, 2.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. indic.:

    cum haec erunt considerata, statim nostrae legis expositione... utemur,

    Auct. Her. 2, 10, 15:

    cum viderit secari patrem suum filiumve, vir bonus non flebit?

    Sen. Ira, 1, 12, 1.—In oblique clauses, dependent on preterites, it is changed to the pluperf. subj.:

    qui tum demum beatum terrarum orbem futurum praedicavit cum aut sapientes regnare, aut reges sapere coepissent,

    Val. Max. 7, 2, ext. 4.—
    (γ).
    With principal predicate in fut. imper.:

    cum tempestates pluviae fuerint, videtote quot dies, etc.,

    Cato, R. R. 2, 3; 25 init.; 38.—
    (δ).
    With two fut. perff.:

    cum bene cesserit negotiatio, multum militia retulerit,

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 6.—
    e.
    In partic.
    (α).
    In definitions with pres, indic.:

    humile genus est (causae) cum contempta res adfertur,

    Auct. Her. 1, 3, 5:

    purgatio est cum factum conceditur, culpa removetur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 11, 15: maxima est capitis deminutio cum aliquis simul et civitatem et libertatem amittit, Gai Inst. 1, 160; Auct. Her. 1, 46; 2, 4, 6; 4, 12, 17; 4, 53, 66 et saep. —
    (β).
    Etiam cum (less freq. cum etiam), even when (nearly = etiamsi), always with indic. if dependent on other than preterite predicates. (1) With pres.: qui cavet ne decipiatur, vix cavet, quom etiam cavet, Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 5:

    in quo scelere, etiam cum multae causae convenisse... videntur, tamen non temere creditur,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 22, 62:

    qui incolunt maritimas urbis, etiam cum manent corpore, animo tamen excursant,

    id. Rep. 2, 4, 7; Curt. 6, 3, 10; Plin. Ep. 1, 8, 6.—(2) With fut.:

    etiam cum potentes nocere intendent,

    Sen. Const. 4, 1. —(3) With fut. perf.:

    cum etiam plus contenderimus, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 8, 7; Sen. Ben. 4, 13, 3.—(4) In oblique clauses with imperf. subj., Cic. Fragm. Tog. Cand. 15.—
    (γ).
    Anteclass. with indic. in addressing indefinite persons in rules, after imper.:

    sorba in sapa cum vis condere, arida facias,

    Cato, R. R. 7 fin. — Always with indic. if a certain person is addressed; cf. Cic. Rep. 1, 38, 59 (l. A. 1. a. a supra); id. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47.—
    2.
    With subj. referring to indefinite time.
    a.
    With the 2d pers. sing., used in an indefinite sense ( you = one, any one).
    (α).
    With pres. subj.:

    acerbum'st pro benefactis quom mali messim metas,

    Plaut. Ep. 5, 2, 53:

    quom faciem videas, videtur esse quantivis preti,

    Ter. And. 5, 2, 15; Plaut. Cas. 3, 2, 32; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 38; id. Merc. 3, 2, 7 and 8 et saep.:

    difficile est tacere cum doleas,

    Cic. Sull. 10, 31:

    etiam interpretatio nominis habet acumen cum ad ridiculum convertas,

    id. de Or. 2, 63, 257; 2, 64, 259; 2, 67, 269; 2, 75, 305; 3, 38, 156; Sen. Ep. 75, 4 et saep.—
    (β).
    With perf. subj.:

    difficile est cum praestare omnibus concupieris, servare aequitatem,

    Cic. Off. 1, 19, 64:

    quos (versus) cum cantu spoliaveris, nuda paene remanet oratio,

    id. Or. 55, 183; id. Lael. 21, 77; id. Inv. 1, 47, 88; Sall. C. 12, 3; 51, 24; 58, 16.—
    b.
    In the jurists, in a clause exemplifying a general rule: cum ergo ita scriptum sit Heres Titius esto, addicere debemus, Gai Inst. 2, 165; so id. ib. 4, 97; 3, 161; Auct. Her. 4, 31, 42.—
    c.
    In the phrase audio cum dicat (I. F. 1, b. infra):

    saepe soleo audire Roscium cum ita dicat se, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 28, 129.—
    d.
    When, after cum, an imperfect or pluperfect is used as a logical tense (post-Aug.): non tulit gratis qui cum rogasset accepit, who has asked for the favor, and, etc., Sen. Ben. 2, 1, 4; 2, 3, 1; 2, 13, 2; id. Ep. 86, 8.—
    e.
    If the principal predicate is a potential subjunctive, an indefinite clause with a present or future after cum is always in the same mood:

    caveto quom ventus siet aut imber, effodias aut seras,

    Cato, R. R. 28:

    quis tam dissoluto animo est qui, haec cum videat, tacere ac neglegere possit?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 11, 32; id. Planc. 39, 94; id. Clu. 55, 153; id. Inv. 1, 4, 87; 1, 51, 95; Auct. Her. 4, 6, 9; 4, 32, 43.—
    3.
    Of definite time, always with indic. (for exceptions, v. 4. infra), when, if, while (for the distinction between cum and si, cf.:

    formam mihi totius rei publicae, si jam es Romae, aut cum eris, velim mittas,

    Cic. Att. 6, 3, 4:

    quae si prodierit, atque adeo cum prodierit—scio enim proditurum esse—audiet,

    id. Rosc. Am. 25, 100:

    si damnatus eris, atque adeo cum damnatus eris—nam dubitatio quae poterit esse? etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; id. Or. 2, 75, 304; Sen. Ep. 83, 10).
    a.
    Cum with pres. indic.
    (α).
    Principal predicate in pres.:

    certe, edepol, quom illum contemplo et formam cognosco meam... nimis simili'st mei,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 288; so id. Poen. 1, 2, 71; id. Pers. 4, 4, 15; Ter. Hec. 3, 3, 45: Py. Ne fle. Ph. Non queo Quom te video, Plaut. Mil. 4, 8, 14; id. Am. 1, 1, 260; id. Rud. 3, 4, 38:

    potestne tibi ulla spes salutis ostendi cum recordaris in deos immortalis quam impius... fueris?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 18, § 47: cum hoc vereor, et cupio tibi... parcere, rursus immuto voluntatem meam ( = while), id. Rosc. Am. 34, 95; Serv. ap. Cic. Fam. 4, 5, 4:

    equidem cum... recordor, vix aetatem Alexandri suffecturam fuisse reor ad unum bellum,

    Liv. 9, 19, 12; Cic. Planc. 12, 29; id. Clu. 10, 29; Liv. 40, 46, 3:

    quod cum ita est,

    if this is so, Quint. 24, 58 (cf.:

    quodsi ita est,

    Cic. Mur. 2, 5); so,

    often, nunc cum: qui modo nusquam conparebas, nunc quom conpares, peris,

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 4, 2; so id. ib. 1, 3, 35; 2, 2, 17; id. As. 1, 2, 18; Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 39:

    nos de injusto rege nihil loquimur, nunc cum de ipsa regali re publica quaerimus,

    Cic. Rep. 3, 35, 47; Liv. 44, 39, 7.—So with logical perf. for the pres., Quint. 4, 2, 122.—But Cicero always uses nunc cum with a subj. when the clause, while designating present time, generally [p. 491] in opposition to a former time, implies a reason for the principal action, now that:

    quodsi tum, cum res publica severitatem desiderabat, vici naturam, etc., nunc cum omnes me causae ad misericordiam... vocent, quanto tandem studio, etc.,

    Cic. Mur. 2, 3, 6; id. Fam. 9, 16, 7; id. Font. 15, 35 (25); id. Imp. Pomp. 10, 27; 17, 50; not found in later writers, except in the Gallic panegyrists, e. g. Eum. Grat. Act. 2 init. —
    (β).
    With principal predicate in the logical perf., if (ante-class.):

    Curculio hercle verba mihi dedit quom cogito,

    Plaut. Curc. 4, 4, 27:

    sed tandem, quom recogito, qui potis est scire, haec scire me?

    id. Stich. 2, 1, 29; id. Mil. 4, 8, 64.—
    b.
    Cum with logical perf. indic.
    (α).
    Principal predicate in pres.:

    ergo quom optume fecisti, nunc adest occasio Benefacta cumulare,

    after doing excellently, Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 63: quo etiam major vir habendus est (Numa), cum illam sapientiam constituendae civitatis duobus prope saeculis ante cognovit, quam, etc. ( = siquidem, if he has; seeing that he has), Cic. de Or. 2, 37, 154; Verg. A. 9, 249.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. ( poet.):

    at cumst imposta corona, Clamabis capiti vina subisse meo (est imposta = erit imposta),

    Prop. 4 (5), 2, 30.—
    c.
    With fut.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in fut.:

    quom videbis tum scies,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 37; id. Am. 3, 3, 15; id. Men. 5, 7, 7; Ter. Phorm. 1, 2, 82; id. Heaut. prol. 33:

    sed cum certum sciam faciam te paulo ante certiorem,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 23; 3, 11, 3; 12, 30, 5; 14, 3, 4; id. Q. Fr. 3, 8, 2; Liv. 3, 53, 10.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in fut. perf.:

    cum tu haec leges, ego jam annuum munus confecero,

    Cic. Fam. 2, 12, 1.—
    (γ).
    With principal predicate in imper. fut.:

    mox quom imitabor Sauream, caveto ne succenseas,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 105; id. Mil. 3, 3, 59.—
    (δ).
    With principal predicate in subj. (potential):

    cum testes ex Sicilia dabo, quem volet ille eligat,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 22, § 48; id. Off. 1, 34, 122; 3, 10, 46; id. Att. 4, 9, 1; 4, 10, 2; 4, 17, 1 et saep.—
    (ε).
    In oblique clauses, after preterites, changed into imperf. subj., Caes. B. C. 2, 40; after other tenses it is either changed into pres. subj. or remains unchanged, Cic. Fam. 1, 56, 2; 1, 7, 4; Sall. C. 58, 8.—
    d.
    With fut. perf.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in fut.:

    mox dabo quom ab re divina rediero,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 193; id. Am. 1, 1, 43; 1, 2, 4; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 8:

    cum haec docuero, tum illud ostendam, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 4, 9; id. Verr. 2, 1, 1, § 3; id. de Or. 2, 33, 143; 2, 59, 239; id. Att. 3, 23, 5 et saep.—In oblique clauses, after preterites, the fut. perf. is changed into pluperf. subj., Cic. Rosc. Am. 10, 28; 28, 78; Liv. 1, 56, 11; 5, 30, 1; after other tenses, and often in oblique oration, it remains unchanged, or is changed into perf. subj., Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 71, § 183; id. Fam. 2, 5, 2 dub.; Liv. 21, 13, 8; 3, 56, 10.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in imper. (almost always fut. imper.):

    quod quom dixero, si placuerit, Facitote,

    Ter. Eun. 5, 8, 37:

    cum ego Granium testem produxero, refellito, si poteris,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 59, § 154; id. Marcell. 9, 27; id. Fam. 16, 4, 3; Tac. A. 1, 22.—With pres. imper., Liv. 24, 38, 7.—
    (γ).
    With principal predicate in subj. (potential):

    quae cum omnia collegeris, tum ipse velim judices satisne videatur,

    Cic. Fam. 5, 2, 4; id. Or. 13, 41 dub.—In oblique clauses, after non-preterites, the fut. perf. remains unchanged:

    oro, ne me hodie, cum isti respondero, putetis, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 5, 10; id. Clu. 2, 6.—
    4.
    With subj. in definite time.
    a.
    Sometimes in oblique construction (3. c. e; 3. d. a).—
    b.
    Sometimes by attraction:

    curata fac sint quom a foro redeam domum,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 3, 6; 2, 3, 11; id. Stich. 1, 2, 8; id. Curc. 2, 2, 3:

    non admirere cum ego ipse me id ex te primum audisse confitear?

    Cic. Planc. 24, 58. —
    c.
    In the semi-causal connection nunc cum, v. 3, a. a fin. supra.
    B.
    In adverbial anterior clauses dependent on preterite predicates, the time of the cum clause preceding that of the principal sentence (always with subj., except in the instances mentioned 2.; 3. a; and 5.), when, after.
    1.
    With pluperf. subj. (so generally): quom socios nostros mandisset impius Cyclops, Liv. And. Fragm. ap. Prisc. 8, p. 817 (Lubbert conjectures, without sufficient reason, mandit sex): quom saucius multifariam ibi factus esset, tamen volnus capiti nullum evenit, Cato, Orig. ap. Gell. 3, 7, 19:

    portisculus signum cum dare coepisset,

    Enn. Ann. v. 234 Vahl.:

    quom testamento patris partisset bona,

    Afran. Com. Rel. v. 50 Rib.: quem quom ibi vidissent Hortensius Postumiusque, Lucil. ap. Non. p. 4, 32; Enn. Ann. v. 241 Vahl.; Turp. Com. Rel. v. 48 Rib.; Lucil. ap. Non. p. 394, 27 (the MSS. reading:

    quom venisset,

    Plaut. As. 2, 3, 15, is corrupt):

    audivi summos homines cum quaestor ex Macedonia venissem Athenas,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 11, 45:

    haec cum Crassus dixisset, silentium est consecutum,

    id. ib. 1, 35, 160:

    cum Thebani Lacedaemonios bello superavissent... aeneum statuerunt tropaeum,

    id. Inv. 2, 23, 69:

    Dionysius cum fanum Proserpinae Locris expilavisset, navigabat Syracusas,

    id. N. D. 3, 34, 83:

    eo cum venisset, animadvertit ad alteram ripam magnas esse copias hostium,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 18:

    Tarquinius et Tullia minor... cum domos vacuas novo matrimonio fecissent, junguntur nuptiis,

    Liv. 1, 46, 9 et saep. —
    2.
    With pluperf. indic.
    a.
    Ante-class. in place of the class. subj.:

    idem me pridem quom ei advorsum veneram, Facere atriensem voluerat,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 28:

    Quid ais? Quom intellexeras, id consilium capere, quor non dixti extemplo,

    Ter. And. 3, 2, 38.—
    b.
    If the pluperfect is a virtual imperfect, designating the time at which the main action took place, the principal predicate being likewise in the pluperfect, when the clause would require an indicative if placed in the imperfect (3. a. a): exspectationem nobis non parvam adtuleras cum scripseras Varronem tibi confirmasse, etc. ( = exspectabam cum legebam; cf. C. 3, a. a, 2.), Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; cf. Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 9, 2, where the cum clause is relative; v. E.: Romae haud minus terroris... erat quam fuerat biennio ante cum castra Punica objecta Romanis moenibus fuerant (C. 3. a. a, 1.), Liv. 27, 44, 1; so id. 5, 28, 1; 26, 40, 17; 44, 10, 1.—
    c.
    If the clause indicates that the time of the main action is a period, subsequent to that of the action designated by the pluperfect:

    nam tum cum in Asia res magnas permulti amiserant, scimus Romae, solutione impedita, fidem concidisse,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 7, 19:

    cum ea consecutus nondum eram... tamen ista vestra nomina numquam sum admiratus,

    id. Fam. 3, 7, 5; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Inv. 2, 42, 124; Caes. B. G. 7, 35; Liv. 24, 7, 1 sq.; Nep. Dat. 6, 5; Curt. 9, 10, 12; Verg. A. 5, 42.—
    3.
    If both predicates denote repeated action, the anterior clause with cum has the pluperf. indic. or subj.
    a.
    With pluperf. indic.
    (α).
    With principal predicate in imperf. indic. (so almost always in Cicero and Caesar; not in the poets, nor in Vell., Val. Max., Tac., Suet., or Plin.), whenever:

    cum ad aliquod oppidum venerat, eadem lectica usque ad cubiculum deferebatur,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 11, § 27; 2, 1, 46, § 120; 2, 3, 67, § 156; 2, 4, 61, § 137; 2, 5, 10, § 27; id. Fl. 7, 16; 10, 21; id. Agr. 2, 26, 68; id. Or. 32, 113; id. Brut. 24, 93:

    (Cassi vellaunus) cum equitatus noster se in agros ejecerat, essedarios ex silvis emittebat,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 19; 3, 14; 3, 15; 4, 7; 5, 35; 7, 22; id. B. C. 1, 58; Sall. J. 92, 8; 44, 4:

    cum comminus venerant, gladiis a velitibus trucidabantur,

    Liv. 38, 21, 12; Nep. Epam. 3, 6; Sen. Ep. 11, 4; Curt. 3, 10, 8; 3, 10, 11; Quint. 7, 1, 4; Gell. 15, 22, 5; 17, 18, 3; Gai Inst. 4, 15; Pacat. 9.—
    (β).
    With principal predicate in perf. indic.:

    Pacuvius qui Syriam usu suam fecit, cum vino... sibi parentaverat,

    Sen. Ep. 12, 8; 108, 14.—
    b.
    With pluperf. subj., an imperf. indic. in principal sentence:

    cum fossam latam cubiculari lecto circumdedisset, ejusque transitum... conjunxisset, eum ipse detorquebat,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 20, 59; id. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:

    cum cohortes ex acie procucurrissent, Numidae... effugiebant, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 41:

    cum in jus duci debitorem vidissent, undique convolabant,

    Liv. 2, 27, 8; 25, 3, 11; 5, 48, 2.—
    4.
    In anterior clauses with imperf. subj.
    (α).
    When the principal clause expresses an immediate consequence ( = pluperf. subj.):

    Demaratus cum audiret dominationem Cypseli confirmari, defugit patriam ( = cum audivisset),

    Cic. Rep. 2, 19, 34; Caes. B. G. 5, 17 et saep.—
    (β).
    Where both verbs relate to one transaction, especially in remarks and replies:

    (Epaminondas) cum gravi vulnere exanimari se videret, quaesivit salvusne esset clipeus, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 30, 97:

    cum ex eo quaereretur quid esset dolus magnus, respondebat, etc.,

    id. Off. 3. 14, 60; id. Or. 2, 69, 278; id. Rosc. Am. 25, 70; Liv. 3, 71, 4 et saep.—
    (γ).
    When the principal action takes place during the action of the dependent clause:

    qui cum unum jam et alterum diem desideraretur, neque in eis locis inveniretur... liberti Asuvii in eum invadunt, etc.,

    Cic. Clu. 13, 38.—
    5.
    For the perf. indic. instead of pluperf. subj. v. C. 1. d. infra.
    C.
    In adverbial clauses of coincident time dependent on preterites ( = eo tempore quo), the clause with cum designating the time at which or during which the main action took place, when, as, while.[The theory of the use of tenses and moods in these clauses is not fully settled. The older grammarians require the indicative if cum denotes pure time, but the subjunctive if denoting cause or relations similar to cause. Zumpt and others acknowledge that the rule is frequently not observed, attributing this to the predilection of the Latin language for the subjunctive. Recently Hoffmann (Zeitpartikeln der Lateinischen Sprache, 1st ed. 1860; 2d ed. 1873) and Lubbert (Syntax von Quom, 1870) have advanced the theory that cum requires the indicative if denoting absolute time, but the subjunctive if denoting relative time. They define absolute time as time co-ordinate or parallel with, or logically independent of, the time of the principal action, which performs the function of a chronological date for the principal action, and they consider it as a criterion that the clause might have constituted an independent sentence; while relative time is logically subordinate to the principal action. Hoffmann condenses his theory in the following words: cum with indicative names and describes the time at which the action of the principal sentence took place; cum with the subjunctive, on the contrary, designates the point of time at which, or the space of time during which, the action expressed in the principal sentence commenced or ended. The chief objections to this theory are: (1) Its vagueness.—(2) The facts that in many instances cum with the subjunctive clearly dates the main action (C. 3. a. b, 2, and 4.; C. 3. a. 5.; C. 3. b. b, 3. and 5.; C. 3. b. g infra); that many of the subjunctive clauses with cum may be transformed into independent sentences (C. 3. b. b, 2. and 3. infra); that many indicative clauses with cum are logically subordinate to the main action (C. 3. a. a, 2. infra), and that when both moods are used in two co-ordinated clauses with cum belonging to the same main sentence, Hoffmann must account for the difference of the moods by explanations not drawn from his theory (Cic. Agr. 2, 64, 64; id. Clu. 30, 83; id. Div. 1, 43, 97; id. Fin. 2, 19, 61; id. de Or. 67, 272; Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Liv. 6, 40, 17; 30, 44, 10).—(3) The impossibility of clearly drawing the line between logical co-ordination and subordination; and the fact that, wherever it is drawn, there will be many passages not accounted for (cf. 1. init. and many passages under C. 3. a. a, 3.; C. 3. a. d; C. 3. b. g, etc.).—(4) That the supposed use of cum with the imperfect indicative is inconsistent with the received doctrine that the imperfect always designates a time relative to another time—a difficulty not satisfactorily met by Hoffman's assumption of an aoristic imperfect.]GENERAL RULE.—The predicate after cum is in the perfect indicative (or historical present) if the action is conceived as a point of time coincident with the time of the main action. It is either in the imperfect indicative or in the imperfect subjunctive if the action is conceived as occupying a period of time within which the main action took place (e. g.:

    quid enim meus frater ab arte adjuvari potuit, cum... furem se videre respondit? Quid in omni oratione Crassus... cum pro Cn. Plancio diceret?

    Cic. de Or. 2, 54, 220;

    where dicebat might stand for diceret, but not responderet for respondit: cum ad tribum Polliam ventum est, et praeco cunctaretur, etc.,

    Liv. 29, 37, 8; cf.:

    cum tecum Ephesi collocutus sum,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 55, 1; and:

    cum te Puteolis prosequerer,

    id. ib. 3, 10, 8: cum primum lex coepta ferri est, Liv 3, 14, 4; and: cum [p. 492] ferretur lex, id. 5, 30, 4;

    also,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 3, 1, and Liv. 3, 58, 7).
    1.
    Both predicates in the perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), both clauses denoting points of time (the principal predicate may be in any verbal form implying a perfect).
    a.
    The clause expressing a momentary action:

    posticulum hoc recepit quom aedis vendidit, Flaut. Trin. 1, 2, 157: scilicet qui dudum tecum venit cum pallam mihi Detulisti,

    id. Men. 2, 3, 46; prol. 62; id. Poen. 4, 2, 82; id. Ep. 2, 2, 33; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 57; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 21 et saep.:

    non tum cum emisti fundum Tusculanum, in leporario apri fuerunt,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 3, 8:

    in judiciis quanta vis esset didicit cum est absolutus,

    Cic. Tog. Cand. Fragm. 4:

    per tuas statuas vero cum dixit, vehementer risimus,

    id. de Or. 2, 59, 242:

    cum occiditur Sex. Roscius, (servi) ibidem fuerunt,

    id. Rosc. Am. 41, 120; id. Verr. 2, 2, 29, § 70; 1, 4, 11; 2, 2, 66, § 160; 2, 3, 47, § 112; id. Caecin. 29, 85; id. Sest. 55, 157; id. Phil. 2, 9, 21; id. Rep. 6, 22, 24; id. Fam. 9, 15, 2; id. Att. 2, 1, 5 et saep.:

    tunc flesse decuit cum adempta sunt nobis arma,

    Liv. 3, 55, 10; 10, 6, 8; 28, 42, 14; 42, 46, 1; Vitr. 2, 8, 12; 2, 1, 7; 2, 9, 15;

    6, 7, 4: semel dumtaxat vultum mutavit, tunc cum... anulum in profundum dejecit,

    Val. Max. 6, 9, 6; 8, 8, ext. 1; 9, 1, ext. 1;

    9, 8, 1: rerum natura... cum visum est deinde, (filium tuum) repetiit,

    Sen. Cons. Polyb. 10, 4; 11, 2; id. Q. N. 1, 11, 3; 6, 25, 4:

    accepimus et serpentem latrasse cum pulsus est regno Tarquinius,

    Plin. 8, 41, 63, § 153; 2, 24, 22, § 90; 2, 52, 53, § 139; Suet. Claud. 21; Hor. S. 2, 3, 61; Ov. Tr. 5, 11, 8; Tib. 3, 5, 18; Mart. 5, 49, 9.—So, cum primum, when first, the first time that, as soon as:

    jube vinum dari: jam dudum factum'st quom primum bibi,

    Plaut. As. 5, 2, 40; id. Cas. prol. 17; Ter. Hec. alt. prol. 31; id. And. prol. 1; id. Eun. 3, 3, 4:

    Pompeius cum primum contionem habuit... ostendit, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 15, 45; id. Fam. 2, 9, 1; Liv. 3, 55, 10; 25, 6, 2; 25, 29, 4; 31, 3, 1; 40, 8, 1; 42, 34, 3; Curt. 6, 11, 23; but with imperf. subj. when referring to a per. of time:

    ipse cum primum pabuli copia esse inciperet, ad exercitum venit,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 2.—In the poets and later writers, the imperf. subj. often occurs where classic prose has the perf. indic.:

    effice ut idem status sit cum exigis qui fuit cum promitterem,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 39, 4:

    tum lacrimare debueras cum equo calcaria subderes,

    Curt. 7, 2, 6; Suet. Claud. 6; Ov. P. 4, 12, 28.—
    b.
    If the clause denotes a state, condition, or action of longer duration, it takes the perf. indic. if asserted as a complete fact without regard to what happened during its progress (virtual point of time):

    in quem Juppiter se convertit cum exportavit per mare... Europen,

    Varr. R. R. 2, 5, 5:

    ne cum in Sicilia quidem (bellum) fuit... pars ejus belli in Italiam ulla pervasit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 2, § 6:

    nempe eo (lituo) Romulus regiones direxit tum cum urbem condidit,

    id. Div. 1, 17, 30; id. Verr. 2, 3, 54, § 125; id. Lig. 7, 20; id. Rep. 3, 32, 44:

    non tibi, cum in conspectu Roma fuit, succurrit? etc.,

    Liv. 2, 40, 7; 34, 3, 7; Nep. Iphicr. 2, 4; id. Pelop. 4, 3.—
    c.
    With perf. indic., by the time when, before, referring to facts which actually occurred before the action of the principal sentence:

    ab Anaximandro moniti Lacedaemonii sunt ut urbem... linquerent, quod terrae motus instaret, tum cum... urbs tota corruit,

    Cic. Div. 1, 50, 112; Liv. 22, 36, 4; 34, 31, 15; Prop. 2, 32 (3, 30), 53.—
    d.
    With perf. indic. when actions in immediate sequence are represented as coincident:

    ad quem cum accessimus, Appio, subridens, Recipis nos, inquit, etc.,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 2:

    me primus dolor percussit, Cotta cum est expulsus,

    Cic. Brut. 89, 303:

    itaque ne tum quidem cum classem perdidisti, Mamertinis navem imperare ausus es,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59:

    haec cum facta sunt in concilio, magna spe et laetitia omnium discessum est,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 87:

    cum Thessalos in armis esse nuntiatum est, Ap. Claudium... senatus misit,

    Liv. 42, 5, 8:

    Gracchus cum ex Sardinia rediit, orationem ad populum habuit,

    Gell. 15, 12, 1; Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 2; id. Deiot. 6, 17; id. Top. 16, 61; id. Div. 1, 43, 98; id. Fam. 5, 21, 2; Liv. 4, 44, 10; 4, 60, 8; 9, 25, 2; 22, 14, 12; Nep. Dat. 11, 1; Suet. Caes. 31; Gell. 1, 23, 5; Prop. 3, 20, 37 (4, 21, 7).—Hence a perf. indic. in co-ordination with pluperf. subj.: cum sol nocte visus esset... et cum caelum discessisse visum est (decemviri ad libros ire jussi sunt), Cic. Div. 1, 43, 97.—
    2.
    With a perf. indic. (or histor. pres.), the principal predicate in imperf.
    a.
    The action falling within the time of the principal predicate:

    set Stalagmus quojus erat tunc nationis, quom hinc abit?

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 2, 107; id. Rud. 3, 6, 9; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 51:

    haec Crassi oratio cum edita est, quattuor et triginta tum habebat annos, etc.,

    Cic. Brut. 43, 161:

    eo cum venio, praetor quiescebat,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32; 2, 5, 69, § 178; id. Fl. 13, 20; id. Pis. 1, 2; id. Lig. 1, 3; id. Phil. 2, 21, 52; 3, 4, 11; id. Fam. 13, 35, 2; id. Att. 6, 1, 13:

    cum Caesari in Galliam venit, alterius factionis principes erant Aedui, alterius Sequani,

    Caes. B. G. 6, 12; Sall. J. 71, 1:

    cum haec accepta clades est, jam C. Horatius et T. Menenius consules erant,

    Liv. 2, 51, 1; 21, 39, 4; 23, 49, 5; 28, 27, 14; 34, 16, 6;

    45, 39, 1: merito me non adgnoscis, nam cum hoc factum est, integer eram,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 3.—Post-class. writers generally use imperf. subj.:

    beneficium ei videberis dedisse cui tunc inimicissimus eras cum dares?

    Sen. Ben. 5, 19, 7:

    bona quoque, quae tunc habuit cum damnaretur, publicabuntur,

    Dig. 28, 18, § 1:

    pauper Fabricius (erat) Pyrrhi cum sperneret aurum,

    Claud. IV. Cons. Hon. 413.—
    b.
    The action strictly anterior to the principal sentence, rare (1. d.): nam quod conabar cum interventum'st dicere, nunc expedibo, Pac. ap. Non. p. 505, 3 (Trag. Rel. v. 65 Rib.):

    cum est ad nos adlatum de temeritate eorum, etc., cetera mihi facillima videbantur... multaque mihi veniebant in mentem, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 10, 1; Sall. C. 51, 32; Verg. A. 6, 515; id. E. 3, 14.—
    3.
    The predicate after cum conceived as a period or space of time (including repeated action) is either in the imperf. indic. or imperf. subj. [In ante-classical writers and Cicero the imperf. indic. very frequent, and largely prevailing over the subj., except that when the principal predicate denotes a point of time (with perf.), Cicero commonly uses the subj.; the imperf. indic. occurs in Cicero 241 times; in Caesar once with the force of a relativeclause (B. G. 1, 40, 5), and 3 times of repeated action; in Nep. once of repeated action (Att. 9, 6); in Sall. twice (J. 31, 20; id. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch); in Liv. 22 times; in Verg. 4 times; in Ovid twice; in Tib. twice; in Prop. 3 times; in Val. Max. twice; then it disappears (except once each in Tac. and Mart.), but reappears in Gaius (3 times), Gellius (twice), and the Gallic panegyrists (several times)].
    a.
    Both predicates denoting spaces of time, the principal predicate always in the imperf. indic. unless the mood is changed by other influences.
    (α).
    Cum with the imperf. indic. (1) In express or implied opposition to other periods of time, esp. with tum or tunc:

    eademne erat haec disciplina tibi quom tu adulescens eras?

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 17:

    alium esse censes nunc me atque olim quom dabam?

    Ter. And. 3, 3, 13; Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 50; id. Most. 1, 3, 64; id. Mil. 2, 2, 26; Ter. And. 1, 1, 69; Enn. ap. Cic. Brut. 19, 76 (Ann. v. 222 Vahl.):

    qui cum plures erant, paucis nobis exaequari non poterant, hi postquam pauciores sunt, etc.,

    Auct. Her. 4, 18, 25:

    qui (Pompeius) cum omnes Caesarem metuebamus ipse eum diligebat, postquam ille metuere coepit, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 8, 1, 4:

    res per eosdem creditores per quos cum tu aderas agebatur,

    id. Fam. 1, 1, 1 (cf.:

    Senatus consultum factum est de ambitu in Afranii sententiam quam ego dixeram cum tu adesses,

    id. Q. Fr. 2, 9, 3):

    Trebellium valde jam diligit: oderat tum cum ille tabulis novis adversabatur,

    id. Phil. 6, 4, 11:

    non tam id sentiebam cum fruebar, quam tunc cum carebam,

    id. Red. Quir. 1, 3:

    etenim tunc esset hoc animadvertendum cum classis Syracusis proficiebatur,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 43, § 111 (so 111 times in Cicero, including the instances where the principal predicate is in the perf.):

    cum captivis redemptio negabatur, nos vulgo homines laudabant, nunc deteriore condicione sumus, etc.,

    Liv. 25, 6, 14; 10, 7, 2; 33, 34, 3; 34, 4, 10; 44, 36, 8; 45, 38, 1; Ov. P. 2, 6, 9; id. M. 13, 473; Val. Max. 6, 3, 1; 4, 1, 10; Mart. 12, 70, 10; Gai Inst. 1, 184; Eum. Grat. Act. 6; cf.: cur eum, cum in consilium iretur, Cluentius et Canutius abesse patiebantur? Cur cum in consilium mittebant, Stajenum judicem qui pecuniam dederant, non requirebant? Cic. Clu. 30, 83 (cum iretur, of the time when the judges retired; cum mittebant, of the previous time, when the parties were asked about the closing of the case; opp. cum iretur).—Poets, even in the class. per., sometimes use the subj. in dependence upon the indic.:

    hic subito quantus cum viveret esse solebat, Exit humo,

    Ov. M. 13, 441. —(2) The principal predicate denoting a mental act or reflection occasioned by, or accompanying the action of the clause with cum (mostly ante-class. and in Cicero):

    desipiebam mentis cum illa scripta mittebam tibi,

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 35; id. Aul. 2, 2, 1; id. Ps. 1, 5, 86:

    sed tu cum et tuos amicos in provinciam quasi in praedam invitabas, et cum eis praedabare, et... non statuebas tibi rationem esse reddendam?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 11, § 29:

    illas res tantas cum gerebam, non mihi mors, non exsilium ob oculos versabatur?

    id. Sest. 21, 47; id. Cat. 3, 1, 3; 3, 7, 16; id. Verr. 2, 2, 10, § 26; 2, 2, 13, § 33; 2, 2, 35, § 86; 2, 3, 86, § 198; 2, 5, 21, § 54; id. Fl. 1, 1; id. Deiot. 1, 3; 8, 23; id. Pis. 24, 56 and 57; id. Ac. 2, 28, 89; id. Or. 13, 41; id. Tusc. 2, 15, 43; id. Fam. 7, 9, 5 (22 times); Sall. H. 1, 48, 6 Dietsch (cf.:

    num P. Decius cum se devoveret, et equo admisso in mediam aciem Latinorum inruebat, aliquid... cogitabat?

    Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 61; cum se devoveret explains the circumstances of inruebat; hence acc. to 3. a. b, 2. in subj.; cf. Madv. ad loc., who reads devoverat).—(3) If the predicate after cum has a meaning peculiar to the imperf. indic., which by the use of the subj. would be effaced: quod erat os tuum, cum videbas eos homines, quorum ex bonis istum anulus aureus donabas? (descriptive imperf.) Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 80, § 187; so,

    fulgentis gladios hostium videbant Decii, cum in aciem eorum inruebant,

    id. Tusc. 2, 24, 59: cum de plebe consulem non accipiebat ( = accipere nolebat, conative imperf.), id. Brut. 14, 55:

    cum vim quae esset in sensibus explicabamus, etc.,

    id. Ac. 2, 12, 37 (the verbum dicendi refers to a certain stage in the discourse, for which Cicero uses the imperf. indic. in independent sentences, e. g. N. D. 3, 29, 71; 3, 6, 15; de Or. 1, 53, 230; 2, 19, 83; 2, 84, 341); so,

    equidem... risum vix tenebam, cum Attico Lysiae Catonem nostrum comparabas,

    id. Brut. 8, 293:

    cum censebam,

    id. de Or. 1, 62, 264:

    cum dicebam,

    id. Fam. 6, 1, 5:

    cum ponebas,

    id. Fin. 2, 19, 63; so esp. in Cicero's letters the phrase cum haec scribebam = while I am writing this, to preserve the meaning of an epistolary tense, referring to a state, condition, or action in progress at the time of writing the letter:

    res, cum haec scribebam, erat in extremum adducta discrimen,

    id. Fam. 12, 6, 2; 3, 12, 2; 5, 12, 2; 6, 4, 1; id. Att. 5, 20, 5 et saep.; cum haec scriberem, scripsissem, scripsi, are not epistolary tenses, but refer to events happening after the letter or part of it was finished, = when I wrote, had written, id. ib. 2, 15, 3; 10, 4, 7; 4, 10, 2; id. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 6, § 19; Cael. ap. Cic. Fam. 8, 6, 5; 8, 13, 2;

    sometimes cum dabam = cum scribebam,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 16, 3 (but cf.:

    cum scriberem, as epistolary tense, in oblique discourse,

    id. Att. 15, 13, 7).—(4) The coincidence in time of two actions is made emphatic, = eo ipso tempore quo:

    tum cum insula Delos... nihil timebat, non modo provinciis sed etiam Appia via jam carebamus,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 18, 55; id. Phil. 1, 15, 36; 13, 8, 17; id. Sull. 10, 31; id. Tusc. 2, 8, 20; id. Off. 3, 27, 100; id. Dom. 45, 118.—
    (β).
    The predicate after cum is in the imperf. subj. (1) To impart to the clause a causal, adversative or concessive meaning besides the temporal relation:

    antea cum equester ordo judicaret, improbi magistratus in provinciis inserviebant publicanis (a logical consequence),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 41, § 94:

    sed cum jam honores (Hortensii) et illa senior auctoritas gravius quiddam requireret, remanebat idem (dicendi genus) nec decebat idem,

    id. Brut. 95, 327; id. Phil. 1, 1, 1; id. Rosc. Am. 15, 42; 16, 45; id. Pis. 10, 2; Liv. 25, 13, 1; 26, 5, 1.—(2) To indicate circumstances under which the main action took place, and by which it is explained:

    Flaminius, cum tripudio auspicaretur, pullarius diem differebat, etc.,

    Cic. Div. 1, 35, 77: [p. 493] equidem cum peterem magistratum, solebam in prensando dimittere a me Scaevolam, id. de Or. 1, 24, 112; id. Inv. 2, 17, 52; Liv. 41, 1, 2 (cf. 3. b. b, 3.).—(3) To describe the locality of the main action: quom essem in provincia legatus, quam plures ad praetores et consules vinum honorarium dabant, Cato ap. Isid. Orig. 20, 3, 8:

    Zenonem cum Athenis essem audiebam frequenter,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 21, 59; 1, 28, 79; id. Tusc. 2, 14, 34; id. Fam. 3, 8, 5; id. Att. 2, 11, 1; 12, 5, 4; 16, 14, 1; id. Verr. 2, 4, 12, § 29; Liv. 5, 54, 3 (cf. 3. b. b, 4.).—(4) To designate the time of the main action as a condition:

    cum ageremus vitae supremum diem, scribebamus hoc,

    Cic. Fin. 4, 27, 54:

    cum jam in exitu annus esset, Q. Marcius... magistratu abiturus erat,

    Liv. 39, 23, 1 (cf. 3. b. b, 5.).—
    (γ).
    If both the clause with cum and the principal predicate denote repeated action, the predicate with cum in class. prose is in the imperf. indic. or subj. according to the rules under a and b; the principal predicate being always in the imperf. indic.; but in ante-class. writers cum has always the imperf. indic. (1) Imperf. indic.:

    tum mi aedes quoque arridebant, quom ad te veniebam, tuae,

    Plaut. As. 1, 3, 55; id. Am. 1, 1, 45; id. Rud. 4, 7, 25 sqq.; Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 19; Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 5; Asell. ap. Gell. 2, 13, 4; Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4; id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 34; Caes. B. C. 1, 79, 2; Gai Inst. 2, 101; Pacat. Pan. 9 fin.:

    cum a nostro Catone laudabar vel reprehendi me a ceteris facile patiebar,

    Cic. Or. 13, 41; so Nep. Att. 9, 6.—To distinguish from adversative relations, as Cic. Rosc. Com. 3, 9; id. Att. 12, 39, 2; id. de Or. 1, 14, 62; Caes. B. C. 3, 44, 6; Gai Inst. 2, 254.—If only the clause with cum, but not the principal predicate, denotes repeated action, the latter is in the perf., the former in imperf. indic., Caes. B. C. 2, 17; Cic. Arch. 5, 10.—(2) Imperf. subj., mostly denoting circumstances to explain the main action: cum dilectus antiquitus fieret... tribunus militaris adigebat, etc., Cinc. de Re Mil. ap. Gell. 16, 4, 2:

    Hortensius cum partiretur tecum causas, prorogandi locum semper tibi relinquebat,

    Cic. Brut. 51, 190; id. Div. 1, 45, 102; id. de Or. 1, 54, 232; id. Brut. 62, 222; Liv. 3, 66, 2; 5, 25, 12:

    ex hoc effectos panes, cum in colloquiis Pompeiani famem nostris objectarent, vulgo in eos jaciebant (causal),

    Caes. B. C. 3, 48; Cic. Fin. 2, 19, 62; so,

    according to class. usage,

    Sen. Ep. 86, 11; Curt. 5, 2, 7; 6, 5, 18; 7, 3, 13; Suet. Caes. 65;

    contrary to class. usage,

    Val. Max. 3, 6, 6; Sen. Ep. 30, 7; 77, 8; Tac. H. 2, 91; Spart. Had. 18. —
    (δ).
    In other instances (which are rare), both moods occur, either without any discrimination, or for special reasons. (1) Ante-class.:

    nam quom modo exibat foras, ad portum se aibat ire,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 2. —(2) Class.:

    ut, cum L. Opimii causam defendebat, C. Carbo nihil de Gracchi nece negabat, sed id jure factum esse dicebat,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 25, 106 (cf.:

    nuper cum ego C. Sergii Oratae... causam defenderem, nonne omnis nostra in jure versata defensio est?

    id. ib. 1, 39, 178; in each of these sentences the clause with cum sustains exactly the same relation to the principal predicate; but the former has the imperf. in the principal sentence, and in this connection Cic. prefers the indic. after cum):

    similiter arbitror... illum (oratorem) de toto illo genere non plus quaesiturum esse, quid dicat, quam Polycletum illum, cum Herculem fingebat, quem ad modum pellem aut hydram fingeret (fingebat, for euphony, in view of the foll. fingeret),

    id. de Or. 2, 16, 70; cf.:

    nec vero ille artifex cum faceret Jovis formam... contemplabatur aliquem, e quo similitudinem duceret,

    id. Or. 2, 9.—Without assignable reason:

    casu, cum legerem tuas litteras, Hirtius erat apud me,

    Cic. Att. 15, 1, 2; cf.:

    Hasdrubal tum forte cum haec gerebantur, apud Syphacem erat,

    Liv. 29, 31, 1:

    cum haec Romae agebantur, Chalcide Antiochus ipse sollicitabat civitatium animos, etc.,

    id. 36, 5, 1; cf.:

    cum haec in Hispania gererentur, comitiorum jam appetebat dies,

    id. 35, 8, 1 (Weissenb. gerebantur):

    cum haec agebantur, Chalcide erat Antiochus,

    id. 36, 15, 1; cf.:

    cum haec agerentur jam consul via Labicana ad fanum Quietis erat,

    id. 4, 41, 8; 35, 2, 1.—(3) PostAug. writers almost always use imperf. subj., disregarding the class. usage: ipsa fruebatur arte cum pingeret (cf. a, 2.), Sen. Ep. 9, 7; id. Cons. Marc. 23, 3; Plin. Pan. 34:

    tunc erat mendacio locus cum ignota essent externa... nunc vero, etc. (opposition of times),

    Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 24; so id. Ep. 97, 9; Mart. 2, 61, 1; cf. Don. ad Ter. And. 3, 3, 13 (3. a. a, 1. supra):

    cum haec proderem habebant et Caesares juvenes sturnum, etc.,

    Plin. 10, 41, 59, § 120.—
    b.
    If the principal predicate denotes a point of time, and the predicate with cum a period of time, the former is in the perf. indic. unless changed by construction; the latter
    (α).
    In the imperf. indic., according to the rules a. a, except 2. (1) When the time of the cum clause is opposed to other periods of time:

    res quom animam agebat tum esse offusam oportuit,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 85; id. Truc. 4, 2, 20; id. Ep. 3, 3, 50 (3, 4, 21); id. Most. 5, 1, 68:

    quod cum res agebatur nemo in me dixit, id tot annis post tu es inventus qui diceres?

    Cic. Phil. 2, 9, 22; id. Rep. 2, 23, 43; id. Div. 1, 41, 92; 1, 45, 101; id. Ac. 2, 28, 90; id. Quint. 19, 60; 17, 54; 19, 61; id. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 210 et saep.; Liv. 22, 60, 25; Verg. A. 4, 597; Tib. 1, 10, 8; 1, 10, 19; Prop. 2, 1, 31; 5 (4), 10, 24.—The subj. may be used if the principal action is represented as a consequence or result:

    o, Astaphium, haut isto modo solita's me ante appellare, Sed blande, quom illuc quod aput vos nunc est, aput me haberem,

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 60 (Lubbert conjectures habebam); Cic. Off. 2, 1, 2 and 3; id. Fin. 4, 27, 54; id. Rosc. Am. 4, 11; id. Verr. 2, 3, 57, § 130; id. Mur. 3, 8; Liv. 5, 53, 9; 10, 6, 9; 43, 21, 1;

    44, 39, 7.— Hence the mood may change in co-ordinate clauses: tum, cum haberet haec res publica Luscinos, Calatinos, etc., homines... patientia paupertatis ornatos, et tum, cum erant Catones, Phili, etc., tamen hujusce modi res commissa nemini est (haberet, concessive),

    Cic. Agr. 2, 24, 64.—(2) To make emphatic the coincidence of time, = eo ipso tempore (a. a, 4.):

    cum is triumphus de Liguribus agebatur, Ligures... coloniam ipsam ceperunt,

    Liv. 41, 14, 1; Cic. Sest. 26, 56; id. Phil. 2, 36, 90; id. Div. 2, 1, 3; id. Verr. 2, 5, 37, § 97; id. Att. 1, 4, 1.—(3) To preserve the peculiar force of the imperf. indic. (a. a, 3.): cum iste jam decedebat, ejus modi litteras ad eos misit, etc. (conative imperf.), Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 70, § 172:

    cum Africanus censor tribu movebat centurionem... inquit,

    id. de Or. 2, 67, 272 (cf.:

    cum (censor) M. Antistio equum ademisset,

    id. ib. 2, 71, 287).—
    (β).
    With the imperf. subj. (1) Always when cum means while (time during which): quomque caput caderet, carmen tuba sola peregit et, etc., Enn. ap. Lact. ad Stat. Th. 11, 56 (Ann. v. 508 Vahl.):

    magistratus quom ibi adesset, occepta'st agi,

    Ter. Eun. prol. 22 (Lubbert conjectures adsedit); Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1 (Ann. v. 106 Vahl.):

    Alexandrum uxor sua, cum simul cubaret, occidit,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 144:

    armati, cum sui utrosque adhortarentur... in medium inter duas acies procedunt,

    Liv. 1, 25, 1; Varr. R. R. 2, 81; Auct. Her. 4, 52, 65; Cic. Brut. 3, 10; id. Clu. 62, 175; Caes. B. G. 2, 19; id. B. C. 3, 57; Liv. 1, 30, 8; 10, 30, 3 et saep.—(2) To connect a logical (causal, etc.) relation with the temporal meaning (a. b, 1.):

    cum ille Romuli senatus... temptaret ut ipse gereret sine rege rem publicam, populus id non tulit,

    Cic. Rep. 2, 12, 23:

    an pater familiarissimis suis succensuit cum Sullam et defenderent et laudarent? (causal),

    id. Sull. 17, 49:

    tum cum bello sociorum tota Italia arderet, homo non acerrimus... C. Norbanus in summo otio fuit (concessive),

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 4, § 8:

    quibus rebus cum unus in civitate maxime floreret, incidit in eandem invidiam, etc. (adversative),

    Nep. Cim. 3, 1:

    sed cum jam appropinquantium forma lemborum haud dubia esset... tunc injecta trepidatio est,

    Liv. 44, 28, 10; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 90, § 211; id. Clu. 31, 84; id. Mur. 3, 8; id. Phil. 3, 2, 3; id. Tusc. 1, 2, 4; Auct. Her. 4, 24, 33; Caes. B. C. 2, 7; Liv. 25, 9, 10; 21, 41, 12.—(3) To explain the main fact by circumstances:

    quem quidem hercle ego, in exilium quom iret, redduxi domum,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 19:

    consule me, cum esset designatus tribunus, obtulit in discrimen vitam suam,

    Cic. Sest. 28, 61:

    haec epistula est, quam nos, in aedibus Apronii cum litteras conquireremus, invenimus,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 66, § 154: Socrates, cum XXX. tyranni essent, pedem porta non extulit, id. Att. 8, 2, 4:

    Brundusii cum loquerer cum Phania, veni in eum sermonem ut dicerem, etc.,

    id. Fam. 3, 5, 3:

    itaque, cum populum in curias triginta divideret, nomina earum (Sabinarum) curiis imposuit,

    Liv. 1, 13, 6:

    Ap. Claudius, ovans cum in urbem iniret, decem milia pondo argenti, etc., in aerarium tulit,

    id. 41, 28, 6; Cic. Clu. 20, 55; id. Phil. 12, 8, 20; id. Scaur. 47; id. Inv. 2, 31, 96; id. Tusc. 2, 22, 53; id. Div. 1, 52, 119; id. Off. 2, 8, 27; id. Or. 2, 55, 225 sq.; id. Fam. 1, 9, 13; 6, 6, 5; Liv. 1, 39, 4; 3, 63, 6; 4, 53, 11 et saep.—(4) To describe the place of the main action (a. a, 3.):

    cum essem in castris ad fluvium Pyramum, redditae mihi sunt uno tempore a te epistulae duae,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 11, 1;

    so with cum essem (essemus, etc.),

    id. ib. 2, 19, 1; 3, 4, 1; 13, 56, 1; id. Att. 1, 10, 1; 14, 19, 1; id. Ac. 1, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Varr. R. R. 3, 13; Caes. B. G. 4, 11 et saep.:

    Eumenes rex ab Roma cum in regnum rediret... mactatus est ( = on the journey),

    Liv. 42, 40, 8:

    Agesilaus cum ex Aegypto reverteretur... in morbum implicitus decessit,

    Nep. Ages. 8, 6.—The perf. indic. (cum fui, etc.) refers to temporary visits to a place:

    Gallo narravi, cum proxime Romae fui, quid audissem,

    Cic. Att. 13, 49, 2:

    proxime cum in patria mea fui, venit ad me, etc.,

    Plin. Ep. 4, 13, 3.—(5) To designate the time by natural occurrences (a. a, 4.):

    ipsi comprehensi a me, cum jam dilucesceret, deducuntur,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 3, 6:

    cum advesperasceret, cum lucesceret,

    id. Fam. 15, 4, 8:

    cum lux appropinquaret,

    id. Tull. 9, 21:

    cum dies instaret,

    id. Inv. 2, 31, 96:

    cum comitiorum tempus adpeteret,

    Liv. 28, 10, 1:

    cum dies comitiorum adpropinquaret,

    id. 3, 34, 7; 10, 13, 2.—But when a date is given as a point of time, the perf. indic. is used:

    cum ea dies venit,

    Liv. 4, 44, 10; 6, 20, 4.—(6) When the action of the cum clause is interrupted or ended by the main action:

    cum hanc jam epistulam complicarem, tabellarii a vobis venerunt, etc.,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 1, 5, § 17:

    L. Octavius, cum multas jam causas diceret, adulescens est mortuus,

    id. Brut. 68, 241:

    cum plures jam tribus dicto esse audientem pontifici duumvirum juberent... ultimum de caelo quod comitia turbaret intervenit,

    Liv. 40, 42, 10:

    cum maxime conquereretur apud patres... repente strepitus ante curiam... auditur,

    id. 8, 33, 4:

    haec cum maxime dissereret, intervenit Tarquinius,

    id. 1, 50, 7;

    so with cum maxime,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 23, 24, 6; 30, 33, 12.—(7) If the clause with cum has the force of a participial adjunct of the principal predicate (cum diceret = dicens, or dicendo):

    Caesarem saepe accusavit, cum adfirmaret illum numquam, dum haec natio viveret, sine cura futurum ( = adfirmans, or adfirmando),

    Cic. Sest. 63, 132:

    Antigonus in proelio, cum adversus Seleucum dimicaret, occisus est ( = dimicans),

    Nep. Reg. 3, 2:

    impulit ut cuperem habere, cum diceret,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 2, 8; Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 9 (11), 3; id. Clu. 42, 119; 56, 153; id. pro Corn. Maj. Fragm. 16; id. Mil. 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 57, 243; id. Or. 37, 129; id. Fin. 1, 5, 16; id. Inv. 2, 34, 105; Val. Max. 1, 2, ext. 1; Ov. P. 1, 9, 42.—(8) In the historians, in a summary reference to events already related:

    cum haec in Achaia atque apud Dyrrhachium gererentur... Caesar mittit, etc.,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 57:

    cum civitas in opere ac labore adsiduo reficiendae urbis teneretur, interim Q. Fabio... dicta dies est,

    Liv. 6, 1, 6:

    cum hic status in Boeotia esset, Perseus... misit,

    id. 42, 56, 10; 33, 36, 1; 34, 22, 3; 38, 8, 1; 42, 64, 1; 45, 11, 1.—
    (γ).
    In all other cases the imperf. subj. is regularly used in class. prose, even if the action of the clause with cum is logically independent of the principal sentence:

    illum saepe audivi, hic, cum ego judicare jam aliquid possem, abfuit,

    Cic. Brut. 71, 248: senatus consultum est factum de ambitu in Afranii sententiam, in quam ego dixeram, cum tu adesses. id. Q. Fr. 2, 7 (9), 3; so always (class.) with cum maxime, precisely when, just when:

    cum maxime haec in senatu agerentur, Canuleius... (ad populum) ita disseruit,

    Liv. 4, 3, 1:

    cum maxime Capua circumvallaretur, Syracusarum oppugnatio ad finem venit,

    id. 25, 23, 1.—In a very few instances the imperf. indic. occurs without apparent reason: an vero cum honos agebatur familiae vestrae... succensuit [p. 494] pater tuus cum Sullam defenderent (probably to distinguish the two cum clauses), Cic. Sull. 17, 49 (cf.:

    cum jus amicitiae, societatis, adfinitatis ageretur, cum, etc., eo tempore tu non modo non... retulisti, sed ne ipse quidem, etc.,

    id. Quint. 16, 53):

    ille versus, qui in te erat collatus cum aedilitatem petebas,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 3, 8:

    cum ex oppido exportabatur (Dianae statua) quem conventum mulierum factum esse arbitramini?... Quid hoc tota Sicilia est clarius quam omnes convenisse cum Diana exportaretur ex oppido? etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77.—Poets and post-class. writers frequently disregard the class. usage, the former by using either mood instead of the other, the latter by the un-Ciceronian use of the subj.; v. Prop. 2, 9, 15; 5 (4), 4, 10; Tib. 1, 10, 16; Verg. A. 7, 148; 12, 735; Mart. 13, 122; Curt. 8, 12, 16; 9, 2, 24; Quint. 11, 1, 89; Plin. 36, 6, 5, § 46; Dig. 28, 1, 22, § 1; Gell. strangely uses an imperf. indic. where class. writers would use a subj.:

    sed ego, homines cum considerabam, alterum fidei, alterum probri plenum, nequaquam adduci potui ad absolvendum,

    Gell. 14, 2, 10; cf.:

    cum secum reputavit,

    Tac. A. 15, 54.
    D.
    In adverbial clauses denoting identity of action (if the principal sentence and the clause with cum denote not different actions, but one action, which, expressed by the latter clause, is by the principal sentence defined in its meaning and import, the clause with cum always takes the indic., except once or twice post-class., and almost always the same tense as the principal sentence), when, by, in, etc.
    1.
    The predicate in present:

    amice facis Quom me laudas,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 31; id. Poen. 3, 2, 12; 3, 5, 15; Ter. And. prol. 18; id. Ad. 1, 2, 16 et saep.:

    bene facitis cum venitis,

    Auct. Her. 4, 50, 63:

    quae cum taces, nulla esse concedis,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 19, 54; 21, 58; id. Clu. 47, 132; Liv. 25, 6, 5 et saep.—
    2.
    With fut. (rare):

    cum igitur proferent aliquid hujusmodi... inventum proferent,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 40, 75; id. Fl. 39, 99; Plin. Ep. 7, 24, 9.—
    3.
    With fut. perf. (rare):

    quod cum dederis, illud dederis ut is absolvatur,

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 7, 23; id. Lig. 12, 36; id. Part. Or. 39; Auct. Her. 4, 30, 41.—
    4.
    With perf.:

    fecisti furtum quom istaec flagitia me celavisti et patrem,

    Plaut. Bacch. 1, 2, 60; 1, 2, 52; id. Cas. 4, 4, 18 (22); id. Capt. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Phorm. prol. 32 et saep.:

    loco ille motus est cum ex urbe est depulsus,

    Cic. Cat. 2, 1, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 23, § 59; id. Fam. 11, 29, 2; id. Rosc. Am. 14, 39; Liv. 5, 49, 8; 9, 8, 4; Val. Max. 3, 7, ext. 1; Curt. 6, 10, 9; Quint. 1, 10, 47 et saep.—
    5.
    With histor. pres.:

    Orestes cum se defendit, in matrem confert crimen,

    Auct. Her. 1, 15, 25.—
    6.
    With imperf.:

    cum grandiorem aetatem ad consulatum constituebant, adulescentiae temeritatem verebantur,

    Cic. Phil. 5, 17, 47; 14, 10, 28; id. Fl. 33, 83; id. Lig. 6, 18; id. Fam. 6, 1, 3; id. Off. 3, 10, 40; id. Sen. 6, 15 et saep.—
    7.
    Imperf. with perf. ( poet. and post-class.;

    very rare): quid quod et ominibus certis prohibebar amori Indulgere meo, tum cum mihi ferre jubenti Excidit et fecit spes nostras cera caducas,

    Ov. M. 9, 595 sq.; Val. Max. 9, 1, 5.—
    8.
    With pluperf. (very rare):

    exspectationem nobis non parvam attuleras cum scripseras, etc.,

    Cic. Att. 3, 18, 1; id. Sest. 16, 37.—
    * 9.
    Pluperf. and imperf.:

    quod quidem tibi ostenderam cum a me Capuam reiciebam,

    Cic. Att. 8, 11, D, 5.—
    10.
    Imperf. subj. (post-class.):

    tunc venena edebat bibebatque, cum immensis epulis non delectaretur tantum, sed gloriaretur,

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 10, 10.—
    11.
    Often relatively added to nouns when a relative clause must be supplied:

    illa scelera... cum ejus domum evertisti, cujus, etc.,

    which you committed when (by), Cic. Pis. 34, 83; id. Imp. Pomp. 12, 33; id. Verr. 2, 5, 13, § 33; Liv. 5, 3, 4; 23, 9, 11; 29, 17, 9.
    E.
    In relative clauses, = quo tempore, quo, etc.
    1.
    Dependent on nouns designating time, the mood follows the general rules of relative clauses.
    a.
    The principal sentence is a formal statement of indefinite time, with the copula (tempus fuit cum, or fuit cum, analogous to sunt qui, etc.); generally with subj., but sometimes indic., when sunt qui would take this mood.
    (α).
    With pres. or fut. indic.: nunc est profecto (i. e. tempus), interfici quom perpeti me possum (the ante-class. writers construe sunt qui with indic.), Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 3; id. And. 1, 1, 125:

    jam aderit tempus quom sese etiam ipse oderit,

    Plaut. Bacch. 3, 3, 12; Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 28.—
    (β).
    With pres. subj.: nunc est ille dies quom gloria maxima sese nobis ostendat, si vivimus, sive morimur, Enn. ap. Prisc. 10, p. 880 P. (Ann. v. 383 Vahl.); so Plaut. Capt. 3, 3, 1:

    erit illud profecto tempus et illucescet aliquando dies cum... amicissimi benevolentiam desideres,

    Cic. Mil. 25, 69; Val. Max. 6, 2, 9.—
    (γ).
    With preterites, indic., Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 29:

    fuit quoddam tempus cum in agris homines bestiarum more vagabantur,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 2, 2 (cf.:

    fuerunt alia genera qui... dicebant,

    id. de Or. 3, 17, 62):

    fuit cum hoc dici poterat (potuisset would be hypothetical),

    Liv. 7, 32, 13.—
    (δ).
    With preterites, subj., Ter. Heaut. 5, 4, 1:

    quod fuit tempus cum rura colerent homines,

    Varr. R. R. 3, 1:

    ac fuit cum mihi quoque initium requiescendi concessum arbitrarer,

    Cic. Or. 1, 1, 1; so id. Brut. 2, 7; Caes. B. G. 6, 24.—
    b.
    Attributively with nouns denoting time (tempus, dies, etc.), in ordinary sentences.
    (α).
    With pres. or fut. indic.:

    incidunt saepe tempora cum ea commutantur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 10, 31:

    longum illud tempus cum non ero, etc.,

    id. Att. 12, 8, 1; id. Verr. 2, 5, 69, § 177; id. Quint. 2, 8; id. Sen. 23, 84.—With potential subj., Cic. Att. 3, 3.—
    (β).
    With past tenses, indic., Plaut. Am. prol. 91; id. rud. 2, 6, 12; Ter. And. 5, 3, 12:

    atque ille eo tempore paruit cum parere senatui necesse erat,

    Cic. Lig. 7, 20:

    memini noctis illius cum... pollicebar,

    id. Planc. 42, 101; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; 2, 35, 88; id. Imp. Pomp. 15, 44; id. Sest. 7, 15; 29, 62; id. Sull. 18, 52; id. Fam. 11, 8, 1; 11, 27, 3; id. de Or. 1, 11, 45; Sall. J. 31, 20; Ov. Tr. 4, 10, 6; Prop. 1, 10, 5; 1, 22, 5; Gell. 1, 23, 2 et saep.—So with nouns implying time:

    illa pugna quom, etc. ( = in qua),

    Plaut. Poen. 2, 26;

    Marcellino Consule, cum ego... putabam ( = anno Marcellini, quo, etc.),

    Cic. Att. 9, 9, 4:

    patrum nostrorum memoria cum exercitus videbatur ( = tempore quo),

    Caes. B. G. 1, 40; Cic. Fam. 13, 1, 2; Liv. 6, 40, 17.—
    (γ).
    With preterites in subj., Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 30:

    accepit enim agrum iis temporibus cum jacerent pretia praediorum,

    Cic. Rosc. Com. 12, 33; so id. Off. 2, 19, 65:

    numerandus est ille annus cum obmutuisset senatus?

    id. Pis. 12, 26; so id. Verr. 2, 4, 35, § 77; id. Rep. 2, 37, 62; id. Font. 3, 6; Liv. 3, 65, 8:

    haec scripsi postridie ejus diei cum castra haberem Mopsuhestiae (cf. habebam, as epistolary tense),

    Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 10.—If the clause does not define the noun, but is a co-ordinate designation of time, it follows the rule of adverbial clauses:

    eodem anno, cum omnia infida Romanis essent, Capuae quoque conjurationes factae,

    while, Liv. 9, 26, 5; Cic. Rep. 2, 36, 61; id. de Or. 2, 3, 12; Liv. 8, 15, 1; 1, 41, 6.—
    c.
    Appositively added to temporal adverbs and to dates (heri, hodie, medius, tertius, olim, antea, quondam, nuper, olim, postea) following the rules of adverbial clauses:

    Crassus hodie, cum vos non adessetis, posuit idem, etc.,

    Cic. de Or. 2, 10, 41:

    omnia quae a te nudius tertius dicta sunt, cum docere velles, etc.,

    id. N. D. 3, 7, 18; id. Sest. 48, 103; id. Att. 4, 3, 2; id. Inv. 2, 1, 1; id. Rep. 1, 39, 61; Caes. B. C. 2, 17 et saep.—So with dates (always subj.. except with cum haec scribebam, or dabam):

    posteaquam Pompeius apud populum ad VIII. Id. Febr., cum pro Milone diceret, clamore convicioque jactatus est,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 5, b, 1; 3, 3, 1; 3, 4, 1; 4, 2, 1; id. Att. 14, 19, 1.—
    2.
    The principal sentence defines a period of time during which the action of the clause has or had lasted, always with indic., and after the words defining the period, = per quod tempus, when, that, during which, while, etc.
    a.
    With pres., = Engl. pres. perf.
    (α).
    With cardinal, definite or indefinite. (1) Time in acc. (ante-class.):

    hanc domum Jam multos annos est quom possideo,

    that I have been the owner, Plaut. Aul. prol. 4; cf. id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—(2) Time in nom.:

    anni sunt octo cum ista causa in ista meditatione versatur,

    Cic. Clu. 30, 82; id. Or. 51, 171; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1; id. Div. 2, 36, 76.—
    (β).
    With ordinals:

    vigesimus annus est, cum omnes scelerati me unum petunt,

    Cic. Phil. 12, 10, 24; Verg. A. 5, 627; 3, 646.—
    (γ).
    With diu:

    jam diu'st quom ventri victum non datis,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 146; Gell. 1, 25, 12.—
    b.
    Perf. with negation, the principal predicate in pres. or logical perf., = Engl. pres. perf.:

    quia septem menses sunt quom in hasce aedes pedem Nemo intro tetulit,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 39; id. Men. 3, 1, 3; Prop. 3, 8, 33 (2, 16, 33. —
    c.
    With pluperf., the principal predicate in imperf.:

    permulti jam anni erant cum inter patricios magistratus tribunosque nulla certamina fuerant,

    Liv. 9, 33, 3.—
    d.
    With imperf., the principal predicate in perf. or pluperf.:

    dies triginta aut plus in ea navi fui, Quom interea semper mortem exspectabam miser,

    Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 7:

    unus et alter dies intercesserat, cum res parum certa videbatur,

    Cic. Clu. 26, 72.—
    3.
    The principal sentence specifying a period of time which has or had elapsed since the action took place, = ex ejus tempore, since or after, always with indic.; the principal predicate pres. or logical perf., cum with perf. indic.
    a.
    With cardinals.
    (α).
    Time in acc. (ante-class.):

    annos factum'st sedecim Quom conspicatus est primo crepusculo Puellam exponi,

    Plaut. Cas. prol. 39; so probably id. Pers. 1, 3, 57; id. Trin. 2, 4, 1; id. Merc. 3, 1, 37.—
    (β).
    With nom.:

    nondum centum et decem anni sunt cum de pecuniis repetundis lata lex est,

    Cic. Off. 2, 21, 75; id. Fam. 15, 16, 3; id. Att. 9, 11, A, 2.—
    b.
    With diu or dudum:

    nam illi quidem haut sane diu'st quom dentes exciderunt,

    Plaut. Merc. 3, 1, 42; id. As. 2, 1, 3; id. Trin. 4, 3, 3.—
    c.
    Peculiarly, cum referring to an action which was to be done after a period of time, before, at the end of which:

    omnino biduum supererat cum exercitui frumentum metiri oporteret,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 23. —
    4.
    In inverted clauses, the principal sentence determining the time of the clause, cum ( = quo tempore) having the force of a relative; cum with the indic. always following the principal sentence; never in oblique discourse; very freq. in class. and post-class. writings (ante-class. only Plaut. Men. 5, 8, 3; Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40; id. Eun. 4, 2, 5); principal sentence often with jam, vix, vixdum, nondum, tantum quod, and commodum; cum often with subito, repente, sometimes interim, tamen, etiamtum.
    a.
    Principal sentence defining time by temporal expressions.
    (α).
    Principal sentence with pluperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:

    dies nondum decem intercesserant cum ille alter filius necatur,

    Cic. Clu. 9, 28; id. Verr. 1, 2, 36; id. Or. 2, 21, 89; Ov. M. 9, 715; Plin. Pan. 91, 1.—(2) Cum with histor. inf., Sall. J. 98, 2.—
    (β).
    Principal sentence with imperf. (1) Cum with perf. or histor. pres.:

    nondum lucebat cum Ameriae scitum est,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 34, 97; Liv. 21, 59, 5; 41, 26, 2; 22, 1, 1; 9, 33, 3; 9, 37, 5; Verg. G. 2, 340; Curt. 4, 3, 16; 5, 12, 6 al.—(2) Cum with imperf., Curt. 6, 7, 1.—
    (γ).
    Principal sentence with perf., cum with perf.:

    dies haud multi intercesserunt cum ex Leontinis praesidium... venerunt,

    Liv. 24, 29, 1; 40, 48, 4.—
    b.
    Principal sentence not containing expressions of time; most freq. with pluperf. or imperf. in principal sentence, and perf. or histor. pres. in clause with cum, but (far more rarely) many other combinations occur.
    (α).
    Principal sentence with imperf., cum with perf.:

    non dubitabat Minucius quin, etc., cum repente jubetur dicere,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 2, 29, § 72:

    jamque hoc facere noctu adparabant cum matres familiae repente... procucurrerunt,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 26, 3; Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 14, § 36; Liv. 1, 36, 1 (57 times); Verg. A. 1, 36 (26 times); Vell. 2, 28, 2; Sen. Ira, 1, 18, 3; Tac. A. 3, 1 (31 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (19 times); Plin. Ep. 6, 24, 2.—
    (β).
    Principal sentence with pluperf., cum with perf. or histor. pres.:

    jam Sora capta erat cum consules prima luce advenere,

    Liv. 9, 24, 13 (32 times); Cic. Clu. 9, 28 (14 times); Sall. J. 60, 6; Verg. A. 1, 586 (13 times); Tac. A. 1, 19 (13 times); Curt. 3, 10, 1 (18 times). —And cum with potential subj.:

    vix erat hoc plane imperatum cum illum spoliatum... videres,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 40, § 86.—
    (γ).
    Principal sentence with perf., Cic. Sest. 37, 39 (5 times); Liv. 2, 46, 3 (8 times).—
    (δ).
    Principal sentence with histor. inf., Liv. 5, 46, 1; Tac. A. 1, 11; 11, 16; Curt. 5, 9, 1; 9, 5, 1.—
    (ε).
    Principal sentence with histor. pres., Liv. 4, 32, 1 (3 times); Ov. M. 4, 695 (5 times).—
    (ζ).
    Cum with imperf., Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 17 (3 times); Sall. J. 51, 2; Liv. 44, 10, 6; Tac. A. 1, 51; 11, 26.—
    (η).
    Cum with [p. 495] histor. inf., Liv. 2, 27, 1; Tac. A. 2, 31 (6 times); Curt. 4, 4, 9.—
    (θ).
    Cum with pluperf., Liv. 2, 46, 3 (3 times); Ov. M. 14, 581; Verg. A. 2, 256 sq.—
    (κ).
    With logical perf., or logical perf. and pres. (rare):

    quam multi enim jam oratores commemorati sunt... cum tamen spisse ad Antonium Crassumque pervenimus,

    Cic. Brut. 36, 138:

    jamque fuga timidum caput abdidit alte (coluber), Cum medii nexus extremaeque agmina caudae Solvuntur,

    Verg. G. 3, 422.—
    5.
    In clauses added loosely or parenthetically to a preceding clause or to a substantive in it (the mood governed by the rules for relative clauses).
    a.
    When, on an occasion, on which, etc.
    (α).
    With perf. indic.:

    Hortensium maxime probavi pro Messala dicentem, cum tu abfuisti,

    Cic. Brut. 96, 328; id. Phil. 11, 8, 18; id. Dom. 9, 22; 53, 136; id. Fam. 13, 75, 1; Spart. Had. 3; Flor. 1, 18, 9 (1, 13, 19).—
    (β).
    With imperf. indic.:

    num infitiari potes te illo ipso die meis praesidiis circumclusum commovere te non potuisse, cum tu nostra... caede contentum esse dicebas?

    Cic. Cat. 1, 3, 7; id. Sest. 63, 131; id. Cael. 24, 59.—
    (γ).
    Cum with pres. indic., a past tense in principal sentence (mostly poet.):

    nox erat et placidum carpebant fessa soporem Corpora... cum medio volvuntur sidera lapsu, Cum tacet omnis ager, etc.,

    Verg. A. 4, 522; 8, 407; 12, 114; id. E. 8, 15; Hor. S. 1, 10, 31; Plin. Ep. 6, 16, 22.—
    (δ).
    Imperf. subj.: qui... accensi nulla deinde vi sustineri potuere, cum compulsi in castra Romani rursus obsiderentur, in consequence of which ( = ita ut), Liv. 3, 5, 8.—
    (ε).
    So freq. cum quidem, always with indic.:

    sed uterque noster cedere cogebatur, cum quidem ille pollicitus est, se quod velletis esse facturum,

    Cic. Phil. 9, 4, 9; id. Fl. 22, 53; id. Pis. 9, 21; 34, 83 and 84; id. Leg. 2, 6, 14; id. Sen. 4, 11; Suet. Caes. 50; Spart. Had. 9; id. Ael. Ver. 4.—
    b.
    Cum tamen, at which time however, and yet, while nevertheless, representing the principal sentence as concessive, analogous to qui tamen (v. tamen).
    (α).
    With indic., like qui tamen, always, except for particular reasons:

    fit gemitus omnium et clamor, cum tamen a praesenti supplicio tuo continuit populus Romanus se, etc.,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 5, 29, § 74; id. Pis. 12, 27; Liv. 6, 42, 11; Verg. A. 9, 513; Tac. H. 1, 62; so,

    cum nihilo magis,

    Nep. Dat. 10, 3; passing over into inverted cum clauses (4. b.), as Sall. J. 98, 2; Liv. 27, 20, 11.—
    (β).
    With subj., Cic. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Fam. 1, 9, 10; Liv. 4, 31, 6 (where the clause with cum is adverbial).—
    6.
    Cum interea (interim).
    a.
    Adverbial (rare).
    (α).
    Temporal with subj.; with subj. imperf., while, Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 25, § 62; with pluperf. subj., after, id. ib. 1, 2, 9, § 25; id. Fam. 15, 43.—
    (β).
    Adversative, with subj., whereas during this time. (1) Pres.:

    simulat se eorum praesidio conflteri, cum interea aliud quiddam jam diu machinetur,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 6, 15; Val. Max. 2, 9, 1; Sen. Q. N. 1, prol. 14.—(2) With perf. subj.:

    cum tu interim vero numquam significaris sententiam tuam,

    Cic. Pis. 4, 9; id. Rosc. Am. 5, 11 dub.; Val. Max. 7, 8, 6.—(3) With imperf. subj., Cic. Sull. 5, 6; Plin. Pan. 76, 1.—
    b.
    Relative, always with indic., in class. writings always referring to a period during which, belonging,
    (α).
    To the attributive clauses (v. 2. supra). (1) In pres.:

    anni sunt octo... cum interea Cluentianae pecuniae vestigium nullum invenitis,

    Cic. Clu. 30, 82; Liv. 5, 54, 5; Plaut. Stich. 1, 1, 33.— (2) In imperf., Ter. Hec. 3, 4, 8 (2. c.).—
    (β).
    To the inverted clauses (4.):

    tanta erat in his locis multitudo cum interim Rufio noster... hominem percussit,

    Cic. Att. 5, 2, 2.—So probably: cum interim Gallus quidam processit, Quadrig. ap. Gell. 9, 13, 7; Cic. Fam. 3, 6, 5; id. Pis. 38, 92 sq.; id. Tusc. 4, 3, 6; Sall. J. 12, 5; 49, 4; Liv. 3, 37, 5; Val. Max. 8, 1, 3; 9, 7, 2; Sen. Ira, 2, 33, 4; Tac. H. 1, 60; with indefinite pres. indic. in both terms, Sen. Cons. Marc. 11, 5.—
    (γ).
    To the additional clauses (5.). (1) With perf. indic., Plaut. Men. 3, 1, 3; Flor. 4, 2, 69; 4, 12, 33; with inf. in oblique discourse, Liv. 4, 51, 4; 6, 27, 6.—(2) Post-Aug., and in Nep., = cum tamen (5. b.), while nevertheless, whereas, with pres. or perf. indic.:

    post Leuctricam pugnam Lacedaemonii se numquam refecerunt... cum interim Agesilaus non destitit patriam juvare,

    Nep. Ages. 7, 1: cum interim Oedipodis ossa... colis, Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3; 3, 4, 5; 4, 4, 1; Quint. 10, 1, 18; 10, 1, 11; 12, 10, 67; Tac. H. 4, 42; Suet. Claud. 6; Flor. 4, 12, 33.
    F.
    In clauses completing the idea of the governing verb.
    1.
    After verbs of perception (videre, perspicere, audire, etc.; audivi cum diceres, etc. = audivi te dicentem).
    a.
    Dependent on verbs of seeing and feeling.
    (α).
    With indic.:

    nam ipsi vident eorum quom auferimus bona ( = nos auferre or auferentes),

    Plaut. Truc. 1, 2, 16; id. Poen. 3, 4, 13; id. Am. 5, 1, 19; id. Bacch. 3, 3, 65; id. Mil. 2, 6, 26:

    conspectum est cum obiit,

    Liv. 5, 25, 3.—
    (β).
    With subj.:

    is... numquam est conspectus cum veniret,

    Cic. Sest. 59, 126:

    vidi... Cum tu terga dares,

    Ov. M. 13, 224.—
    b.
    After verbs of hearing, always with subj.:

    L. Flaccum ego audivi cum diceret Caeciliam exisse, etc.,

    Cic. Div. 1, 46, 104; id. Par. 6, 1, 45; id. de Or. 2, 6, 22; 2, 28, 129; 2, 33, 144; 2, 37, 155; 2, 90, 365; id. Brut. 27, 85; id. Fin. 5, 19, 54; id. Fam. 3, 7, 4; Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
    c.
    After memini, with indic. (sc. tempus):

    memini quom... haud audebat,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 53:

    memini cum mihi desipere videbare,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 28, 1.—With subj.:

    memini cum velles residere ferventissimo sole,

    Sen. Ben. 5, 24, 1.—
    2.
    After verba adfectuum, with the force of quod, always with indic. (mostly ante-class.).
    a.
    Verbs of thanking:

    habeo gratiam tibi Quom copiam istam mi et potestatem facis,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 14; id. Curc. 5, 3, 21; id. As. 3, 2, 2; id. Most. 2, 2, 2; id. Poen. 1, 2, 46; 5, 4, 84 (99); Ter. And. 4, 4, 32; id. Ad. 1, 2, 59:

    tibi maximas gratias ago, cum tantum litterae meae potuerunt, ut eis lectis, etc.,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 24, 2.—
    b.
    Of congratulation:

    quom tu's aucta liberis... gratulor,

    Plaut. Truc. 2, 4, 33; 2, 6, 35: L. Caesar, O mi Cicero, inquit, gratulor tibi cum tantum vales apud Dolabellam, etc., L. Caesar ap. Cic. Fam. 9, 14, 3; and ib. Att. 14, 17, A, 3.—
    c.
    Of rejoicing and grieving:

    quom istaec res tibi ex sententia Pulcre evenit, gaudeo,

    Plaut. Rud. 5, 3, 10; id. Poen. 5, 5, 48:

    cum vero in C. Matii familiaritatem venisti, non dici potest quam valde gaudeam,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 15, 2; Sall. J. 102, 5.—
    d.
    Dependent on optative sentences:

    di tibi bene faciant semper quom advocatus bene mi ades,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 26; id. Poen. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; Ter. Ad. 5, 7, 19.
    G.
    Elliptical usages (without predicate).
    1.
    Cum maxime.
    a.
    With ut: hanc Bacchidem Amabat, ut quom maxime, tum Pamphilus ( = ut amabat tum quom maxume amabat, as much as he ever did), Ter. Hec. 1, 2, 40:

    etiamne ea neglegamus, quae fiunt cum maxime, quae videmus?

    Cic. Har. Resp. 15, 32.—Hence,
    b.
    By abbreviation: nunc cum maxime or cum maxime alone, now especially, just now: tum cum maxime, just then:

    nunc cum maxume operis aliquid facere credo,

    Ter. Ad. 4, 1, 2; id. Phorm. 1, 4, 26; id. Heaut. 4, 5, 40:

    quae multos jam annos et nunc cum maxime filium interfectum cupit,

    Cic. Clu. 5, 12:

    castra amissa, et tum cum maxime ardere,

    Liv. 40, 32, 1; Curt. 3, 2, 17; Sen. Ira, 1, 16, 3; id. Ben. 3, 3, 3; id. Ep. 55, 1; 55, 11; 81, 7; Tac. Or. 16; 37; Eum. pro Schol. 4; Mamert. 2.—With maxime in adverbial clauses, just while, especially when, Cic. Att. 2, 15, 3; id. Off. 1, 13, 41; id. Fam. 1, 5, a, 2; Liv. 1, 50, 7; 2, 59, 7; 3, 25, 4; 3, 31, 3; 4, 3, 1; 8, 33, 4 et saep.—
    2.
    Similarly with other superlatives (post-class.):

    foliis ternis, aut, cum plurimum, quaternis,

    at the utmost, Plin. 25, 10, 74, § 121; 18, 7, 10, § 60:

    cum tardissime,

    id. 18, 7, 10, § 51:

    cum longissime,

    Suet. Tib. 38.
    H.
    For co-ordinate clauses with cum... tum, v. tum, I. A. 3.
    II.
    Causal, since, because, as.
    A.
    Anteclass., chiefly with indic.
    1.
    With pres. indic.:

    hoc hic quidem homines tam brevem vitam colunt, Quom hasce herbas hujus modi in suom alvom congerunt,

    because, Plaut. Ps. 3, 2, 34; id. Truc. 1, 2, 50; 2, 4, 8:

    edepol, merito esse iratum arbitror, Quom apud te tam parva'st ei fides,

    since, id. Ps. 1, 5, 62; id. Most. 1, 1, 28; id. Truc. 2, 1, 32; Ter. Phorm. 1, 4, 30; id. Hec. 4, 1, 53.—
    2.
    With perf. indic.:

    praesertim quom is me dignum quoi concrederet Habuit, me habere honorem ejus ingenio decet,

    Plaut. As. 1, 1, 66; Ter. And. 3, 2, 8.—
    3.
    With subj.
    a.
    By construction of principal sentence: adeon, me fuisse fungum ut qui illi crederem, Quom mi ipsum nomen ejus Clamaret, etc., Plaut. Bacch. 2, 3, 51; id. Capt. 1, 2, 37; Ter. Hec. 3, 2, 6; id. Eun. 3, 5, 18; 5, 2, 24.—
    b.
    Independent of such construction:

    jam istoc probior es meo quidem animo quom in amore temperes,

    Plaut. Ep. 1, 2, 8 (bracketed by Goetz;

    Brix conjectures temperas): nil miror si lubenter tu hic eras, Quom ego servos quando aspicio hunc lacrumem quia dijungimur,

    id. Mil. 4, 8, 18 Lorenz (Brix: quin ego... lacrumo; cf.

    Lubbert, Grammat. Stud. II. pp. 133, 137): Nam puerum injussu eredo non tollent meo, Praesertim in ea re quom sit mi adjutrix socrus,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 82; so id. Ad. 2, 1, 12.
    B.
    Class. and post-class., always with subj.
    1.
    With pres. subj.:

    cum ista sis auctoritate, non debes arripere maledictum ex trivio,

    Cic. Mur. 6, 13:

    cum vita sine amicis insidiarum et metus plena sit, ratio ipsa monet amicitias comparare,

    id. Fin. 1, 20, 66:

    quae cum ita sint, videamus, etc.,

    id. Clu. 44, 123:

    quod cum ita sit, etc.,

    id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; id. Mur. 1, 2; id. Arch. 5, 10; id. Off. 3, 3, 13; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; Liv. 7, 9, 5; 21, 21, 5 et saep.—
    2.
    With perf. subj.:

    cum inimicitiae fuerint numquam, opinio injuriae beneficiis sit exstincta... rei publicae providebo,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 20, 47; id. de Or. 1, 49, 214; the perf. subj. is often retained after a principal predicate in a past tense, id. Clu. 60, 167; id. Fam. 3, 8, 4.—
    3.
    With imperf. subj.
    a.
    Denoting both cause and coincidence of time:

    vacuum fundum, cum ego adessem, possidere non potuisti,

    Auct. Her. 4, 29, 40; Cic. Or. 8, 25:

    cum tanta multitudo lapides et tela conicerent, in muro consistendi potestas erat nulli,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 6; id. B. C. 3, 1; Liv. 39, 31, 3; 4, 8, 3; 25, 11, 1.—
    b.
    Denoting cause without time:

    cum esset egens, sumptuosus, audax... ad omnem fraudem versare suam mentem coepit,

    Cic. Clu. 26, 70:

    quod oppidum cum esset altissimo et munitissimo loco, ad existimationem imperii arbitratus sum, comprimere eorum audaciam,

    id. Fam. 15, 4, 10; Caes. B. C. 3, 37.—
    4.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    Caesar cum constituisset hiemare in continenti, neque multum aestatis superesset, obsides imperat, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 22.
    C.
    With adverbs of emphasis.
    1.
    Praesertim cum, or cum praesertim, = especially since, the more so because:

    quae cum ita sint, quid est quod de ejus civitate dubitetis, praesertim cum aliis quoque civitatibus fuerit adscriptus?

    Cic. Arch. 5, 10:

    cur enim tibi hoc non gratificor nescio, praesertim cum his temporibus audacia pro sapientia liceat uti,

    id. Fam. 1, 10, 1:

    cum praesertim vos alium miseritis,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 5, 12; id. Rosc. Am. 8, 22; id. Prov. Cons. 7, 16 (cum praesertim rarely refers to time, with indic., Sen. Ep. 85, 6).—
    2.
    Quippe cum represents the conclusion as selfevident, since of course, since obviously:

    nihil est virtute amabilius, quippe cum propter virtutem etiam eos, quos numquam videmus, quodammodo diligamus,

    Cic. Lael. 8, 28:

    numquam ego pecunias istorum, etc., in bonis rebus duxi, quippe cum viderem, etc.,

    id. Par. 1, 1, 6; id. Leg. 1, 1, 5; 1, 20, 54; id. Fin. 3, 12, 41; 5, 28, 84; Liv. 4, 27, 8; 4, 57, 10.—Sometimes with indic. if cum refers to time, when of course, if, of course: tu vero etiam si reprehenderes... laetarer: quippe cum in reprehensione est prudentia cum eumeneiai, Cic. Att. 16, 11, 2.—In later writers with indic., because when:

    omnia experiri necessitas cogebat: quippe cum primas spes fortuna destituit, futura praesentibus videntur esse potiora,

    Curt. 4, 1, 29.—
    3.
    Utpote cum, seeing that, explanatory, with subj.:

    me incommoda valetudo qua jam emerseram, utpote cum sine febri laborassem, tenebat Brundusii,

    Cic. Att. 5, 8, 1; Cels. 1 prooem.; Sen. Cons. Marc. 21, 2.
    III.
    Adversative, while, whereas, denoting a logical contrast with the principal sentence.
    A.
    Ante-class., chiefly,
    1.
    With indic.:

    hei mihi, insanire me aiunt, ultro quom ipsi insaniunt,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 80; id. Stich. 1, 37; id. Bacch. 5, 2, 5; Ter. Phorm. prol. 23; 2, 2, 26.—
    2.
    Subj.
    a.
    By construction of principal predicate:

    tibi obtemperem quom tu mihi nequeas?

    Plaut. Most. 4, 2, 16 (4, 1, 50).—
    b.
    Independent of construction: edepol, Cupido, quom tam pausillus sis, nimis multum vales, Naev. ap. Non. p. 421, 25 (Lubbert conjectures quom [p. 496] tu's tam pausillus):

    eo vos madefacitis, quom ego sim hic siccus?

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52.
    B.
    Class. and post-class., always with subj.
    1.
    With pres. subj.:

    cum de bonis et de caede agatur, testimonium dicturus est is qui et sector est et sicarius,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 103; id. Clu. 24, 65; id. Leg. 1, 7, 22:

    et cum tibi, viro, liceat purpura in veste stragula uti, matrem familias tuam purpureum amiculum habere non sines?

    Liv. 34, 7, 3; Sen. Prov. 4, 10; id. Clem. 1, 18, 2; id. Ben. 2, 16, 1.—
    2.
    With perf. subj.: an tu, cum omnem auctoritatem universi ordinis pro pignore putaris, eamque... concideris, me his existimas pignoribus terreri? Crass. ap. Cic. de Or. 3, 1, 4:

    indignatur exul aliquid sibi deesse, cum defuerit Scipioni dos?

    Sen. Cons. Helv. 12, 7; id. Ira, 3, 12, 7; freq. pres. and perf. subj. retained, if dependent on preterites, Cic. Brut. 71, 250; id. Agr. 3, 2, 5.—
    3.
    With imperf. subj.:

    ita, cum maximis eum rebus liberares, perparvam amicitiae culpam relinquebas,

    Cic. Deiot. 3, 10:

    hunc Egnatium censores, cum patrem eicerent, retinuerunt,

    id. Clu. 48, 135:

    eorum erat V. milium numerus, cum ipsi non amplius octingentos equites haberent,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 11; Liv. 1, 55, 3; Cic. de Or. 1, 1, 1; 1, 53, 227; 2, 50, 203; id. Clu. 5, 12; id. Ac. 1, 10, 38 sq.; Liv. 39, 49, 1; Val. Max. 1, 6, 11; 3, 2, 10 fin. —
    4.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    Socratis ingenium immortalitati scriptis suis Plato tradidit, cum ipse litteram Socrates nullam reliquisset,

    Cic. de Or. 3, 16, 60; id. Ac. 2, 1, 2; id. Prov. Cons. 11, 27; Val. Max. 1, 8, 11.
    IV.
    Concessive, although, denoting a reason for the contrary of the principal sentence.
    A.
    Ante-class., mostly with indic.
    1.
    Indic.:

    qui it lavatum In balineas, quom ibi sedulo sua vestimenta servat, Tam subripiuntur,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 52; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 12; Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 26; id. Truc. 1, 2, 89 (95); id. Stich. 1, 2, 67.—
    2.
    With subj.: nihilominus ipsi lucet, quom illi accenderit, Enn. ap. Cic. Off. 1, 16, 51 (Trag. Rel. v. 389 Rib.).
    B.
    Class. and post-class., always with subj.
    1.
    Pres. subj.:

    testis est Graecia, quae cum eloquentiae studio sit incensa, jamdiuque excellat in ea... tamen omnis artis vetustiores habet,

    Cic. Brut. 7, 26:

    nam (Druentia) cum aquae vim vehat ingentem, non tamen navium patiens est,

    Liv. 21, 31, 11.—
    2.
    Imperf. subj.:

    ego autem, cum consilium tuum probarem, et idem ipse sentirem, nihil proficiebam,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 1, 1:

    non poterant tamen, cum cuperent, Apronium imitari,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 34, § 78; id. de Or. 1, 28, 126; id. Brut. 7, 28; 91, 314; id. Inv. 2, 31, 97; id. Clu. 40, 110; Caes. B. G. 5, 40; Liv. 5, 38, 5; Nep. Att. 13, 1; so,

    quae cum ita essent... tamen,

    although this was so, Cic. Clu. 34, 94; id. Fam. 2, 16, 2.—
    3.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    cui cum Cato et Caninius intercessissent, tamen est perscripta,

    Cic. Fam. 1, 2, 4:

    patrem meum, cum proscriptus non esset, jugulastis,

    id. Rosc. Am. 11, 32.
    V.
    In hypothetical clauses, always with imperf. or pluperf. subj., = si, but defining an assumed or fictitious time.
    1.
    With imperf. subj.:

    quis ex populo, cum Scaevolam dicentem audiret in ea causa, quicquam politius aut elegantius exspectaret?

    Cic. Brut. 55, 194:

    etiam tum quiesceretis cum rem publicam a facinorosissimis sicariis esse oppressam videretis?

    id. Sest. 38, 81; id. Rosc. Am. 31, 86; id. Verr. 2, 1, 10, §§ 28 and 29.—
    2.
    With pluperf. subj.:

    quod esset judicium cum de Verris turpissimo comitatu tres recuperatorum nomine adsedissent?

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 12, § 30:

    mors cum exstinxisset invidiam, res ejus gestae sempiterni nominis glorianiterentur,

    id. Balb. 6, 16.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > Cum

Страницы

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Age of the Fall — Infobox Wrestling team article name=The Age of the Fall type=s hometown= caption= members=Jimmy Jacobs Tyler Black nobr|Allison Wonderland MsChif Delirious Rain small|(FIP) nobr|Mr. Milo Beasley small|(FIP) Leva Bates small|(FIP) former… …   Wikipedia

  • The Slavs —     The Slavs     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Slavs     I. NAME     A. Slavs     At present the customary name for all the Slavonic races is Slav. This name did not appear in history until a late period, but it has superseded all others. The… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Irish (in Countries Other Than Ireland) —     The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Irish (in countries other than Ireland)     I. IN THE UNITED STATES     Who were the first Irish to land on the American continent and the time of their arrival are …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Carmelite Order —     The Carmelite Order     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Carmelite Order     One of the mendicant orders.     Origin     The date of the foundation of the Order of Our Lady of Mount Carmel has been under discussion from the fourteenth century to …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Names of the Irish state — The front cover of an Irish passport showing the name of the state in its two official languages. There have been various names of the Irish state, some of which have been controversial. The constitutional name of the contemporary state is… …   Wikipedia

  • The Counter-Reformation —     The Counter Reformation     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Counter Reformation     The subject will be considered under the following heads:     I. Significance of the term II. Low ebb of Catholic fortunes III. St. Ignatius and the Jesuits,… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The Celtic Rite —     The Celtic Rite     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Celtic Rite     This subject will be treated under the following seven heads:     I. History and Origin; II. Manuscript Sources; III. The Divine Office; IV. The Mass; V. the Baptismal Service; …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • The United States of America —     The United States of America     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The United States of America     BOUNDARIES AND AREA     On the east the boundary is formed by the St. Croix River and an arbitrary line to the St. John, and on the north by the… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • Names of India — The geographic region containing the Indian subcontinent India …   Wikipedia

  • Names of the Celts — The various names used since classical times for the people known today as the Celts are of disparate origins. The name Κελτοί Keltoi and Celtae is used in Greek and Latin, respectively, as the name of a people of the La Tène horizon in the… …   Wikipedia

  • The Pale Horse (novel) — The Pale Horse   Dust jack …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»